


', ,• f ^ ■'. . \ . . . ' , ■ . , ! . 



■<<;■/ 






-;;.-:;::|:||i^;.v.:;;;^.p:/ 









THE 

ADVOCATE or VETERINARY REFORM 

AND 

OUTLINES 

OF 

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 

OF THE HOESE; 

ALSO, 

A GENERAL HISTORY OF THE RISE AND PROGRESS OF THE VETERINARY SCIENCE 

IN ENGLAND, WITH PRACTICAL OBSERVATIONS ON FEEDING, WATERING, 

GROOMING, SHOEING, &C., &C. : WRITTEN WITH A VIEW OF 

REFORMING THE VETERINARY SCIENCE, AND TEACHING 

EVERY MAN HOAV TO PREVENT DISEASE IN 

ANIMALS. 

CONTAINING, ALSO, 

A VETERINARY DICTIONARY, 

SELECTED FROM THE WORKS OF 

R. WHITE, V. S., 

OF LONDON, AND ADAPTED TO THE PRESENT STATE OF THE REFORMED PRACTICE IN THE 
UNITED STATES, 

AS PRACTISED BY THE AUTHOR; 

■WITH SELECTIONS FROM THE WORKS OF YOUATT, PERCIVAL, AND CURTIS, TOGETHER VFITH 
REMARKS AND OBSERVATIONS ON 

BLOODLETTING, AND THE USE OF POISONS; 

SHOWING THEIR DESTRUCTIVE TENDENCY, ETC. 

The fundamental principles taus^lit in this work are, ih;it all medicine should be given with a view of aiding 
the vital power, instead of depressing, as heretofore. 

BY 

GEORGE H.DADD, M.D., 

PRACTITIONER OF THE PHYSIOLOGICAL PRACTICE OF VETERINARY MEDICINE AND SUROSBT, 
AUTHOR OF " DADd's CHART OF REFORMED PRACTICE." 



BOSTON: 

PUBLISHED BY THE AUTHOR, 

1850. 



Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1850, 

By G. H. Dabd, M. D. 

in the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the District of Massachusetts. 






STEREOTYPED AT THE 
BOSTON STEKEOTYPE POUNDRY. 



CONTENTS. 



Inteodxjction, 7 

Description of the Bony Structure, 12 

The Causes of Complaint 15 

General History of the Horse, 22 

External Conformation of the Horse, 23 

Progress of the Veterinary Art in England, 25 

Outlines of Anatomy in the Horse, 29 

Description of the Structure of the Different Organs, 29 

Physiology, 31 

Description of the Uses of the different Organs and Functions of the 

Horse 31 

Nutrition, 31 

Digestion, 32 

Mastication 32 

Chymification, 32 

Absorption of the Chyle, 33 

Circulation of the Blood, 34 

Respiration and Structure of the Lungs 38 

Glandular Secretions, 38 

Anatomy and Physiology of the Eye, , 39 

Ilemarks on the Causes of Disease in the Eye, 42 

Anatomy of the Female Organs of Generation, 43 

Clitoris, 44 

Membrane of the Vagina, ., , . 45 

Mamma?, 47 

Physiology of the Organs of Generation, Male and Female, 48 

Stomach, 49 

Anatomy of the Foot, and its Diseases, 52 

Foot Lameness, 56 

Corns, 56 

Shoeing, 57 

Contraction of the Hoof, 61 

Ilemarks on Feeding, 63 

Steaming and Preparing Food for Animals, 66 



4 CONTENTS. 

Watering, ^^ 

Exercise, 70 

Want of Appetite, 71 

On Stable Management, 74 

Ventilation and Admission of Light into the Stable, 75 

Admission of Light, '6 

On the lU Effects of Manures of large Cities on the Qualities of Plants, . . 77 

On Animal Matter 80 

On Breeding, 8G 

Kemarks on Bloodletting, 88 

On the Theory of Health, Disease, Fever, and Liflammation, 95 

Causes of Disease, 99 

Poisons, 99 

Congestion of the Brain, &c., 100 

How to avoid Congestion, Staggers, and Apoplexy, 104 

Inhuman Treatment of Horses in England, 104 

On Rabies, or Madness, and the Effects of the Milk of Rabid and Dis- 
eased Animals, 108 

Preliminary Remarks on the Distribution of the Arteries, Veins, &c., .... 110 

Distribution of Arteries, , 112 

Anterior Aorta, • 112 

The Carotid Artery, 115 

Ramus Anastomoticus, 117 

Internal Carotid, 117 

Posterior Aorta, 118 

Distribution of Veins in the Horse, 122 

The Anterior Vena Cava 122 

The Jugular Vein, 122 

The Occipital Vein, 123 

The Posterior Vena Cava, 125 

The Brain and its Appendages, 127 

The Sinuses 128 

Cerebrum, 129 

Cerebellum, 129 

Medulla Spinalis 129 

Origin and Distribution of the Nerves, 130 

Cerebral Nerves, 1.30 

Cervical Nerves 134 

The Diaphragmatic or Phrenic Nerves, 135 

Dorsal Nerves, 135 

Lumbar Nerves, , 135 

Sacral Nerves, 136 

Coccygeal Nerves, 136 

Nerves of the Fore Extremity, 137 

Nerves of the Hind Extremity, 138 

Sympathetic Nerve, 139 

Origin, Insertion, and Use of the Different Muscles of the Horse, 140 

Trapezius, 140 



CONTENTS. 6 

Latismus Dorsi 140 

Rhomboideus Brovis 140 

Rhomboideus Longus, 141 

Levator Humeri, 141 

Muscles of the Neck, 141 

Anterior Cervical Region, 143 

Muscles of the Head, 144 

Muscles of the Trunk. — Pectoral Region, 146 

Lumbar Region, 148 

Internal Costal Region, 150 

Muscles of the Trunk. — Abdominal Region, 151 

Muscles of the Fore Extremity. — External Scapular Region, 152 

Posterior Humeral Region, 153 

Anterior Humeral Region, 153 

Muscles of the Arm, 154 

Deep Posterior Brachial Region 155 

Anterior Brachial Region, 155 

Muscles of the Hind Extremity, 156 

" " Haunch, 156 

Internal Femoral Region, 157 

Gluteal Region, 158 

Pelvic Region, 159 

Posterior Femoral Region 159 

Muscles of the Thigh, 1 GO 

Popliteus, 161 

Anterior Crural Region 162 

The Mechanism and Functions of the Joints, 163 

Articulations of the Trunk, 163 

Articulations of the Fore Extremity, 165 

" " Hind Extremity, 167 

A Table of the Bones in the Structure of the Horse 169 

Distribution of the Lymphatics, 170 

The Thoracic Duct, 170 

Lymphatics discharging their Contents into the Abdominal Portion of the 

Thoracic Duct, 171 

Ramifications terminating in the Thoracic Portion of the Common Duct, 174 

On the Hair, 176 

Glossary of Medical Terms used in this work, 181 

Dictionary of the Veterinary Art, 189 

Appendix, 286 

Description of the Organs of Digestion in the Ox, 286 

Internal and External Relations, 290 

Horn- Ail in Cattle 291 

A List of Horse and Cattle Medicines, 297 

Remarks on Clysters, 305 

Important to Owners of Horses and Cattle, 307 



PLATES 



Plate No. 1. Showing the External Parts of the Horse ; also, a View 

of the Muscular Structure, 12 

2. Skeleton, 14 

3. The Heart viewed externally, 35 

4. The Stomach of the Horse, 50 

5. The Leg from the Shank Bone, 53 



INTRODUCTION. 



The author is in hopes that the principles here set forth 
may enable those for whom the work is mainly written (viz., 
our farming interest, and those who have the care of and own 
horses) to perceive the folly of violating nature's laws, in 
attempting to cure disease ; also, that they may be led to see 
the wisdom and necessity of aiding nature in her intentions 
for the removal of the causes of disease. 

It is a subject of great importance, and should be the pride 
and duty of every man to sympathize with those who, 
though our slaves, have common feeling with us. Yes, brutes, 
as we call them, have, like us, memory, ideas of reflec- 
tion, reason, and feelings of gratitude and duty ; in fact, all 
those moral powers differing from ours, not in kind, but 
merely in degree. 

There is no period, in the history of the United States, 
when our domestic animals have ranked so high, or have been 
held in such general estimation, as at the present time ; yet 
there is no subject on which there is such a lamentable want 
of knowledge, as the proper treatment of the diseases of 
our domestic animals. 

How long our citizens will suifer this important branch of 
study to be neglected, remains to be seen. The sons of 
America are ever foremost in the field of improvement. 
America numbers among her farming interest men of giant 
minds, whose cry is, Reform; they demand, and will have, 



8 INTKODUCTION. 

sooner or later, a more eifectual system of medication — a 
system that will remove the diseases of their animals without 
submitting them to the excruciating torment of the firing iron, 
lancet, and the destructive agents that have heretofore been 
used for the cure of disease. 

What man of cammon sense can for a moment suppose, 
that powerful destructive agents can restore a weak, sinking 
animal to a healthy state ? Many of the means recommend- 
ed by some works on horse-doctoring, would make a well 
animal sick, whatever they might do to the one already 
diseased. We are told that the agents they recommend pro- 
voke the system to rally her powers, and resist disease ; and, 
at the same time, these agents, being destructive in their na- 
ture, produce another, or a secondary disease, and that the 
primary disease is cured by exciting a secondary one ! This 
is just as absurd as knocking a horse down to make him stand 
np. But truth and experience are abroad, exerting their in- 
fluence on the minds of reflecting, honest, and independent 
men, and the day is not far distant when the lancet and poi- 
son will be rejected in the treatment of disease in animals. 

^s the advocate of veterinary reform, the author has en- 
deavored to present the subject to the reader in a brief manner, 
without writing all round, and failing to hit the mark. The 
object aimed at is the prievention of disease. It is an old but 
true saying, that " an ounce of prevention is worth a pound 
of cure ; " and it is more convenient and less expensive. 

Every farmer throughout the land is furnished by the 
Creator with ample m^eans for preventing the introduction of 
disease into the animal organization, and to remove it, in some 
cases, when it has made its appearance ; thus the man who 
confines his prescriptions to a few good remedies, the action 
of which he is well acquainted with, is far more successful 
than he who is constantly changing his medicines for the 
popular compounds of the day, 

A knowledge of anatomy, physiology, and pathology is 
important, yet not absolutely necessary, in the cure of disease. 
The two former are, of course, more important that the latter. 



INTRODUCTION. 9 

All the pathology on earth does not enable us to cure disease ; 
many of our farmers, who have rejected the lancet and poisons, 
and use only those articles which are favorable to the whole 
animal functions, are in the daily habit of curing disease, of 
whose pathology they know nothing. The pathologist may 
discover alterations in tissues, the blood, and the lungs, and 
tell us that herein lie the cause and seat of disease ; yet these 
changes themselves are but results, and preceding these were 
other manifestations of disorder ; therefore pathology must 
always be imperfect, because it is a science of consequences. 

The most powerful microscopes have been used to discover 
the seat of disease ; yet it has not taught us to cure one single 
disease hitherto incurable. Experience is the only true guide 
of every successful practitioner. 

The principles of our physiological practice may be summed 
up as follows : — 

We contemplate the animal system as a perfect piece of 
mechanism, subject to life and death ; that, while the vital 
power is free and unobstructed, the animal is in a physiologi- 
cal or healthy state ; but when, by any means, the vital power 
is obstructed, it is in a diseased or pathological state. 

All our intentions of cure being in accordance with nature's 
laws, (viz., promoting the integrity of the living powers,) we 
have termed our system a physiological one, though it is 
sometimes denominated botanic^ in allusion to the fact that 
all our remedial agents are derived from the vegetable king- 
dom. 

We recognize a conservative or healing power in the ani- 
mal economy, whose unerring indications we endeavor to 
follow. 

Our system proposes, under all circumstances, to restore the 
diseased organs to a healthy state, by cooperating with the 
vitality remaining in those organs, by the exhibition of sana- 
tive means, and, under all circumstances, to assist, and not 
oppose, nature in her curative processes. 

Poisonous substances, blood-letting, or processes of cure 
that contemplate destruction of parts, or, in other words, act 
'2 



10 INTKODUCTION. 

pathologically, cannot be used by us. The laws of animal 
being are physiological. They never were, and never will be, 
pathological ; hence we cooperate with nature, and with na- 
ture's laws, by using agents that act physiologically. 

We believe that the best system of veterinary science is 
that which prevents disease by proper attention to breeding, 
rearing, and stable management. It will be perceived that 
our aim is to depart from the debilitating and life-destroying 
practice, and approach, as near as possible, to the sanative. 

The greatest obstacle to veterinary knowledge is the be- 
lief, that in the science of medicine there are pathological 
laws ; and it has led men to believe that fever and inflamma- 
tion are disease. Now, there never was, and never will be, a 
pathological law. The divine Creator -implanted in the ani- 
mal organization laws to maintain it in its normal state, and 
those laws are physiological, and not pathological. Now, to 
believe that the all-wise God implanted in the constitution 
both normal and abnormal laws, would be but to destroy his 
own intention. The only laws in domestic animals, in any 
state, are physiological. Overfeeding and imperfect ventila- 
tion may prevent the full and free play of these laws, thereby 
curtailing health ; but still, all the vital action that exists is 
physiological. 

In justice to J. S. Skinner, the talented editor of the 
Farmer's Library, we would observe, that our notes and 
strictures on Youatt apply to the original work, as published 
in London. The work has since been republished in this 
country, with valuable additions by J. S. S., and is better 
adapted to the wants of the American people. If the latter 
gentleman would only employ his talents in advocating and 
sustaining the non-poison principle, our cause (the cause of 
humanity) would receive a valuable auxiliary. 

To Dr. C. M. Wood we are indebted for valuable sugges- 
tions, gleaned from an extensive practice of sixteen or seven- 
teen years in this city. He has experienced the imperfect 
theoretical teachings of the schools, and assures us, that he 
has established facts, deduced from observation and experi- 



INTRODUCTION. 11 

ence, which has led to a more successful treatment of the 
diseases of domestic animals. 

The author acknowledges his obligations to various sources 
for this work. The authors named in the title page have 
been consulted and freely employed ; the most valuable assist- 
ance has been derived from the teachings and works of the 
professors of the P. M. College of Ohio. 

G. H. D. 



DESCRIPTION OF THE BONY STRUCTURE. 

The Head is composed of the following bones, which a 
reference to the plate will exemplify: a, the os frontis, or 
forehead; h, the nasal bones; c, the os lachrymalis ; d^ the 
jugal, or cheek bone ; e, the superior maxillary, or upper jaw ; 
/, that portion which unites with the palatine and jugal 
bones ; g, the inferior maxillary bone, which contains the 
upper incisor teeth ; A, the maxilla posterior, or lower jaw ; 
the dark shade between a, c, d, is the orbit of the eye ; i, the 
parietal, or vertical bone ; m, n, the temporal bone, consisting 
of the squamous and petrous portions ; n, the petrous division, 
being a part of the internal ear ; I, o, p, the occipital or knoll 
bone ; o marks the occipital elevation ; p, the cuneiform pro- 
cess ; I, the condyloid process, marking its junction with the 
atlas. 

The Neck. — B, B, the seven cervical vertebrae, or bones 
of the neck ; a, the first of these, is denominated the atlas. 

The Spine is composed of the eighteen dorsal vertebrae, 
1 — 18 ; the lumbar vertebras, which form the loins, six in 
number, 1 — 6 ; the sacrum, five in number, a, b, c, d, e, the 
coccygis, or bones of the tail, 1 — 15. 

The Thorax, Ribs, Shoulder, and Sternum. — The true 
ribs are nine in number, 1 — 9 ; and are so denominated from 
their cartilages being united to the sternum ; 10 — 18 mark 
the false ribs, their cartilages being inserted into each other ; 
a, the head, which articulates with the transverse process of 
the first dorsal vertebrae ; b, the end uniting the sternum ; 
C, the sternum ; D, the scapula, or shoulder-blade ; c, the 
neck ; d, coracoid process, or apophysis ; g, the anterior spina- 
tus fossa ; h, the spine ; between e and / lies the base, which 
is the extent of the cartilage of the scapula ; between c and e 
is the posterior costa ; and between d and / lies the anterior 
costa. 



DESCRIPTION OF THE BONY STRUCTURE. 13 

The Fore Legs. — E, the humerus ; k, cervix and head, 
uniting the shoulder-blade ; i^, the ulna; the upper extremity, 
m, forms the olecranon, or elbow ; n, n, the radius ; G, G, the 
carpus, or knees, consisting of seven bones ; H, H, the meta- 
carpal or shank bones ; o, o, the cannons ; p, p, the small 
metacarpal ; q, q, the pastern ; r, r, the sessamoids ; s, s, the 
coronets, or small pastern bones ; t, t, the coffin bones, or os 
pedis. 

The Pelvis and Hind Legs. — /, the pelvis, made up of 
three bones ; a, b, c, the illium ; d, the ischium, and e, the 
pubis ; that part of the illium a forms the hip, or haunch ; 
g, the foramen thyroideum ; k, the femur, or thigh bone ; /i, 
the cervix and head, articulating with the lower extremity of 
the pelvis ; i, the great trochanter ; k, k, the anterior con- 
dyles ,• I, I, the posterior condyles ; m, ni, the patella, or stifle 
joint; 71, n, the tibia; o, o, fibula; L, tarsus, or hock, con- 
sists of six bones ; p, p, forms the points of the hocks ; AT, the 
metatarsi; q, the cannon, or shank; below are the seramoids, 
large and small pasterns, navicular and coffin bone. 




N. B. The navicular bone, which articulates between the small pasi 
The Skeleton, or Bony Stncciure of the Horse, consists of three sectic 
veral parts or portions. 




K B^ The navicular bone, which articulates between the small pastern and coffin bone, is not seen in this view. 

J^f T"' '"' ^°'"'' ^'"''^'''' "f ^''' ■^'»-*«. consists of thre 
several parts or portions. 



ree sections, viz., the head, the trunk, and the extremities ; which are again subdivided into 




by 



)St 




ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 



OF 



THE HORSE 



" In horses or cattle, it is probable that almost all diseases may be prevented by 
judicious management with regard to feeding, breeding, rearing, and exercise." — 
Dk. White, V. S. 

"Nature is ever busy, by the silent operation of her o'wn forces, endeavoring to 
cure disease. Her medicines are air, ■warmth, food, water, and sleep. Their use is 
directed by instinct ; and that man is most worthy the name of physician, who most 
reveres its unerring laws." — De. Dixon. 



THE CAUSES OF COMPLAINT, AND THE REASON WHY WE ADVO- 
CATE A REFORM IN VETERINARY PRACTICE. 

Mr, Youatt writes, that the annual loss of cattle in Eng- 
land, by disease, amounts to $50,000,000 ! and the loss of 
sheep at one tenth of the whole number ; and, though there 
the veterinary art is taught as a science in the endowed col- 
leges, and regular professors practise it throughout the king- 
dom, he says it is difficult to say which is the greatest source 
of this immense loss, " the ignorance and obstinacy of the 
cow leach, or the ignorance and supineness of the owner." 
"To make this declaration clear and conclusive, we will con- 
sider the principal reasons why the healing art has never yet 
derived much, if any, improvement from all the various labors 
that the faculty have bestowed on it. We wish the reader to 
understand, that the same reasoning applies to animals; for 
they require the same general treatment as mankind, viz., by 
aiding the vital powers. 

If the remedies are ever adapted to destroy life or injure the 



16 CAUSES OF COMPLAINT. 

system of man, they are also adapted to injure that of the 
horse, and all domestic animals. If they ever recover from the 
effects of the lancet and poison, we must attribute it to the 
power of the system to defend itself against all encroach- 
ments upon its sanative operations. If good medicine, such 
as experience teaches us, always operates in favor of health, 
and has a tendency to remove disease, it always has that 
tendency, both on man and domestic animals, and is proper 
to be administered whenever the state of the system demands 
it. The great fault of physicians, in estimating the labors 
of their predecessors, has ever been, that they either received 
or condemned by wholesale every previous system, abandon- 
ing the truth with the errors, and subjecting themselves to 
the necessity of travelling over the whole ground again. By 
this means their confidence is impaired in their ability ever 
to arrive at the simple truth. 

Hippocrates, the earliest systematic writer on medicine, 
discovered by careful observation the existence of a principle 
which he styled Nature. To this principle he attributes a 
species of intelligence, and conceived that one of its most 
important offices is to attract to the body what is beneficial, 
and to reject from it what would prove injurious. This is a 
truth which no argument can disprove. 

Sydenham says our misfortunes proceed from our having 
long since forsaken our skilful guide, Hippocrates, and the 
ancient method of cure founded upon the knowledge of 
conjunct cases that plainly appear, insomuch that the art 
which is this day practised, being invented by superficial 
reasoning, is rather the art of talking than of healing. 

D'Alembert represents the state of the science : " Nature 
is fighting with disease. A blind man armed with a club, 
that is, a physician, comes to settle the difference. He first 
tries to make peace. When he cannot accomplish this, he 
lifts his club and strikes at random. If he strikes the disease, 
he kills the disease ; if he strikes nature, he kills nature." 

The very principles upon which medical theories are based 
were never established. They are, and always were, false. 



CAUSES OF COMPLAINT. 17 

Dr. Rush says, " Dissections daily convince us of our igno- 
rance of the seats of disease, and cause us to blush at our 
prescriptions." He also adds, " We have assisted in multi- 
plying disease : we have done more, — we have increased 
their mortality." If it be true what Dr. Rush and hundreds 
of others assert, that the science of medicine, as practised at 
the present day, is no science at all, — and who doubts it ? — 
then we can easily account for the sad havoc, that, accord- 
ing to Youatt, has taken place in the animal kingdom. Well 
may we exclaim. They have been sv/ept away as by the blast 
of a dire tornado. The lancet, antimony, and corrosive sub- 
limate have been more destructive than the pestilential sword. 
They are the Samsons of a barbarous practice, and have slain 
their thousands and tens of thousands. 

The great bone of contention among men has been, " What 
are nature's intentions ? and with what means, and in what 
manner, shall we second them ? " 

To this Professor Curtis replies, "While Hippocrates ad- 
hered in practice to his correct principles, that nature should be 
aided by means and processes that act in harmony with her 
intentions, his practice was universally successful ; but when 
he departed from established principles, in the use of unknown 
agents, which proved useless and injurious, he often failed of 
curing disease. 

" It must never be forgotten that, while the learned were 
verging to something like a correct theory of vital action in 
a healthy body, they were departing farther and farther from 
the truth in two other points of importance. 

" 1st. They were settling their minds in the belief that, in 
every case of the encroachment of offending causes, this very 
vital power, so essential to health, in rising to expel them, 
becomes at once the very sum and essence of disease, ('vital 
action cannot be a diseased action,' ) and must be checked, 
subdued, and destroyed at all hazards. But, finding none 
of the innocent and life-supporting remedies calculated to do 
this work in a direct manner, as the effect of their adminis- 
tration, — 

3 



IS CAUSES OF COMPLAINT. 

"2d. They gradually departed from the use of nature's 
remedies, and introduced into their therapeutics the processes 
of bleeding, blistering, the knife, and caustic ; and into their 
Materia Medica the most deadly poisons contained in the 
threefold kingdom of nature, whether derived at once from 
her laboratory, or detached from her compounds by the use 
of her powers, under the guidance of chemical science. 

" In the beginning of the sixteenth century, the famous 
chemist Paracelsus introduced a new system into medicine, 
founded on the principles of his art. Hitherto the physicians 
rejected the use of opium, calomel, and other efficacious 
remedies. Efficacious they have been, as the ghosts of 
murdered millions could declare ! Here, it seems, that for the 
art of aiding nature in her efforts to remove disease, which 
had been practised with a tolerable degree of consistency, and 
with astonishing success, by Hippocrates and Galen, was sub- 
stituted the general use of poisons, which, however, in other 
respects agree in ' suddenly and rapidly extinguishing a great 
portion of the vitality of the system ! ' O, what a falling 
off was there ! 

" Permutations in the extent of depletion, or the quantity of 
poison to be given, the particular articles containing it, the 
locality or the manner of the applications, the stage of the 
disease, or the hour of the day to be chosen for operation, 
have indeed been studied, and tried, and guessed at ; but still 
the chief practice consists in bleeding, blistering, cutting, 
burning, physicking, poisoning in some shape or other ; inso- 
much that old Time long ago hung up his scythe as useless." 

The veterinary science was ushered into existence by men 
who practised according to the doctrines of the theoretical 
schools. We may trace it in its infancy when, in England, 
in the year 1788, it was rocked in the cradle of Allopathy by 
Sainbel, its texture varying to suit the skill of Clark, Law- 
rence, Field, Blaine, and Coleman ; yet with all their amount 
of talent and wisdom, their pupils must acknowledge that 
the melancholy triumph of disease over its victims clearly 
evinces that their combined stock of knowledge is insufficient 



CAUSES OF COMPLAINT. 19 

to perfect the veterinary science. Dr. J. Bell says, " Anato- 
my is the basis of medical skill; " yet, in another part of his 
work, he says, " It enables the physician to guess at the seat, 
or causes, or consequences of disease ! ''^ This is what we 
propose hereafter to call the science — the science of guess- 
ing ! If such is the immense mortality (as Mr. Youatt states) 
in England, — a country that boasts of her veterinary insti- 
tutions, and embraces within her medical halo some of the 
brightest luminaries of the present century, — what, we ask, 
is the mortality in the United States, where the veterinary 
science scarcely has an existence, and where not one man in 
a hundred can tell a disease of the bowels from one of the 
lungs ? Profiting by the experience of these men, we are in 
hopes to build up a system of practice that will stand a tower 
of strength amid the rude shock of medical theories. We 
have discovered that the lancet is a powerful depressor of 
vitality, and that poisons derange, instead of producing, 
healthy action. That they are generally resorted to in this 
country, no one will deny, and often by men who are un- 
acquainted with the nature of the destructive agents they are 
making use of. The common practice of administering aloes, 
in diseases resulting from a common cold, is just as destruc- 
tive as poisoning and bloodletting. Dr. J. Boutall, V. S., of 
London, states that "aloes given to ahorse that is laboring 
under a cold is likely to produce glanders." 

Dr. Vines, demonstrator of anatomy in the Royal College. 
states that " physicking a horse when there is a discharge from 
the nostrils will produce glanders." The author has known 
death to result from the administration of a ball containing 
eight drachms of aloes and one drachm of calomel. A friend 
informed us that he occasionally puts up physic balls for 
horses containing three ounces of aloes. An eminent profes- 
sor has said that " purgatives, besides being uncertain and 
uncontrollable, often kill from the dangerous irritation and 
debility they produce." The good results that sometimes 
follow the exhibition of drastic purges, antimony, &c., must 
be attributed to the sanative action of the constitution of the 



20 CAUSES OF COMPLAINT. 

animal, though it be an agent injurious in its nature, and it 
depends, in all cases, on the existing ability of the vital power 
to counteract its effects. 

We are told by the professors of allopathy that their medi- 
cines constitute a class of deadly poisons, and when given in 
large doses, destroy life ; " yet if given with a scientific hand, 
and in small doses, they cure disease." We deny their power 
to cure. If antimony, corrosive sublimate, (fcc, ever proved 
destructive, they always possess that power, and can never 
be used with any degree of assurance that they will promote 
the healthy secretions. What difference does it make whether 
poisons are given by the scientific or the unscientific ? Does 
it alter the tendency which all poisons possess, namely, that 
of rapidly depriving the system of vitality. 

Many of the farming community, and owners of horses, 
to whom the author has made known his system, are in favor 
of the reform ; they are determined to have a safer system 
of medication. 

The author has received numerous communications, from 
individuals in different parts of the United States, encour- 
aging him to proceed in the good work. The following 
extracts will show" that there is need of reform, and that the 
harvest is ripe. 

Extract of a letter from the Hon. H. Clay, dated 

Philadelphia, JVov. 25, 1849. 

There is no department in the medical world in which 
there is such a lamentable want of knowledge as that of the 
proper treatment of Horses and Cattle. Whoever shall sup- 
ply this deficiency ought to be regarded as a great benefactor, 
and I shall be very glad if your exertions shall entitle you to 
that merit. With great respect, I am your ob't servant, 

Dr. Geo. H. Dadd. H. CLAY. 

PiTTSFiELD, Dec. 10, 1849. 
Dear Sir: I received your letter explaining the princi- 
ples on which you propose to reform veterinary science. You 



CAUSES OP COMPLAINT. 21 

have my thanks, and, in my opinion, are entitled to the thanks 
of the community for entering upon this important work. 
While the subject has engaged the attention of scientific men 
in other countries, it has been too long neglected in our own. 
Cruelty and ignorance have marked our treatment to diseased 
animals. Ignorant himself both of the disease and the rem- 
edy, the owner has been in the habit of administering the 
popular remedy of every neighbor who had no better powers 
of knowing what should be done than himself, until the poor 
animal, if the disease would not have proved fatal, is left 
alone, until death, with a friendly hand, puts a period to 
his sufferings; he is, however, often destroyed by tlie amount 
or destructive character of the remedies, or else by the cruel 
mode of administering them. I am persuaded that the com- 
munity will approve of your exertions, and find it to their 
interest to support and sustain your system. 
Wishing you great success, 

I am yours truly, 
G. H. Dadd, M. D. GEO. N. BRIGGS. 

Lawrence Academy, Groton, JVov. 19, 1848. 
Dr. Dadd : Sir — Your letter and circular were duly re- 
ceived. In no profession, perhaps, has quackery prevailed 
more than in the medical, and in no branch of medicine more 
than in horse and cattle doctoring. But we are seeing better 
days ; when your principles shall become known, improve- 
ment must be rapid, especially when such a wide field is 
open. 

Very truly yours, 

J. MEANS. 



22 GENERAL HISTORY OF THE HORSE. 



GENERAL HISTORY OF THE HORSE. 

At the head of the many varieties of the Horse stands the 
equus caballus, or common horse. Although there are many 
varieties of hoofed animals, the horse is distinguished from 
other animals by having the quadrupedal phalanges united and 
surrounded with a hoof, which does not admit of its grasping 
any thing. Hence these animals of the tribe ungulata, or 
hoofed, having but one toe, belong to the tribe solipeda, or 
single-hoofed. 

The original country of the horse cannot now with cer- 
tainty be ascertained, although many naturalists think that 
he is indigenous to most countries, for he is to be found in 
different temperatures, and varying in size and utility. 

The precise time when this animal was first domesticated 
is very uncertain. The sacred writings inform us, that, when 
Jacob went into Egypt to procure corn, he sent up oxen, 
camels, and asses. Chariots and horses, however, appear to 
have been used by Pharaoh, when that prince lost his army 
in the Red Sea. Greece, doubtless, amongst other things, 
learned the art of subduing these animals from the Egyptians. 
History informs us that horse and chariot races were highly 
esteemed at their games, and Homer mentions them as early 
as the Trojan war. Wild horses have been found in count- 
less droves in the great plains of Tartary. Solomon, in his 
traffic with foreign nations, would have obtained Arabian 
horses, if in his day they had been as highly esteemed as 
now; but we are told that Egypt furnished him. Mahomet, 
at the commencement of his career, did not possess any cav- 
alry. Indeed, we are credibly informed, that, when presents 
were made to the Arabian princes, even as late as the fourth 
century, horses were considered the most acceptable offering • 
from which circumstance we may conclude, that, however 
superior the present breed of horses in that country may be, 
the climate and industry have brought these animals to that 
esteem in which they are at present held. The Romans, in 



EXTERNAL CONFORMATION OF THE HORSE. 23 

their conquests, extended the general use of the horse, and 
appear to have apphed themselves to its improvement. 



EXTERNAL CONFORMATION OF THE HORSE. 

The head is one of the first parts of the horse that will 
convey to judges the quality of the breed. Nothing of beau- 
ty can surpass the prominent outlines of the head of the high- 
mettled blood horse, which is small, lean, and angular ; the 
forehead proportionally broad ; the ears small and pointed ; 
the eyes full and prominent ; the lips deep, firm, by no means 
hanging loose ; the nostrils open and wide ; and the mouth 
not too small. 

The neck should rise from the chest with a moderate 
curve, and be neither too long nor too short ; horses with a 
short, thick neck possess great strength, but are seldom 
noted for speed. From the top of the neck rises the mane, 
which nature appears to have added as an ornament and 
beauty to this noble animal. The shoulders should run in a 
slanting direction forward from the withers to the shoulder 
points, and should be muscular, but not heavy, as they are 
particularly essential to the movements of the horse. Be- 
tween the points of the shoulder lies the chest, which should 
be moderately expansive and prominent, in order to allow the 
lungs to have a free action. 

The trunk, from the ribs nearest the chest, should be wide 
towards the back, and generally deepened, in order to give 
the form which is termed deep in the girths ; and as the ribs 
decrease in size, they ought to be more circular, which gives 
the belly a round appearance, and is more esteemed, not only 
for the beauty, but because it is accounted more healthy. 
The loins cannot be too broad and full, especially when 
strength is required ; they should be more rounded and long ; 
the tail should form a graceful curve with the loins. The 
fore legs are straight, gradually approaching each other as 



24 EXTERNAL CONFORMATION OF THE HORSE. 

they descend to the feet ; the arm should be muscular and 
large ; when small, it generally denotes want of strength ; the 
knee large and flat, and the shank muscular and firm, and by 
no means fleshy. The thighs of the horse should be exceed- 
ingly strong and muscular ; the stifle should be of considerable 
length, as that denotes speed. The hock is the most material 
joint of the animal, and should be broad and wide ; it is 
subject to many diseases, and ought to be well looked to. 
The feet also require attention, and are more frequently mis- 
shapen ; they should not be too upright, which tends to open 
the heel, and thus the feet become faulty and diseased ; the 
horn should be of considerable size, otherwise the foot is 
easily hurt, and rendered unhealthy. By reference to plate 
No. 1, the reader may become acquainted with the bony 
structure of this noble animal. 

On the Teeth. — A horse has forty teeth when he has 
completed his full number; a mare usually only thirty-six. 
The horse has, during life, two sets of teeth — a temporary 
and a permanent set. The first appears shortly after birth ; 
the others appear gradually, as the temporary set fall out ; 
and the change is completed about the fifth year. These 
two sets of teeth appear at an interval of a few years be- 
tween them ; yet the rudiments of both are formed nearly at 
the same period. It is essentially necessary that there should 
be two sets of teeth ; for, as they grow but slowly in propor- 
tion to the jaws, had there been but one set, the disproportion 
in growth between the teeth and jaws must have separated 
and made them wide apart as the jaws increased. The 
manner in which the temporary teeth are removed is very 
curious ; — it is occasioned by the pressure of the permanent 
teeth upon the roots of the former; this causes a gradual 
absorption of the roots, so that, after a time, having no sup- 
port, they fall out. The teeth are covered with a hard sub- 
stance called enamel ; this enamel surrounds the tooth, and 
is indented or sunk into it, forming a pit, or hollow, which 
preserves the body of the tooth from being injured. In pro- 
cess of time, however, the enamel is worn down below the 



PROGRESS OF THE VETERINARY ART IN ENGLAND. 25 

hollow, and a brown mark appears on them, which indicates 
age. To ascertain the age of a horse, see Age, part second. 



PROGRESS OF THE VETERINARY ART IN ENGLAND. 

England appears to have been almost the last, among the 
nations of Europe, which encouraged the study of this use- 
ful profession. In the year 1788, proposals for establishing a 
veterinary school in London were published by M. V. de Sain- 
bel, who had previously received a professional education at 
the Royal College at Lyons. These proposals received no 
attention. In 1789, he published fresh proposals to read lec- 
tures on the veterinary science. These met with no better 
success. In 1790, a plan for establishing an institution for 
teaching the art was published, and produced a good effect, 
and ultimately led to the formation of the Veterinary College 
of London. 

Among the first of the medical profession, who subscribed 
towards the support of this institution, were Drs. J. Hunter 
and Crawford. These distinguished surgeons saw its impor- 
tance, as opening a field for the cultivation of comparative 
anatomy, which was the cause of their rendering it all the 
assistance in their power. 

It is also stated that the Duke of Northumberland was 
elected president, and contributed the sum of five hundred 
guineas towards the support of this most useful institution. 

Among the names of the first pupils who entered the col- 
lege are Clark, Lawrence, Field, and Blain. The latter was 
educated as a human surgeon. A medical committee was 
shortly afterwards appointed, consisting of the most distin- 
guished practitioners in London, by whom the pupils were 
examined, and if found to have acquired a sufficient knowl- 
edge of the art, certificates were granted. 

Professor Coleman likewise succeeded in procuring the 
patronage of government ; and for several successive years a 
4 



26 PROGRESS OF THE VETERINARY ART IN ENGLAND. 

sum of money was voted by the Parliament, towards the aid 
of the institution. George the Third granted the rank of 
commissioned officers to such as might be appointed to regi- 
ments. About the year 1827, the directors of the East India 
Company, observing the good effect produced by the appoint- 
ment of veterinary surgeons to the British cavalry, were like- 
wise induced to grant the like appointment to young men 
who might think fit to join the native India regiments. 

A course of lectures is still given by the professors through- 
out the season ; the pupils are still examined by a medical 
committee. Demonstrations in anatomy, &c., are given daily, 
and the pupils have the advantage of dissecting subjects 
themselves, and also of seeing the practice of the infirmary. 
The following is from one of the works of the first pro- 
fessors : "We know that physicians of all ages applied them- 
selves to the dissection of animals, and that it was almost 
entirely by analogy that those of Greece and Rome judged 
of the structure of the human body. We are told that 
Herophilus and Erasistratus studied anatomy on the human 
frame some centuries before the Christian era, and that the 
former even dissected living subjects, having obtained the 
bodies of malefactors for that purpose. On the other hand, 
it is abundantly proved by history, that the great progress in 
anatomy, till within a few centuries, was made by the dis- 
section of brutes. A superstitious reverence for the dead, 
which prevailed for many centuries, confined the Greeks and 
Arabians to the dissection of apes and quadrupeds. Galen 
has given us the anatomy of the ape for that of man ; and it 
is evident that his dissections were restricted to brutes, when 
he says that if learned physicians have been guilty of gross 
error, it was because they neglected to dissect animals. 
Erasistratus was the first who discovered the lacteals in 
kids, which he opened a short time after they had sucked. 
He observed the valves of the heart, and demonstrated, con- 
trary to the opinion of Plato, that there was, behind the wind- 
pipe, a canal or passage, viz., the oesophagus, whose office 
was to convey food into the stomach. Rufus of Ephesus, we 



PROGRESS OF THE VETERINARY ART IN ENGLAND. 27 

are told, described those two ducts, the discovery of which is 
attributed to Fallopius, and from him are called the Fallopian 
tubes. These he discovered in dissecting the womb of a 
ewe, and adds, that he strongly suspects them to be seminal 
vessels, and of the same nature with those of the male. 
Galen demonstrated, in Rome, on living animals, the organs 
of sound and respiration ; he made several observations on 
the brain of animals ; he also showed the effect produced by 
ligature on the recurrent nerves. Vesalius proved, by experi- 
ment on animals, that it was possible to restore suspended 
animation, by inflating the lungs artificially, which discovery 
has saved the lives of many individuals. Croon and Hook, 
two English physicians, repeated the same experiments, a 
century afterwards, and with success. Wharton, a physician 
of London, discovered the salivary glands in an ox. 

In 1659, Eustachius was the first who found out the tho- 
racic duct in the horse ; a hundred years afterwards, the same 
canal was discovered in man by the immortal Harvey. Dr. 
Wren, professor of the University of Oxford, made several 
experiments on living animals, to be assured of the effect of 
different substances on the blood and solid parts, the result 
of which experiments was to confirm the discovery of Har- 
vey, which for the space of forty years was strenuously 
opposed. Gesner Aselius, professor of anatomy at Pavia, 
repeated the discovery of the lacteal veins in the mesentery, 
in brute bodies, which had formerly been known to Erasis- 
tratus and Herophilus. Pecquet traced them to the thorax, 
and completed his discovery by that of the thoracic duct. It 
was in the body of brutes, also, that Bartholinus discovered 
the vasa lymphatica. 

Stenon, a native of Copenhagen, but afterwards physician 
to Ferdinand the Second, Grand Duke of Tuscany, discovered, 
in 1661, the excretory ducts of the lachrymal glands in the 
eye of a sheep. Malpighi and Bellini, in 1665, described the 
organs of taste in quadrupeds. Observations on the organs 
of feeling were first made on the skins of brutes, and after- 
wards verified on the human skin. Weiff made experiments 



28 PROGRESS OF THE VETERINARY ART IN ENGLAND. 

on the hearts of living animals, to prove that the auricles 
were equal. In 1641, Hoffman discovered the excretory duct 
of the pancreas in a turkey-cock. The peristaltic motion of 
the intestines was first discovered in animals. In short, the 
greater part of the functions in the human frame were first 
made known by the general analogy subsisting between the 
functions of animal organization. From what has been here 
written, though in a summary manner, it appears that the 
science is efficient in itself, and has given unequivocal proofs 
of its ability to enlarge the boundaries of general medicine. 

Veterinary Surgeon Percival, in his introductory remarks 
to a series of elementary lectures on veterinary science, in 
drawing a comparison between such practitioners who have 
carefully studied anatomy, and those who have not, very truly 
observes, that no man supposes his watch can be repaired at 
the anvil, though there are those who send their horses to the 
blacksmith to be cured of their diseases. They know that 
the man is unacquainted with the mechanism of a watch ; 
and yet they trust him with a machine, to which, in point of 
complication, a watch can as little be compared as a rattle 
can to a watch. Why, then, are men so blind? Is it that a 
horse is of less value than a watch ? No ! It is owing to 
the vile trash diffused as treatises on farriery, so truly disgust- 
ing to a man of common reflection, that he forms his opinion 
of the art by those he entertains of the book. " Miserable 
animal ! " says Sainbel, " bereft of speech, thou canst not 
complain, when, to the disease with which thou art afflicted, 
excruciating torments are superadded by ignorant men, who 
at first sight, and without a knowledge of thy structure, pro- 
nounce in thy case, and then proceed with all expedition to 
open thy veins, lacerate thy flesh, cauterize thy sinews, and 
drench thy stomach with drugs opposed to the cure they 
engage to perform." 

A veterinary school has lately been established in Scot- 
land, where every thing that it behooves the practitioner to 
know is taught ; and, more recently, that excellent and truly 
liberal institution, the University of London, has admitted a 



OUTLINES OF ANATOMY IN THE HORSE. 29 

veterinary school under its roof; and, on the same extended 
plan, the beneficial results of this Avill be, that the diseases of 
cattle and sheep, hitherto so disgracefully neglected, will be 
better understood, and the dreadful loss which the country 
sustains will be materially diminished. 



OUTLINES OF AMTOMY IN THE HORSE. 

DESCRIPTION OF THE STRUCTURE OF THE DIFFERENT ORGANS. 

The animal organization is divided into bones, muscles, 
arteries, veins, nerves, and viscera. 

The bones are hard and durable, and are intended to form 
a framework for the support of the softer portions. When 
divested of the soft portions, they form the skeleton. The 
bones are united together by ligamentary and fibrous attach- 
ments, which allow free motion one upon another. The 
articulating surfaces of the joints are covered with a cushion 
or cartilage, and lubricated with a fluid called synovia, which 
permits them to move freely on each other, without friction. 
Their name and location will be found on referring to the 
engraving of the skeleton, accompanying page 12. 

The muscles are the soft, red, fibrous masses called flesh. 
They are susceptible of contraction and relaxation; or, in 
other words, become shorter and longer, and are subject to 
the will of the animal : for this reason, they are termed vol- 
untary muscles. 

Besides these, there are other parts which owe their power 
of contraction to the vital power ; yet there is a peculiar 
arrangement about some of their muscular fibres. Thas the 
heart is a muscular texture, forming a circular muscle ; and 
the urinary bladder, stomach, intestines, &c., — which are en- 
abled to contract upon their contents and expel them, whether 
the animal wills it or not, — are termed involuntary muscles. 

The muscles of respiration, being, in some measure, under 



30 OUTLINES OF ANATOiVrS" IN THE HORSE, 

the influence of the will, are said to have a mixed motion. 
If we examine the fibres of muscles attentively, we find them 
not in straight, but in zigzag lines, which explains how they 
are able to contract and expand. These fibres may be divid- 
ed and subdivided, until they are too small for the naked eye 
to see ; they are then called /asaa, and these fascia are again 
imited to form muscle. In a work of this description, which 
is intended for the non-professional, the author deems it un- 
necessary to detail the names of the different muscles, which 
would involve an amount of matter incompatible with the 
present limits. Suffice it to say, that the names of the vol- 
untary muscles depend on their size, form, use, the arrange- 
ment of their fibres, or their origin and insertion. 

Nerves are long, firm, white cords, which ramify after the 
manner of blood-vessels, and are distributed to all parts of the 
animal. They issue from the brain, medulla oblongata, and 
spinal marrow. They consist of fascicula, or bundles of dis- 
tinct fibres, closely connected together, and covered with a 
membrane called neurilema. They divide into branches, 
twigs, and threads, which again subdivide into filaments. 
They are named from their origin, use, and form. Thus 
those that issue from the brain are called cerebral; others, 
again, from the spinal cord, are called spinal ; those in the 
region of the neck are called cervical ; others, issuing from 
other parts of the spinal column towards the extremities, are 
called lumbar, dorsal, and sacral. These names correspond 
to their locations. See Nerves, part second. 

If a nervous cord is cut through, as in nerving, or com- 
pressed with force, so as to intercept all communication with 
the brain, and the foot to which it is distributed, that part 
becomes paralyzed. In nerving horses or cattle, the sensi- 
bility of the foot is wholly or partly destroyed, according to 
the nature of the operation. 

Veins are the vessels that return the blood to the heart. 
The texture of veins is much more slender than that of 
arteries, yet they possess considerable strength, and though 
sometimes distended to their utmost capacity, seldom burst. 



PHYSIOLOGY. 31 

The veins generally accompany the arteries ; but as the 
former are subject to pressure from the muscles, they are 
more numerous than arteries. The veins are provided with 
valves, which appear to be a duplicature of their inner coat 
rising into a fold. In the human subject, there are two of 
these folds to form a valve ; but in the horse, there are three : 
these, when the blood by pressure, or a contraction of the 
capillary structure, is arrested in its course, prevent it from 
returning. 

The arteries are vessels that carry the blood to all parts 
of the system, for the purpose of supplying the waste that is 
continually going on. They become narrower as they pro- 
ceed towards the extremities, and are furnished with an elastic, 
a muscular, and a membranous coat. Arteries have a pulsat- 
ing motion communicated to them by the impulse of the 
heart, by which they are distinguished from veins. 

The viscera are certain organs, comprising a great part of 
the structure of the animal, ordinarily lodged in cavities, as 
in the head, the chest, the pelvis, and abdomen. 

The head contains the brain, from which issue the organs 
of taste, smell, hearing, sight, &c. The chest is bounded by 
the ribs, spinal column, breast bone, and diaphragm, called 
midriff. It contains the organs of respiration and circula- 
tion. The abdomen contains the organs of digestion. The 
pelvis contains the urinary organs, the rectum, and most of 
the organs of generation. 



PHYSIOLOGY. 

DESCKIPTION OF THE USES OF THE DIFFERENT ORGANS AND 
FUNCTIONS OF THE HORSE. 

Nutrition. — The living body is constantly losing its con- 
stituent parts ; this waste requires to be made up by the 
addition of new matter ; and when the stomach, and other 
parts concerned in the process of nutrition and digestion, are 



32 PHYSIOLOGY. 

in a healthy state, and there is a due supply of food, then 
this renovation is continually going on. Nutrition may be 
interrupted by various causes, which will be discussed in the 
articles Feeding, Appetite, &c. 

Digestion. — This is a chemico-vital action, and is the most 
extraordinary phenomenon we can contemplate, and worthy 
the attention of those for whom this work is mainly written. 
Every part of the animal is formed from the blood, which is 
first formed from the food. 

Mastication. — The animal, by means of the teeth, grinds 
or breaks up the food. During the process, it is moistened 
by a fluid called saliva, which is secreted by glands fitted for 
that purpose. This moistening is essential to the passage of 
the food down the gullet, or oesophagus, into the stomach, and 
afterwards, probably, assists the process of digestion. Some- 
times horses have projections on the grinding teeth, by which 
mastication is rendered painful and difficult ; the food is im- 
perfectly chewed, and therefore difficult of digestion. This 
is injurious to the stomach and bowels, and consequently the 
general health suffers. 

Chymijication. — The food, having been properly moistened 
with saliva, is. by means of the tongue, with the assistance 
of the muscles, pharynx, and gullet, conveyed into the 
stomach. Here the food undergoes the first process of di- 
gestion, and is converted into a pulpy mass, called chyme. 
The agent in converting food into chyme is the gastric juice, 
which is secreted from the inner walls of the stomach. This 
fluid has a remarkably solvent power, and when the horse is 
in health, acts on the ordinary articles of food. Cases are 
on record where the gastric juice had corroded and dissolved 
the coats of the stomach, after death ; yet it cannot act on 
any thing while it retains vitality. Thus we often find hots 
in the stomach, and worms in the intestines, that live and 
generate, unhurt, by that fluid ; yet the moment they are 
deprived of vitality, they are digested or dissolved. 

As the chyme passes from the stomach through its lower 
orifice, called pylorus, it enters the first of the small intestines, 



PHYSIOLOGY. 33 

called duodenum. Here it meets with two fluids, one secreted 
by the liver, called gall or bile, and the other secreted by the 
pancreas or sweetbread, called pancreatic juice. The fluids 
from both are conveyed into the duodenum by small tubes or 
canals. Immediately after the admixture of the chyme with 
the fluids, it begins to separate into two distinct portions, one 
consisting of the nutritious portion, called the chyle, and the 
other the refuse portion, part of which forms the excrement. 

Ahsorptio7i of the Chyle. — The intestines are composed, in 
a great measure, of muscular fibres, some of which run in a 
circular, and others in a longitudinal direction. When the 
fibres contract, the diameter of the canal is diminished ; and 
when the longitudinal fibres are in action, the canal is short- 
ened ; and by the combined action of these fibres, the food 
is gradually propelled through the whole length of the canal. 
The internal surface of the intestines consists of a nervous 
and vascular membrane, which is constantly forming a mu- 
cous substance for its own protection. In cases of constipa- 
tion and colic, this secretion is so abundant as to be discharged 
in considerable quantity with the dung. There is also, on the 
inner surface of the intestines, an immense number of minute 
vessels, called lacteals, by which the chyle is sucked up or 
absorbed. The lacteals terminate on the inner surface of the 
intestines by small tubes, with open mouths. These tubes 
are full of little valves, which prevent the return of chyle. 
In passing through these canals, the fluid traverses small 
bodies, called mesenteric glands. Eventually, the whole of 
the lacteals terminate in a vessel called the thoracic duct, 
from thence into one of the jugular veins,* into which it 
empties. The chyle thus mixes with the venous blood in the 
veins, and goes with it to the lungs, where, coming in contact 
with atmospheric air, it is deprived of its carbon, and assumes 
the character of pure arterial blood. There are other vessels 
that empty into the thoracic duct, called lymphatics ; these, 
with the lacteals, form what is termed the absorbent system. 

* It enters the subclavian vein in the human being. 
5 



34 PHYSIOLOGY. 

The lymphatics carry a fluid called lymph, which is a 
limpid fluid, and found in all parts of the body. They take 
up substances that are applied to their mouths ; thus the 
moisture within the abdomen, and other cavities, or poisons 
rubbed on the hide, are taken into the system. The absorb- 
ents also assist in this process, the latter taking up all the 
useless matter, and conveying it into the blood, that it may 
be thrown off by the skin and kidneys, in the form of urine 
and perspiration. 

The external surface of the intestines consists of perito- 
neum, a membrane from which the viscera of the abdomen 
derive their external coat. The peritoneum forms also a kind 
of sac, in which they are enclosed. The first portion of 
intestine-duodenum is about twenty inches in length. The 
next is named jejunum ; the third ilhum : this terminates in 
the caecum, or first of the large intestines : here there is a 
looseness of the internal coat, which allows it to be formed 
into folds, and effectually prevents the return of excrement 
into the small intestines. The second of the large intestines 
is named colon. It is small at its commencement, but soon 
after enlarges into a very capacious canal, which, when it has 
passed nearly around the abdomen, again forms a second, but 
slight contraction ; after which it again enlarges, when, less- 
ening a third time, it terminates in the rectum. The anus, 
or fundament, is the termination of the rectum, and is shut 
by a circular muscle, termed sphincter, which surrounds the 
end of the gut. 

Circulation of the Blood. — Having given the reader some 
idea of the manner in which the blood is made, we will now 
consider its properties, and explain how it is propelled and 
distributed to every part of the animal. 

The appearance of blood is familiar to most persons. We 
have already stated that it contains the elements for building 
up and nourishing the whole animal structure. On examin- 
ing blood with a microscope, it is found full of little red 
globules, which vary in their size and shape in different ani- 
mals, and are more numerous in warm than in cold blooded 



( 35 ) 



Plate No. 3. 



THE HEART VIEWED EXTERNALLY. 




a, the left ventricle ; b, the right ventricle ; c, e, f, the aorta ; ff, h, i, the carotid 
and other arteries springing from the aorta ; k, the pulmonary artery ; I, branches 
of the pulmonary artery in the lungs ; m, m, the pulmonary veins emptying into the 
left auricle; w, the right auricle ; o, the ascending vena cava; q, the descending 
vena cava ; r, the left auricle ; s, the coronary vein and artery. See Circulatiox 
OF THE Blood, on the opposite page. 



36 PHYSIOLOGY. 

animals : probably this arises from the fact that the latter 
absorb less oxygen. If the blood of one animal be trans- 
fused into another, it will frequently cause death. 

When blood stands for a time after being drawn, it sepa- 
rates into two parts. One is called serum, and resembles the 
white of an egg ; the other is the clot or crassamentum, and 
forms the red coagulum, or jelly-like substance : this is ac- 
companied by whitish, tough threads, called fibrine. When 
blood has been drawn from a horse, and it assumes a cupped 
or hollow form, if serum, or buffy coat, remain on its sur- 
face, it denotes an impoverished state ; but if the whole, 
when coagulated, be of one uniform mass, it indicates a 
healthy state of this fluid. The blood of a young horse 
generally coagulates into a firm mass, while that of an old or 
debilitated one is generally less dense, and more easily divided 
or broken down. The power that propels the blood into the 
different ramifications of the animal, is a mechanico-vital 
power, and is accomplished through the medium of the heart, 
which is a powerful muscular organ contained in the chest. 
From certain parts of it arteries arise ; in others the veins ter- 
minate ; and it is principally by its alternate contractions and 
expansions, aided, as already stated, by the vital power, that 
the circulation of the blood is carried on. The heart is in- 
vested with a membranous bag, called pericardium, which 
adheres to the tendinous centre of the diaphragm, and to the 
great vessels at the base of the heart. The heart is lubricated 
by a serous fluid within the pericardium, which guards against 
friction. In dropsical affections, the quantity of this fluid is 
considerably increased, and constitutes a disease called dropsy 
of the heart. The heart is divided into four cavities, viz., 
two auricles, named from their resemblance to an ear, and 
two ventricles, (as seen in plate 3, a b,) forming the body. 
The left ventricle is smaller than the right ; but its sides are 
much thicker and stronger : it is from this part that the grand 
trunk of the arteries proceeds, called the great aorta, (i. e., /, 
plate 3.) The right cavity, or ventricle, is the receptacle for 
the blood that is brought back by the veins after going the 



PHYSIOLOGY. 37 

rounds of the circulation ; which, Hke an inverted tree, become 
larger and less numerous as they approach the heart, where 
they terminate in the right auricle. The auricle on the left 
side of the heart receives the blood that has been distributed 
through the lungs for purification. Where the veins terminate 
in auricles, there are valves placed. The coronary vein, 
which enters the right auricle, has its mouth protected by a 
valve called semilunar, or half-moon shape, which opens only 
towards the heart, and prevents the blood taking a retrograde 
course. The different tubes coming from and entering into 
the heart, are also provided with valves to prevent the blood 
from returning. For example, the blood proceeds out of the 
heart, along the aorta, (see plate ;) the valve opens upwards, 
the blood also moves upwards, and pushes the valve asunder, 
and passes through ; the pressure from above effectually closes 
the passage. The valves of the heart are composed of elastic 
cartilage, which enables them to work with ease. In some 
diseases, however, they become ossified. This, of course, is 
fatal. The heart and its appendages are also subject to other 
diseases, called dilatation, softening, hardening, &c. Now, the 
blood, having been brought from all parts of the system by 
the veins, enters into the vena cava, (see plate 3, fig. o, </, 
ascending and descending portion,) which empty themselves 
into the right auricle ; and this, when distended with blood, 
contracts, and forces its contents into the right ventricle, 
which, contracting in its turn, propels the blood into the pul- 
monary arteries, (see plate,) whose numerous ramifications 
bring it in contact with the air-cells of the lungs. It 
then assumes a crimson color, and is then adapted to 
build up and supply the waste. Having passed through 
the vessels of the lungs, it continues on, and passes into the 
left auricle : this also contracts, and forces the blood through 
a valve into the left ventricle. This ventricle then contracts 
in its turn, and the blood passes through another valve into 
the great aorta, from which it is distributed into the whole 
arterial structure : after going the rounds of the circulation, 
it is again returned to the heart by the veins. 



38 PHYSIOLOGY. 

Respiration and Structure of the Lungs. — The organs of 
respiration are the larynx, the upper opening of which is 
named glottis, the trachea or windpipe, bronchia, and the 
lungs. 

The air is displaced out of the lungs by the action of the 
muscles of respiration ; and when these relax, the Inngs ex- 
pand by their elasticity. This may be exemplified by means 
of a sponge, which may be compressed into a small bulk by 
the hand, but, upon opening the hand, the sponge returns to 
its natural size, and all its cavities become filled with air. 
The purification of the blood in the lungs is of vital impor- 
tance, and indispensably necessary to the due performance of 
all the functions. When the lungs, and muscles connected 
with them, are in a physiological state, the horse is said to be 
in good wind — a very desirable state for an animal to be in, 
whose usefulness depends on his being capable of a long 
continuance of quick motion. The trachea, or windpipe, 
after dividing into bronchia, again subdivides into innumera- 
ble other branches, the extremities of which compose an 
infinite quantity of small cells, which, with the ramifications 
of the veins, arteries, nerves, lymphatics, and the connecting 
cellular membrane, make up the whole mass or substance of 
the lungs. The internal surface of the windpipe, bronchia, 
and air-cell, is lined with a membrane, which secretes a 
mucous fluid : when, in consequence of an obstructed sur- 
face, this fluid becomes abundant, it is expelled by the nos- 
trils. The whole is invested with a thin, transparent mem- 
brane, named pleura : the same membrane lines the internal 
surface of the ribs and diaphragm, and, by a duplicature of 
its folds, forms a separation between the lobes of the lungs. 

Glandular Secretions. — Liver. This is the largest gland 
in the animal economy ; it secretes from the blood a fluid 
called bile ; it is conveyed by numerous small tubes into a 
larger one, in which they terminate : this is named hepatic, 
or biliary duct. In the human body, and in most quadrupeds, 
there is another duct, branching off" from this, which termi- 
pates in a gall bladder, from which the bile is expelled ; but 



PHYSIOLOGY. 39! 

in the horse there is simply one duct, which conveys the bile, 
as already stated, into the duodenum, where it assists in the 
process of chylification. 

Kidneys. Their office is to convey or secrete the super- 
fluous fluids and excrementitious parts of the blood in the 
form of urine. In man, the skin is the great outlet of the body, 
and the kidneys are one of a secondary order ; but in some 
animals, the kidneys are the principal parts concerned in car- 
rying off the impurities of the blood. When horses are allowed 
an unlimited quantity of hay and water, or when they are fed 
on improper food, and the skin obstructed, the urine will be 
voided in large quantities — thick, turbid, deficient in quality, 
and having a peculiar stinking smell. From a cavity in the 
centre of each kidney, a canal or tube proceeds, by which 
the urine is conveyed into the bladder. These tubes are named 
ureters. As the ureters enter the bladder, they pass forward 
a short distance between its coats ; which course effectually 
prevents the urine from flowing back into the ureters. The 
urine is expelled by the muscular power which the bladder 
possesses of contracting upon its contents. The horse's kid- 
neys are readily aff"ected by diuretic medicines, and many 
valuable horses are ruined by the too frequent use of nitre 
and rosin. These articles are indirect diuretics ; they cause a 
large secretion of urine, but do not provide for the excretion. 
In such cases, the bladder may be distended beyond its usual 
capacity ; its fibres may become lacerated, and thus be in- 
capable of contracting on its contents. Disease of the kid- 
neys sometimes happens in consequence of excessive exertion, 
or strain of the loins ; and sometimes peritoneal disease spreads 
to the kidneys. 

There are other glands scattered over the system, of equal 
importance ; yet, in the present state of veterinary knowl- 
edge, the author deems it unnecessary to refer to them. 

Anatomy and Physiology of the Eye. — The parts which 
compose the eye are divided into external and internal. The 
external parts are, first, the eyelashes, or cilia, which, in the 
horse, can scarcely be reckoned more than one, there being 



40 PHYSIOLOGY. 

very few hairs in the under eyelid ; secondly, the eyelids, or 
palpebrffi, upper and under : where they join outwardly, it is 
termed the external canthus, and inwardly towards the nose, 
the internal, canthus : they cover and defend the eyes. The 
cartilaginous margin or rim of the eyelid, from which the 
eyelashes proceed, is named tarsus. In the tarsus and inter- 
nal surface of the eyelid there are small glands, which secrete 
a fluid, to prevent friction of the eye and its lids, and facili- 
tate motion. Thirdly, the lachrymal gland, which is placed 
on the upper part of the eyelid towards the external canthus ; 
from this gland the tears are secreted, and conveyed to the 
inner surface of the upper eyelid by several minute ducts, or 
canals, named lachrymal ducts. There is another small body, 
having a glandular appearance, in the inner corner of the eye ; 
on each side of which there are small orifices, which are called 
puncta lachrymalia : these are the mouths or openings of 
two small canals, which, joining together, form a membranous 
tube ; and this, passing through a small opening in the bone, 
extends to the lower part of the nostril, where its termination 
may be distinctly seen in the horse. As the lachrymal gland 
is constantly forming tears, it must be obvious that some 
contrivance is necessary to convey them off, and prevent them 
flowing over the cheek : this purpose is answered by the canal 
just described. 

When any irritating matter is applied to the eye, the tears 
are formed too abundantly to be carried ofl" in this way ; they 
then flow over the cheek. In the human eye, the puncta 
lachrymalia terminate in a small sac, from which the lachry- 
mal duct proceeds : this is not the case in the horse. In the 
inner corner of the horse's eye is placed a body commonly 
termed the haw, no resemblance to which is to be found in 
the human eye.. The horse has the power, by means of the 
muscles of the eye, to bring the haw completely over its 
surface ; it serves, therefore, as a second eyelid, and efi'ectu- 
ally wipes otT any dust, hay, or seeds, or other matter which 
may have fallen upon the eye. The conjunctive membrane, 
or tunica conjunctiva, lines the inner surface of the eyelids. 



PHYSIOLOGY. 41 

and covers the white part of the globe of the eye. This 
membrane has numerous blood-vessels, which are conspicuous 
when it is inflamed. The bulb or globe of the eye is com- 
posed of several coats and humors. The transparent cornea, 
which, in the horse, forms the front part of the eye, com- 
prehends a larger part of the globe than in the human subject ; 
on removing this cornea, a fluid, which is named the aqueous 
humor, escapes, and the iris appears. The iris is a muscular 
curtain, having a hole in the centre, which is termed the pupil. 
This divides the fore part of the eye into two parts, named 
chambers, which are occupied by the aqueous humor. The 
pupil is of a dark bluish cast ; is of an oval, or rather of an 
oblong form. The iris regulates the quantity of light that is 
required to pass through the pupil. For this purpose, it is 
composed of two sets of muscular fibres ; by means of one 
the pupil is enlarged, and by the other it is diminished. Thus, 
if the pupil is first examined in the stable, where there is a 
moderate light, and immediately after in the sunshine, it .will 
be found quite altered ; being so small, in a strong light, as to 
be nearly closed. On removing the iris, the second humor, 
or crystalline lens, appears : this is retained in its situation by 
a transparent membrane, named its capsule, between which 
and the lens is a minute quantity of fluid. The third humor 
of the eye is the vitreous. This humor is not contained in 
one general sac, but in numerous minute and perfectly trans- 
parent cells, and resembles pure water : this humor serves to 
produce a small degree of refraction in the rays of light, and 
occupies and distends all the posterior part of the globe of the 
eye. The next coat to the conjunctive is the sclerotica, 
or white of the eye, a strong, thick membrane, which extends 
from the transparent cornea to the optic nerve. The next 
coat to the sclerotic is the choroid. This is a delicate and 
very vascular membrane. In the human eye, it appears of 
a black color, and it is this which causes the pupil of the 
human eye to appear black ; but the choroid coat of the 
horse's eye is variegated in color : in some parts black, in 
others blue ; and in others green. The next coat is the 
6 



43 PHYSIOLOGY. 

retina : this is a delicate expansion of the optic nerve over 
the choroid coat, which it accompanies to the margin of the 
crystalline lens, and there terminates. 

The use of the retina is to receive certain impressions 
made by the light reflected from objects, so as to produce in 
the mind an idea of their figm'e and color ; the optic nerve 
being the medium of communication between the retina and 
brain. From the above explanation of the mechanism of the 
eye. it will readily appear that many circumstances may occur 
to render vision imperfect, or to destroy it altogether. If the 
transparent cornea, for example, became white, light could 
not pass through it, and the animal would be blind, however 
perfect the other parts of the eye might be. The cornea 
may be either too convex or too flat ; in the former case, 
causing the animal to be near-sighted ; in the latter, produ- 
cing an indistinctness of vision with respect to objects that 
are near. The iris may, in consequence of disease, become 
fixed, or lose its power of motion ; in which case, the pupil 
would be always of the same size, and the animal would not 
have the power of adapting it to the various distances or 
objects ; or, as sometimes happens, the pupil may become 
quite closed, by which light would be perfectly excluded 
from the retina. Supposing the cornea and iris to be healthy, 
the crystalline lens, or its capsule, may become opaque, and 
thereby cause total blindness. But in this part, as in the 
cornea, we meet with difl'erent degrees of opacity : sometimes 
it is very slight, the pupil appearing of a lighter color, and 
unusually large : in this state, the pupil is said to look dull or 
muddy, which causes the horse to start ; but when the opacity 
is complete, it constitutes the disease termed cataract. There 
is another disease, to which the reader's attention is called ; it 
is named gutta serena, or amaurosis. This disease is known 
by the pupil being unusually large or open, and by its con- 
tinuing so when the eye is exposed to a strong light. 

Remarks on the Causes of Disease in the Eye. — Young 
horses, generally, are peculiarly liable to a disease called 
ophthalmia. Such as are got by a blind stallion, or bred from 



ANATOMY. 43 

a blind mare, are said to be more liable to it than others ; yet 
all horses, if pent up in hot stables, fed high, and not 
sufficiently exercised, are liable to disease of the eye. Some- 
times a general derangement of the system, brought on by 
violent and excessive exertion, will terminate in a disease of 
the eye, or its membranes ; also by standing still in cold wind or 
rain when the animal has ]been heated, and is sweating ; or 
sluicing him with cold water, which is very much in fashion, 
since the Cochituate was introduced in this city. If wa- 
ter is used to cleanse the horse, he should be rubbed per- 
fectly dry, and the reactive powers provoked by friction with 
the brush. 

Cure. — It is of the utmost importance to remove the 
cause, if possible : next adopt that system of management, 
with respect to feeding, exercise, grooming, and ventilation, 
laid down in this work. If the disease is hereditary, then 
the most scientific treatment, to say the most of it, is only 
palliative. The best lotion for the eye is an infusion of 
camomiles, or a mixture of one tablespoonful of vinegar to 
a pint of water, used occasionally with a clean sponge and 
a light hand. The horse should be kept on a light diet of 
scalded shorts ; darken the stable, and give the animal proper 
attention until the disease is subdued. 



ANATOMY 

OF THE FEMALE ORGANS OF GENERATION. 

The vulva, or pudendum, is the slit commencing below the 
anus, and extending downward, forming a fissure. This 
fissure is longest and most conspicuous in breeding mares. 
The space between the anus and vulva is called the perineum. 
The prominences on each side of the vulva are called the 
labia pudendi. They owe their bulk principally to fatty 
substance. 



44 ANATOMY. 

The commissures are the parts uniting the labia above and 
below. The superior or upper commissure is extended to a 
sharp angle, and joins the perineum ; the lower portion is 
rounded off, and is bounded by a hollow, at the bottom of 
which is lodged the 

Clitoris. — This is brought into view immediately after 
staling : it bears a close comparison to the head of the male 
penis, and, like the latter, is susceptible of sensual enjoyment. 
To the clitoris belong a pair of muscles named erector clitoris. 
They take their origin from the perineum. Their office is 
to erect that body, and protrude it into the vagina in the act 
of coition. 

The internal parts are the vagina, uterus. Fallopian tubes, 
fimbriae, and ovaria. The vagina is a musculo-membranous 
canal, of large dimensions, extending from the vulva to the 
uterus or womb. 

It is situated within the pelvis, having the bladder below 
and the rectum above it, to both of which it has cellular 
attachments, in addition to the reciprocal connection with 
the peritoneum. To the rectum it is closely and firmly at- 
tached by cellular membrane. 

The figure of the vagina, when it is distended, is that of 
an oblong cylinder ; but in the collapsed state, its sides are in 
contact, and it will vary its form according to the full or 
empty condition of the bladder. The largest part of the 
canal is the posterior ; there it exceeds the dimensions of the 
bladder. 

The length of the canal is about eighteen inches. Its 
course is horizontal, and rather shows an inclination to the 
curve of the rectum. 

The vagina, at its commencement from the vulva, is much 
thicker in its walls than elsewhere ; in composition, it is 
partly muscular and partly membranous. The orifice of it 
is clothed in that strong, red, circular, fleshy band, which 
forms the sphincter vagina ; and the adjoining part of the 
canal is also encircled by some considerable fleshy covering, 



ANATOMY. 45 

and thickly coated with muscular fibres. Farther forward 
than this the vagina is composed of membrane. 

The Membrane of the Vagina. — The part of which it is 
constituted is one of the mucous class, and one that pos- 
sesses considerable density, extensibility, and resistance. 
Its exterior surface is rough. Its interior is smooth, and has 
a pale pinkish cast ; unless the mare be under the venereal 
oestrum, and then its redness is heightened, and its secretion 
augmented. In the ordinary state, this membrane is thrown 
into folds, larger in breeding mares than in others, technically 
called rugse. 

Considerably in advance of the clitoris is an opening 
leading from the lower part of the canal, large enough to 
admit with ease any one of the fingers : this is the orifice of 
the meatus urinarius, or outlet of the bladder : it is guarded 
by a doubling of the vaginal membrane, which hangs over 
it, and serves the purpose of a valve. 

The large and conspicuous protuberance at the bottom of 
the vagina, is the mouth of the uterus. 

The uterus, or womb, is a hollow musculo-membranoiis 
organ, united to the anterior part of the vagina, and is des- 
tined for the reception of the foetus. We distinguish the 
uterus by the body, horns, neck, and mouth. The body is 
the oblong or cylindrical part, growing out of the anterior 
portion of the vagina, in the centre of which it is terminated 
internally by the os uteri, or mouth of the womb ; it gives 
origin, in front, to the horns. This part lies wholly within 
the pelvis, between the bladder and rectum, and is entirely 
covered by peritoneum. 

The cornua, or horns, rise from the body of the uterus, and 
diverge towards the loins. Their length and size will be 
much greater in breeding mares than in others. In figure 
they are cylindrical ; they bend upwards in their course, and 
terminate in round extremities, to which are loosely appended 
the ovaries, or testicles, through the medium of the Fallopian 
tubes. 

The cervix, or neck, of the uterus is the rugose portion 



46 ANATOMY. 

protruded backward into the cavity of the vagina, which has 
a flower-like appearance, and can only be seen in a virgin 
uterus in the undistended state : during gestation it undergoes 
a remarkable change. 

Independently of its union with the vagina, the uterus is 
confined in its place by two broad portions of peritoneum, 
which attach it to the sides of the pelvis, named the lateral 
ligaments of the uterus. During the period of gestation, the 
uterus experiences considerable extension. The Fallopian 
tubes are two trumpet-shaped canals, having a remarkable 
serpentine course ; running within the folds of the ligamenta 
lata, from the extremities of the horns to the ovaries. 

The tube commences by an aperture in the cornu, having 
an elevated whitish margin, which is scarcely large enough 
to admit a small silver probe : from this it proceeds forward, 
folded in peritoneum, and extremely convoluted, until it 
reaches the ovary, to which it becomes attached ; it then 
begins to enlarge in its diameter, grows less convoluted, and 
serpentines along the lower side of the ovary ; it afterwards 
ends in a fringed doubling of membrane. 

The internal membrane of the tubes is similar to that of 
the uterus. 

The ovaria, or female testicles, are two egg-shaped bodies, 
situated farther forward than the Fallopian tubes, within the 
cavity of the abdomen : they receive close coverings, and are 
loosely attached to the spine. 

These bodies are about the size of walnuts. They are not 
regular oviform ; they have deep fissures on their sides ; they 
bear a resemblance, at first view, to the testicles and their 
ducts in the male. 

Internally, the ovaries are composed of a whitish spongy 
substance, in which are, in some instances, found little vesi- 
cles containing a yellowish glairy fluid, in others one or 
more dark yellow or brownish substances named corpora lutea : 
the vesicles are the ova, which, from impregnation, receive 
further development ; the corpora lutea denote the parts from 
which vesicles have burst, and consequently only exist in the 



ANATOMY. 47 

ovaries of those mares whose organs have been engaged in 
the generative process. Prior to the age of sexual intercourse, 
these bodies are small and white ; but as soon as the season 
of copulation is at hand, they grow large, redden externally, 
and present many yellow spots or streaks through their sub- 
stance. 

MamnicB, though unconnected with the uterus, anatomi- 
cally speaking, are in function concurring to the same im- 
portant end. The mammae, vulgarly called udder, are two 
flattened oval-shaped bodies, depending, between the thighs, 
from the posterior and inferior part of the belly. In quadru- 
peds, with but few exceptions, tliis is the situation of the 
mammae. 

In virgin mares the udder is so small that there hardly 
appears to be any. In mares who have had foals, the udder 
remains prominent or pendulous, and has a flabby feel. 

Towards the latter part of gestation, this part swells, and 
becomes distinctly visible. Within a few days of foaling, 
the udder grows turgid with milk ; it does not, however, 
acquire its full distention until the foal has drawn it for a few 
days, from which time it maintains its volume, with little 
variation, during the period of sucking. Soon after the foal 
begins to forsake the teat, the secretion of milk diminishes, 
and is followed by a contraction of the bag, which goes on 
gradually, until it has resumed nearly, or quite, its former 
flatness. 

The interior of the mammas has a light yellowish aspect, 
and evidently possesses a lobulated structure, which is held 
together by a fine cellular tissue, interspersed with granules 
of fat. It is constituted of glandular masses, irregular in 
magnitude and form, and loosely connected one with another, 
each of which masses is composed of a number of lobules, 
closely compacted and united together. These insulated 
lobulous portions receive small arteries, from which the milk 
is secreted. The former, by repeatedly conjoining one with 
another, become at length several demonstrable canals, radiat- 
ing from every part, and dilating to hold the milk. 



48 ANAT03IY. 

When the udder becomes charged with milk, it flows into 
the teat and distends it. Suction is apparently an operation 
purely mechanical. The teat is seized and closely com- 
pressed by the lips of the foal ; and the imbibing eifort which 
follows has a tendency to produce a vacuum, or raise the 
valve at the upper part of the teat, and the milk passes from 
the reservoirs into the mouth. 

ON THE PHYSIOLOGY OF THE ORGANS OF GENERATION, MALE 
AND FEMALE. 

The common object in the male and female organs of 
generation, is the development and reproduction of new 
beings. The copulative act is the essential first cause that 
therein the action of the organs is mutual and sympathetic, 
and that the result is the generation of a new animal, bearing 
a likeness to one or both parents, the office of the testicles 
being to furnish the fecundating liquor, called semen. This 
is the most important part of the male apparatus. These 
organs do not descend into the scrotum for some time after 
birth, and do not carry on their glandular functions until the 
period of puberty. This epoch is marked in animals by luxu- 
riant growth of hair, particularly in the mane and tail, a 
peculiar odor of the body, and lustful passions. 

The semen is secreted from the blood, and is a white 
viscous fluid, having a peculiar faint odour, and Mr. Percivall 
found it to contain myriads of animalculae, or vermiculi. To 
chemical analysis, according to Girard, the horse's semen 
yields four fifths of a peculiar animal matter ; the remaining 
ingredients being mucus, muriate of potass and soda, and 
carbonate and phosphate of lime. Castration operates in 
horses, not only by depriving stallions of their amorous fury, but 
converting the most outrageous into meek and even spiritless 
geldings. But the loss of one testicle does not take away 
either the procreative faculty, or the sexual appetite j for rigs, 
as they are then called, appear to get foals as well as stallions. 

In the covering season animals are found to grow restless 
and unruly, and unless permitted to seek their mates they 



ANATOMY. 



49 



will often refuse their food, and even undergo considerable 
privations, so influential in the system is the periodical sexual 
passion. 

By implanting such a vigorous and irresistible impulse into 
the sexual constitution of animals, has nature excited the 
congress of the sexes, and insured the perpetuation of their 
species ; and so salutary is the moderate or seasonable per- 
formance of this act, that animals are found to be improved, 
both in health and strength, by it ; if carried to excess, it 
proves highly destructive. 

In the covering season the female parts are in a fit state of 
aptitude for giving due eff"ect to the semen conveyed into 
them by the penis of the male ; they show this aptitude by 
redness, and prominency of the vulva, and by the emission, 
at intervals, of a whitish mucus fluid ; animals that are ill fed 
and hard worked, seldom show that they are horseing at all. 

Impregnation ordinarily puts an end to the oestral dis- 
charge, by causing permanent closure of the mouth of the 
womb. The germs, or rudiments, of the future beings exist 
in the ovaria of the female prior to impregnation, and only 
require the stimulus of the masculine liquor to dislodge them 
and develop themselves. 

STO]SIACH. 

By reference to the plate, it will be seen that the horse's 
stomach somewhat resembles a bagpipe. It is situated 
behind the diaphragm, principally on the left side, with its 
expellant orifice extending across the spine to the right. It 
has two surfaces, which may be called its sides, though 
one is posterior, and the other anterior ; and two ex- 
tremities, a large and small. The superior, or upper portion 
of the latter receives the cesophagus or gullet, and is termed 
its cardiac orifice ; while the lower portion, which ends in 
the duodenum, (see plate,) is termed its pyloric orifice. 
The situation of the stomach varies, in some degree, with its 
distention ; when it is much distended, the left extremity 
will press upon the diaphragm, and cause heaving at the 



( 50 ) 



Plate No. 4. 



THE STOMACH OF THE HORSE. 




a, the gullet, or cesophagus, extending to the stomach ; h, b, the margin which 
separates the cutioular from the villous coats of the stomach ; c, the entrance of 
the gullet into the stomach ; d, d, the cuticular portion of the stomach ; e, the 
communication between the stomach and first intestine ; f,f,f, the villous or mu- 
cous portion of the stomach, in which the food is principally digested ; g, the small 
orifice through which a portion of the pancreatic juice enters the intestine ; h, the 
orifice through which the bile passes into the intestine : the two pins mark the two 
tubes. 



ANATOMY. 51 

flanks. In oxen and sheep, the first stomach, being very 
large, is found, when distended, to have its extremity carried 
up between the last rib and the hip, in which part it is punc- 
tured when a bullock is blown or hoven. But such an idea 
of the horse's stomach would be very erroneous ; for, this 
animal having a very small one, it can never occupy a simi- 
lar situation. The stomach has, externally, a covering from 
the peritoneum, which adheres closely to it by means of its 
cellular membrane. Its middle portion consists of muscular 
fibres, which are stronger in the horse than in oxen and 
sheep. These fibres run in various directions, but are princi- 
pally longitudinal and circular ; the latter very strong and 
thick at the point where the gullet terminates. The inner 
surface of the stomach consists of two portions, a cuticular 
and a villous. This kind of cuticula, covering nearly 
one half of the stomach, is peculiar to animals that appear 
destined to live on grain. It may be considered, in a 
slight degree, a species of gizzard, resembling the structure, 
of those animals who have organs to make up for the want 
of teeth ; for the horse has not the means of remastication, 
which oxen and sheep possess ; nor does he usually masticate 
his food sufficiently ; the wants of the constitution stimulate 
him to swallow it hastily ; he, therefore, devours his food 
greedily, and if there were not some other structure than the 
one common to stomachs in general, it would not be suf- 
ficiently digested. The insensibility of this cuticular coat 
allows it to press, in some degree, on the food and perform a 
slight itnration without pain. The cuticular coat ends ab- 
ruptly by a fringed end, and is very distinct from the villous 
coat. The villous coat, being much larger in extent than the 
muscular, is thrown into folds, which are largest towards the 
great extremity. Towards the first intestine they become less, 
and when at the lower orifice they form a valve, preventing 
the return of food, and its too speedy passage out. The 
folds not only hinder the too hasty passage of the food, but, 
by this means, apply the gastric juice more certainly to all 
its parts ; but the principle end is to increase the secreting 



52 ANATOMY. 

/ 

surfaces, which are here essentially necessary, as only half of 
the horse's stomach is supposed to possess the power of 
secreting gastric juice. We here, likewise, see the utility of 
the saliva ; for, were the food to come into the stomach nearly 
dry, the gastric juice, being but a mucus, would not pervade 
all its parts, but would be lost upon some ; nor would the 
mass be soft enough to spread in between its folds. 

DESCRIPTION OF THE ANATOMY OF THE FOOT, AND ITS DIS- 
EASES. 

To a person totally unacquainted with the structure of the 
horse's foot, it may appear as a mass of horny, insensible 
matter ; especially when he sees a horse-shoer cutting off 
large slices of it with the knife, and nailing to it plates of 
iron. It will be found, however, to be a very complicated 
piece of mechanism, but admirably calculated for sustaining 
the immense pressure and concussion to which it is almost 
.constantly exposed. The horse's foot may be considered 
under two heads — the sensitive and the horny parts. The 
former consists of bones, ligaments, cartilages, membranes, 
nerves, bloodvessels, &c., and is therefore susceptible of pain. 
The horny part, on the contrary, is void of sensibility, and 
serves principally as a defence to the sensitive parts, which 
it covers ; it is endowed, however, with considerable elas- 
ticity, which enables it to yield, in some degree, to the im- 
pulse of the internal or sensitive part, in the various motions 
of the animal ; therefore, if, there be any disposition or ten- 
dency to contract or shrink in the horny covering or hoof, 
the internal, sensitive foot will be more or less compressed ,• 
and, if the horny parts lose their elasticity, the sensitive foot 
must suffer from concussion. So wisely, however, is every 
part of the foot contrived, that when it is properly managed, 
and judiciously pared and shoed by the smith, and when the 
horse is employed only by a humane man, it may be generally 
preserved in a sound state, perhaps nearly as long as other 
parts of the body. It must be admitted, that old horses, like 
old men, have not that ease and freedom about them which 



( 53 ) 



Plate No. 5. 



THE LEG FROM THE SHANK BONE. 




a, the shank bone; b, the superior, or large pastern bone ; c, the inferior, or lesser 
pastern ; d, the coffin, or foot bone ; e, the navicular, or nut bone ; f, the sessamoid 
bone ; ff, the inner, or elastic frog ; /(, the suspensary ligament, inserted into the 
sessamoid bones ; i, the large flexor tendon of the leg ; J, a ligament uniting the 
sessamoid to the pastern bones ; k, the short, inferior sessamoid ligament ; I, the 
insertion of the flexor tendon into the small pastern ; in, the horny frog ; n, the in- 
sertion of the flexor tendon into the coffin bone ; o, a ligament uniting the navicu- 
lar to the coffin bone ; p, the crust, or wall, of the foot ; q, the sensitive lamina, 
uniting the crust to the coffin bone ; r, the extensor tendon ; s, t, the union of the 
upper head of the long pastern bone, and the inferior head of the shank or leg 
bone, forming the fetlock joint. 



54 ANATOMY. 

they possessed in their youth ; and that their feet, like other 
parts of the body, are subject to disease from various causes. 
Even in a state of unrestrained freedom, horses are found with 
diseased feet, that have never been shod. 

The different parts that form the foot will now be noticed. 
By referring to the plate, figure d, a section of the coffin 
bone, will be seen, where, while it somewhat resembles the 
foot in shape, it contains the two principle arteries which 
supply the foot. They enter the lower and back part of the 
bone, immediately under and behind the termination of the 
flexor tendon. The arteries give off several branches within 
the coffin bone, which pass out through orifices at its lower 
and front part, to be distributed over its surface. The coffin 
bone is connected with the coronary, or small pastern, and 
with the navicular, (figure e,) or nut bone. At the posterior, 
or back part, the flexor tendon (figure n) is inserted into the 
coffin bone. 

The nut, or navicular bone, (figure e,) is in shape not un- 
like a boat. It is interposed between the flexor tendon and 
other bones, to remove the insertion of the tendon farther 
from the centre of motion ; having a polished surface con- 
stantly moistened by a fluid resembling synovia, or joint oil. 
The coronary, or small pastern hone, rests both on the coffin 
bone and navicula, to which it is firmly united by ligaments. 
The great pastern,'^ ox os suffraginis, rests on the small 
pastern, and is also firmly united by ligaments. The two 
sessamoid bones are placed at the upper and posterior part of 
the large pastern, to which they have a strong ligamentous 
attachment. 

The canon, or shank bone, (figure a,) rests both on the great 
pastern and sessamoid bones. It articulates and moves easily 
upon them. 

There are two elastic bodies attached to the upper and 
lateral edge of the coffin bone. They are named lateral car- 
tilages ; they occupy all the space between the extensor ten- 
don and the back part of the sensitive frog. The lower 
part of these cartilages is covered by the hoof. The elastic 



ANATOMY. 55 

membranes, or laminas, cover all the front and lateral surface 
of the coffin bone ; at the extremity of which they turn off 
at an acute angle, stretching forward to the side of the sen- 
sitive frog : here they form what have been termed the sensi- 
tive bars. The laminae are elastic, and are said to be about 
five hundred in number. These laminae are received between 
corresponding laminae in the hoof; but there is a material 
difference between them. The laminae of the hoof are void 
of sensibility ; those of the coffin bone are very sensitive. 
These two kinds of laminae form the connecting medium 
between the hoof and coffin bone ; and so strong is their 
union, that it is found impossible to separate them without 
tearing or stripping off the sensitive laminae from the coffin 
bone, unless the foot be placed in water for some time before 
it is attempted. The extensor tendon (figure r,) is fixed, or 
inserted, into the upper and front part of the coffin bone. 

The sensitive frog resembles a wedge ; its point is to- 
wards the toe, whence it becomes gradually wider and larger : 
it is divided by a cleft in its centre, tovv^ards the hind part. 
The frog is made up of cartilaginous and fatty matter, and 
possesses considerable elasticity. Its fore part rests on that 
part of the flexor tendon which passes over the navicular 
bone, and on that which is inserted into the coffin bone. 
From this part its cleft or division commences ; only a small 
portion, therefore, of the sensitive frog rests on the coffin 
bone and flexor tendon. The wide part of the frog projects 
considerably behind these, forming the bulbs of the heels, 
and, taking a turn forward, is blended with a ligament called 
the coronary. At its widest or posterior part, there is a con- 
siderable distance between the sensitive frog and the flexor 
tendon, the intermediate space being filled up with an elastic, 
fatty kind of matter. By this contrivance the frog is capable 
of considerable motion when it receives the pressure of the 
horse's weight, which it must do when its horny covering is 
in contact with the ground. The sensible bars are formed 
by an inflection of the sensible laminae, when they arrive at 
the heel, whence they pass obliquely forward to the sides of 
the sensitive frog. 



56 ANATOMY. 

Foot lameness. — The fore feet are more subject to lame- 
ness than any other part ; and the most common cause of 
such lameness is a morbid irritability of the elastic laminae, 
which cover the front and sides of the coffin bone and bars. 
The causes of this morbid state are numerous — applying a 
hot shoe to the foot, mechanical expansion or contraction 
with shoes fitted for that purpose. It may be brought on by 
hard riding, standing upon hot litter, and high feeding. The 
practice of breaking colts, and putting them to work too early, 
lays the foundation of foot lameness. Horses afflicted with 
this disease have a great degree of heat in the feet, with an 
unusual dryness and contraction of the horn at the heels ; 
the frog appears to be compressed, and narrower than in the 
healthy foot, and sometimes ragged and discharging . matter 
from its cleft or division. This is not always the case ; 
sometimes the frog appears quite sound, and of the natural 
shape, and the form of the foot does not appear to have un- 
dergone any alteration. The lameness is often inconsidera- 
ble, and continues so for months. If the horse is worked on 
a soft road, very little, if any, lameness is perceptible ; but 
the moment the animal steps on hard ground, it will be 
noticed. At length the horse is seen constantly resting his 
foot, or putting it forward, as he stands in the stable, and, 
when taken out to work, is found very lame. (.The only 
chance to eftect a radical cure in this disease, is to turn the 
horse to grass in soft ground, without shoes ; and, unless this 
is done early, it seldom effects any permanent good. 

Corns. — A disease of the horse's foot, often causing lame- 
ness. Corns generally happen in the inner heel, or in that 
part of the sole which lies within the angle formed by the 
inflection of the crust or wall of the hoof, or, in other words, 
between the bar and crust. In their early stage they gen- 
erally cause some degree of lameness. If not attended to at 
this period, the horse soon becomes lame ; and when the shoe 
is removed for examination, the horny matter in the part 
described will be found, upon scraping off the exterior sur- 
face, of a dark red color. If the shoe is not removed at this 



SHOEING. 57 

stage of the disease, continued pressure on the tender part, 
or corn, will at length cause matter to form, which, finding 
no vent beneath, ascends to the upper part of the hoof, called 
the coronet, where it breaks out ; and this often misleads the 
practitioner, and the real cause is not suspected. The only 
proper way to proceed, is to pare out the red part, then take 
a small piece of tow, saturate it with tincture of myrrh, and 
place it on the corn ; then have the animal shod with a bar 
shoe, and this can only be applied when the frog is sufficient- 
ly prominent and firm to receive its pressure. For, should 
the frog be lower than the heels, (that is, supposing the foot 
to be taken up, and its bottom part held upwards,) it must be 
obvious that the bar shoe cannot bear upon it, and will, there- 
fore, be useless. The only thing to be done in this case, is 
to pare away the crust of the tender heel, so that the heel of 
a common shoe may not rest upon it. The only mode by 
which a corn can be either cured or palliated, is to take off 
all pressure from the parts ; and this, not only for a short 
time, but till the injured sensitive parts have lost their tender- 
ness, and formed horn of sufficient strength to enable them 
to bear pressure. While a horse is worked, the shoe should be 
frequently examined ; and whenever the heel appears to be so 
near the diseased part as to be in danger of bearing upon it, 
there must be a vacancy between the heel of the hoof and 
that of the shoe. When a horse becomes very lame from a 
corn, and matter is seen oozing out about the coronet, it will 
be advisable to leave off the shoe, and apply a poultice of 
shorts, or marshmallows. 



SHOEING. 



Many of the evil consequences of shoeing arise from the 
operator having but a very imperfect knowledge of the struc- 
ture and various functions of the foot. (See Anatomy of the 
Foot ) In shoeing a strong, well-formed foot, there is very 



58. SHOEING. 

little difficulty, provided the smith understands his business ; 
but in feet that are deformed, considerable skill is required, 
and a knowledge of the anatomy of the foot is indispensable. 

The greatest evils in shoeing arise from the introduction 
of nails ; and, notwithstanding many men of note in the 
veterinary art have strenuously labored to obviate the mis- 
chief, or to discover some new and better mode of fixing the 
shoe, their efforts have not hitherto been crowned with suc- 
cess. 

Great ignorance was displayed in the earlier methods of 
shoeing ; the bars were totally cut away, and the frog con- 
siderably pared down ; the shoe was badly shaped, and was 
put on the foot red hot : the result was, what might be ex- 
pected, — the functions of the bars and frog were destroyed, 
and the ill-shaped shoe acting with these, contraction in its 
worst form appeared, while the application of the hot shoe 
dried up the moisture of the crust. 

The first who made any reformation in this method was 
Lafosse ; he introduced the half-moon shoe. This was con- 
sidered an improvement ; its semicircular shape seemed to be 
more adapted to the healthy hoof, and not reaching beyond 
the middle of the foot, the nails were placed near the toe ; 
hitherto their situation had been nearer the heels, which pre- 
vented a proper action of the sole and frog, thus destroying 
the natural spring and elasticity of the foot. Bracken and 
Bartlett made Lafosse 's treatise known in England; but his 
method had this disadvantage, that the horses were apt to 
slip, and the heels were worn down very fast. To Lafosse 
succeeded William Osmer, who first prohibited the extensive 
paring of the hoof, that had as yet been practised. The crust 
was made smooth by rasping ; the frog and bars were only to 
be cut when the edges were ragged ; the shoe was equally 
thick in every part ; the surface next the ground was flat, but 
narrower behind than before. 

Many now appeared, who introduced various methods of 
shoeing and forms of shoes, all of which displayed more or 
less ingenuity. Lord Pembroke and Mr. Bracy Clark deserve 



SHOEING. 59 

mention. The Veterinary College threw out many hints and 
improvements, and Mr. Coleman labored hard to extend the 
knowledge already obtained. 

Mr. Clark's shoe did not materially differ from that recom- 
mended by Osmer ; he raised many objections against elevat- 
ing the heels with calkins — preferred, however, sharp calkings 
in hilly roads. 

Mr. Lawrence speaks in favor of the French method of 
driving the nails into shoes, which is in an oblique direction, 
so that the points come out about three quarters of an inch 
above the shoe. 

The preparation of the foot, and the operation of shoemg, 
should be performed as follows : — 

In taking off the old shoe, it is always necessary to raise 
the clenched portion of the nails, for, if neglected, the 
nail holes become enlarged, and not unfrequently pieces of 
the crust are torn off ; this must naturally weaken the hold 
of the new nails, and injure the foot in other ways. 

The edges of the crust must then be rasped, to ascertain 
if any stubbs remain behind ; this process will likewise re- 
move the dirt and gravel. 

Paring is the next process, and perhaps the most difficult. 
The quantity to be cut away will vary with different horses. 
The flat foot needs very little paring. In the concave, or 
hollow foot, the horn may be cut till the sole yields to mode- 
rate pressure ; when the sole appears in flakes, and thick in 
substance, it will be better to make the sole sufficiently hol- 
low to admit the application of a flat shoe, as it will rest only, 
in that case, on the crust. But when the sole will not allow 
of being thus pared, the shoe must then be made concave, or 
hollow, on the surface next the foot. 

The crust must be level all round, and the heels of the 
shoe should rest on the junction of the bars with the crust. 

The bars should be left prominent, and never, under any 
circumstances, should they be cut away. If there is any one 
part of shoeing more important than the rest, it is to suffer 
the bars to remain prominent ; if they are cut away, which 



go SHOEING. 

is frequently done, contraction or permanent lameness is the 
result. The horn between the bars and crust must be re- 
moved ; when this is done, and the shoe rests on the junction 
of the bars and crust, the horse will generally be free from 
corns. 

The frog must be carefully pared away according to the 
shape and prominence of the foot, but it must be left within 
and above the lower surface of the shoe ; if it descend lower 
than this, it will be injured ; and if it be allowed to remain 
higher, it will not touch the ground, and its intention is thus 
rendered abortive, and its functions cannot be discharged. 

For a perfect hoof, the shoe should not be more than three 
quarters of an inch broad, and of the same thickness at the 
heel as at the toe. 

The surface of the shoe that bears on the ground should 
be flat ; that next the foot, particularly at the toe, should be 
hollowed ; for even in good feet, the sole towards the toe is 
often level with the crust, and consequently would be pressed 
upon by the shoe, were its surface made flat. The toe of 
the shoe, being the part that wears most, should be formed of 
steel. The nails should be placed as near the toe as is con- 
sistent with the security of the shoe, that there may be as 
little restraint as possible upon the motion of the heels, and 
quarters of the hoof. 

The crust of fiat feet is usually weak ; therefore, great care 
is required in nailing on the shoe ; and this will appear the 
more necessary, when it is considered how much pain the 
animal must suff"er, and what severe lameness rnay ensue, 
should he happen to lose a shoe during a journey. Horses 
that have long and slanting pasterns, with weak, low heels, 
require a shoe rather thicker at the heel than the toe • and 
when the pasterns are short and upright, and the crust of the 
heels deep and strong, a thin-heeled shoe is proper. 

The most important object to be borne in mind is the treat- 
ment of the foot at the time of shoeing. The blacksmith 
should never cut away more of the hoof than would be worn 
away, were the animal in a state of unrestrained freedom. 



SHOEING. 61 

The shoe should never be put on hot ; neither should the foot 
be shaped to fit the shoe. 

The bar shoe, which is called into use when the foot is 
affected with corns, sandcrack, &,c., should never be worn 
longer than the disease requires. 

Contraction of the Hoof. — This is a very common defect 
in horses, and though it sometimes takes place under the best 
management, and even in colts that have never been shod, it 
is more commonly the effect of improper treatment. If we 
cut off the foot of a dead horse, and keep it in a dry but cool 
situation, so that it may not soon become putrid, it will be 
found to undergo but very little alteration in its form, though 
kept a considerable time ; but, if the contents of the hoof are 
taken out, which may be done by keeping the foot a few days 
in a hot situation, the hoof will then be found to shrink or 
contract. This contraction will take place principally at the 
higher part or coronet, and towards the heels ; the horn being 
in those parts most flexible, and containing nothing to oppose 
the contracting power. At the lower part, or bottom of the 
crust, there may be the same tendency to contraction ; but 
there the horn is much thicker, and the contractible power is 
strongly opposed by the bottom of the hoof : that is, the frog, 
bars, and sole. If the bottom of the foot is removed, the 
heels will then contract rapidly. What then, it may be asked, 
is it that prevents contraction of the hoof in the living horse ; 
and by what circumstances is the tendency or disposition to 
contract produced ? The hoof, in its healthy state, is per- 
vaded by a fluid, by means of which it is preserved in a 
flexible and elastic state. If, by any means, a preternatural 
degree of heat is excited in the foot, this fluid will be too 
quickly absorbed, and the supply will be diminished ; the 
horny matter will, therefore, be disposed to contract or shrink ; 
and the contraction will take place more or less rapidly, 
according to the degree in which the disposition to contrac- 
tion exists, and the resistance that is opposed to it. Contrac- 
tion of the hoof sometimes depends on error in shoeing ; 
yet the cause is often found in a morbid state of the foot, 



62 SHOEING. 

brought on by immoderate work, or standing idle in the 
stable ; and sometimes depending, also, on constitutional or 
hereditary taint. When the nervous structure of any part of 
the body is impaired, it offers very little resistance to the 
encroachments of disease. The best means of preventing 
contraction of the hoof, is to breed from stallions and mares 
that are free from it ; to break colts, and bring them into 
work, at a proper age ; and when brought into the stable, to 
feed them properly, and work them with consideration. If a 
young horse is brought into work before he comes to maturity, 
there will be an undue expenditure of vital power. A horse 
in a state of nature takes proper and sufficient exercise, and 
the friction to which the feet are exposed is sufficient to wear 
away the useless horn ; but when he is taken into the stable, 
his shoes nailed to the hoofs, and is made to stand for several 
days together without any exercise, is it strange that the feet 
should become diseased, or contracted ? Sometimes a natural 
drain, or issue, is formed in one or both feet ; that is, a thrush 
takes place ; but the thrush is an evil, though less than it has 
a tendency to remove. (See Thrush, part Second.) The 
term contraction of the hoof is sometimes improperly applied ; 
for in all those cases of chronic lameness that have been sup- 
posed to depend upon contraction of the hoof, though the 
•contraction has been removed, the lameness has continued. 
The general application of the term contraction has been 
often the cause of obscuring the real nature of the lameness 
which has been so named, and has led to many contrivances, 
in the way of shoeing, for expanding the hoof ; such as forc- 
ing it apart by means of a screw. 

If we look at the real nature of contractions, we shall find 
that they originate, generally, in an excessive use of the organ 
and bad stable management ; therefore the only probable 
means of restoration is a long run at grass. 



REMARKS ON FEEDING. 



REMARKS ON FEEDING. 

As the food of horses is well known to act considerably in 
maintaining health in some cases, and in others to be a serious 
cause of disease, it is, therefore, an important subject to the 
farmer and stable-keeper, and demands their serious considera- 
tion. Food may consist of two kinds, namely, natural, or 
such as animals are found to subsist on in a state of unre- 
strained freedom ; and artificial, or such as man, by his own 
experience and observation, has found most suitable to pro- 
duce health, strength, and condition, when domesticated and 
rendered subservient to his use. Herbage forms a great part 
of the food given to horses, such as grasses and clover ; the 
different kind of grasses are usually converted into hay. 
Clover is given green, since it appears to be more useful in 
that form, for when dry it is not so easily digested, and con- 
tains less nutritive matter. The green herbage is invaluable 
in the cure of some obstinate cases of disease, simply by its 
medicinal effects. When hay is cut at the proper season, 
namely, before it becomes too fibrous, the greatest care is 
requisite in the drying process, for the most judicious persons 
have frequently been unfortunate enough to have their hay 
turn musty ; in such cases it is impaired in quality. To 
obtain good hay, the grass should consist of various sorts ; 
or be, as it is commonly termed, full of herbage. The soil 
should be well drained. The grass should be mowed early, 
and while in flower, and should be afterwards almost con- 
stantly attended to, if the weather is favorable ; the more it 
is scattered about, the better will it be made, and the more 
effectually will its fragrance and other good qualities be pre- 
served. The quantity is sometimes looked to more than the 
quality. Horses that are fed long on bad or musty hay, 
sooner or later suffer from indigestion, and a consequent loss 
of condition. 

It will be seen by the annexed table, that hay contains but 
a small amount of nutrition in proportion to the same weight 



64 REMARKS ON FEEDING. 

of grain ; therefore hay, to support hfe, must be given in large 
quantities ; much time is required to digest it, and a large 
quantity of saliva and gastric juice to macerate it before it 
can be digested : all these circumstances are directly opposed 
to the uses of the horse, to which luxury and the wants of 
man have applied him. Hay, therefore, should be used as a 
condiment, to increase the bulk of food to a healthy distention 
of the stomach ; and as such, very little of it should be used. 
The salt meadow hay has many objections ; the principal one 
is, that it is cut too late, after the stems have become tough 
and fibrous. The effects of insufficient food are too well 
known to need much description ; debility includes them all ; 
it invades every function of the animal. And as life is the 
sum of the powers that resist disease, and if disease is only 
the instrument of death, it follows, of course, that whatever 
enfeebles life, or, in other words, produces debility, must pre- 
dispose to disease. When horses are put to regular daily 
work, their vital power will be best maintained by a mixed 
diet, composed of shorts, meal, cracked corn, oats, and hay, 
the latter cut and mixed with the other articles, which must 
be moistened ; bearing in mind, however, that horses, like 
ourselves, vary constitutionally, some being more readily and 
simply nourished than others. The principal food used in 
the New England States are oats, hay, and corn; the latter is 
ground or broken, and sometimes given whole. Oats have 
quite an extensive use ; these, after being kept some time, 
give out moisture, which is supposed to render them more 
wholesome than new. When oats are damaged, they are 
unfit for the horse ; if, however, they are used, they ought to 
be exposed to the heat of the sun, for kiln-dried oats produce 
disease of the bowels and skin, and of the system generally. 
Much has been written on the advantage of bruising oats for 
horses, and it has been proved by comparative tests, that a 
great saving may be thus effected. Some horses will not 
masticate the oats ; hence they are swallowed whole ; an 
examination of the excrement will prove this to be the case. 
The most general roots in use are, 1. Carrots, which are 



REMARKS ON FEEDING. 65 

one of the best remedial agents in our possession. When the 
horse is in health, they assist nature to maintain the physio- 
logical operations of all the functions. The sick horse will 
be improved by the use of this useful vegetable. It forms 
one of the best poultices, where poultices are indicated, with 
which we are acquainted ; when cut up in small pieces, or 
scalded, and given to the horse occasionally, they are very 
acceptable to the digestive organs : in cases of chronic indi- 
gestion, and diseases of the lungs, they are invaluable. 
2. Parsnips produce the same effect, and are about equal in 
their amount of nutritive matter. 3. Potatoes have been 
given to the horse, but the benefit derived from them is greater 
when boiled. In addition to the different diets here named, 
many employ other things ; but this chiefly depends on the 
locality, and the possibility of procuring such food as is gen- 
erally esteemed most wholesome. 

A list, showing the relative amounts of nutritive matter 
contained in the following articles, taken from Sir H. Davy's 
work on chemistry : — 

" 1000 parts of wheat contain 995 parts of nutritive mat- 
ter ; barley, 920 ; oats, 742 ; peas, 574 ; beans, 570 ; potatoes, 
230; red beets, 148; parsnips, 99; carrots, 98." 

Of the grasses, 1000 parts of meadow catstail contain, at 
the time of seeding, 98 parts of nutritive matter ; narrow 
leafed meadow grass in seed, and sweet scented soft grass in 
flower, 95 ; narrow leafed and flat stalked meadow grass in 
flower, fertile meadow grass in seed, and creeping soft grass 
in flower, 77 ; cabbage, 73 ; crested dogstail and brome flow- 
ering, 71 ; yellow oat in flower, 66; yellow turnip, 64; nar- 
row leafed meadow grass, creeping beet, 59 ; rough meadow 
grass, flowering, 56 ; common turnips, 42 ; sainfoin and broad 
crested clover, 52 ; lucerne, 23. Thus it appears that a horse 
must consume an immense quantity of the grasses, to enable 
the digestive organs to furnish the material for supplying the 
great waste that is continually going on ; therefore, however 
good or cheap hay may be, it is dear provender in the end. 
A horse will live and thrive best on a mixed diet, already 
9 



66 OF STEAMING AND PREPARING FOOD FOR ANIMALS. 

referred to ; yet an occasional run at grass will improve the 
condition. If indigestible substances are given to the horse, 
the stomach becomes overworked ; and it follows that when 
an organ is overtaxed, other parts of the system become 
sympathetically affected, and the chemico-vital machinery is 
clogged. This is in accordance with nature's laws, which 
are immutable and uncompromising ; whenever they are vio- 
lated the penalty is sure to follow. Men who prepare horses 
for the market attempt to get them into condition, without 
any regard to their general health, the climate, quantity of 
food, its quality, or the state of the digestive organs. Men 
are very apt to think, that as long as the animal has what 
they term good food, and just as much as they can cram into 
the stomach, they must fatten ; when, in fact, such an 
enormous quantity of food oppresses the stomach, impairs the 
digestive organs, and converts the food into a cause of disease. 
As soon as the stomach is overworked, the food accumulates ; 
distends the viscera, interferes with the motion of the dia- 
phragm, presses on the liver, and interrupts the circulation of 
the blood through that organ, seriously interfering with the 
bile-secreting process. Many thousands of our most valuable 
horses die in consequence of being too well, or, rather, inju- 
diciously fed. Reader, if you own horses, let them have 
their meals at regular hours, in sufficient quantity, and no 
more ; good straw on which they may rest their weary limbs ; 
good stables, well ventilated ; let them not be compelled to 
breathe the emanations that arise from the dung or urine ; 
keep them clean, avoid undue exposure ; don't work them too 
soon after feeding : finally, govern them in a spirit of kind- 
ness, and there will be little foothold for disease. 



OP STEAMING AND PREPARING POOD EOR ANIMALS. 

" On one occasion a number of cows were selected from a 
large stock, for the express purpose of making the trial : they 



1 



OF STEAMING AND PREPARING FOOD FOR ANIMALS. 67 

were such as appeared to be of the best kind, and those that 
gave the richest milk. In order to ascertain what particular 
food would produce the best milk, different species of grass 
and clover were tried separately, and the quality and flavor 
of the butter was found to vary very much. But what was 
of the most importance, many of the grasses were found to be 
coated with silecia, or decomposed sand, and too hard and 
insoluble in the stomachs of the cattle. In consequence of 
this the grass was cut and well steamed, and it was found to 
be readily digested ; and the butter that was made from the 
milk, much firmer, better flavored, and would keep longer 
without salt than any other kind. Another circumstance that 
attended the experiment was, that in all the various grasses 
and grain, that were intended by our Creator as food for man 
and beast, the various oils that enter into their composi- 
tion were so powerfully assimilated or combined with the 
other properties of the farinaceous plants, that the oil partook 
of the character of essential oil, and was not so easily evapo- 
rated as that of poisonous vegetables ; and experience has 
proved, that the same quantity of grass steamed and given to 
the cattle will give more butter than when the hay is given 
in its dry state. This fact being established from numerous 
experiments, then there must be a great saving and superiori- 
ty in this mode of feeding. The meat of such cattle is more 
wholesome, tender, and better flavored than when fed in the 
ordinary way." Dr. Whitlavv thus describes the process of 
steaming : " A boiler, that will hold from fifty to a hundred 
gallons, should be placed in a convenient situation, upon an 
iron surface, so as to render it movable at pleasure, although 
it would be better as a permanent fixture. The boiler should 
have a safety-valve aflixed in the middle of the lid, which 
should be six inches in diameter, and a screw and unscrew 
to the boiler, when it is necessary to replenish the boiler. 
The valve should be three or four inches long, one inch or 
more in diameter, as the size of the boiler may require, with 
a small bar across the bottom tube ; and a small hole in the 
centre of the bar, to allow the stalk of the valve to pass 



68 OF STEAMING AND PREPARING FOOD FOR ANIMALS. 

through it, which must be in the form of a pencil, a few 
inches longer than the barrel, to allow the steam to escape ; 
with a guard at the bottom, with a notch in it, the §ize of 
the guard, to prevent the valve flying out. There should be 
a concave head to the valve, to fit the tube close, and of suffi- 
cient weight to prevent its bubbling up, unless the steam be 
strong. Next procure a pipe resembling the neck of a goose 
when standing erect ; the wide end to be connected with the 
cover of the boiler, with a screw to connect the pipe through 
which the steam passes into the box. The box should be 
made of three-inch plank, from four to six feet square, or as 
large as may be required ; strongly dovetailed at the corners, 
fixed with screws, with a false bottom, and about eight inches 
from the true bottom : the latter should be perforated with 
holes, drilled about the size of a lead pencil, in order that the 
steam may ascend. The pipe from the boiler should enter 
immediately below the false bottom, through a hole made for 
the purpose, and of the same bore as the pipe. When thus 
prepared, the box should be filled with chopped hay, or 
whatever dry food is used, such as cornstalks, &c. The 
steam should be turned on, and kept exerting its power for 
a short time, according to the nature of the food. When 
cool, a pailful of it may be mixed with a few handfuls of 
cracked oats, or ground corn, and should be given to each 
cow night and morning : half a tablespoonful of salt should 
be given twice a week. The cows should have, in addition, 
a sufficient quantity of dry hay to give them employment in 
chewing the cud. They must be kept perfectly clean, and 
be combed with a wool card every morning ; for this practice 
will create that circulation through the skin, which is neces- 
sary to the health of the cow and the milk she gives, as a 
free circulation is to the lungs. Another great advantage 
obtained by steaming is, that it volatilizes, or throws off", the 
oils of many pernicious plants that may be among the hay, 
particularly the buttercup, and keeps the cattle from suff'er- 
ing from the bad eff"ects of the poison. When potatoes are 
steamed, (and they never should be given without,) a con- 



WATERING. 69 

siderable degree more of their dangerous powers dissipates, 
than would by boiling them, and consequently they are much 
improved for food. Having paid great attention to the cul- 
tivation of the potato," observes Dr. Whitlaw, "I may be 
allowed to suggest something that will be useful to the farm- 
er. Potatoes ought to be raised on new earth — gravelly, 
chalky, marly, slaty, and mountainous earths. In such 
situations they are more mealy and wholesome ; but when 
grown in rich manure and clayey soils, they are apt to pro- 
duce disease. During the process of boiling potatoes, the 
poisonous or night-shade principle is so blended with the 
starch and gluten, that it never can be separated, so as to 
produce gluten and flour afterwards. If potatoes were to be 
raised on low grounds, and eaten in the torrid zone, in the 
same way they are in England, they would prove a mortal 
poison. Carrots, beets, and parsnips, should be raised on dry 
ground ; particularly carrots and parsnips, as a wet soil ren- 
ders them injurious, as well as all umbelliferous plants ; and 
as they are frequently made food for cattle, they should be 
well steamed." 



WATERING. 



Although few pay proper attention to this department of 
stable management, yet a little refliection will prove of how 
much importance it is, that the horse should be supplied with 
such water as is most palatable to him. Horses have a great 
aversion to what is termed hard water, and have been known 
to turn away from the filthy stuff found in the troughs of 
some of our stables : the water of wells and pumps in our 
seaport towns is usually hard, and possesses a degree of cold- 
ness not at all congenial with the palate of the animal. 
The intense coldness of Avell water, in the summer months, 
has been known to gripe, and produce spasmodic colic, injur- 
ing the animal in other ways. 



trO EXERCISE. 

When a horse is in health he may be frequently watered, 
taking care to allow but a small portion at a time. When 
water is drunk immoderately, it reduces the system to a con- 
dition which renders him an easy prey to the attacks of 
severe disease, by despoiling the structures of their elasticity 
and vigor. A horse that is about to perform a journey should 
be restrained from taking too much fluid. It is a bad arrange- 
ment to water a horse just before feeding, yet this is to a 
great extent a general practice. 

If the animal has just arrived from a journey, or has 
worked hard, about two quarts may be given ; yet if he is 
in a state of perspiration, he should be rubbed dry before 
partaking of any fluid. Water should always be given to a 
horse from a bucket, (we mean working horses,) and they 
never should have more than half a bucket at a time ; two 
or three buckets a day would be sufficient for any horse. 

Walking exercise is useful after watering, but trotting or 
galloping is dangerous. Should a horse get loose during the 
night, and overload the stomach with corn, then a drink of 
water would be equivalent to a sentence of death. The only 
proper course would be, to keep the animal quiet, arouse the 
stomach and digestive organs to action by a cordial and car- 
minative drink ; use injections ; after the danger is over, and 
not till then, should the horse be permitted to drink. 



EXERCISE. 



This is an essential part of stable management, and like 
food, it tends towards the health and strength of the animal. 
Daily exercise is necessary to all horses, unless they are sick ; 
it assists and promotes a free circulation of the blood, deter- 
mines morbific matter to the surface, develops the muscular 
structure, creates an appetite, improves the wind, and finally 
invigorates the whole system. We cannot expect much of 
a horse that has not been habituated to a sufficient daily 



WANT OF APPETITE. 71 

exercise ; while such as have been daily exercised, and well 
managed, are capable not only of great exertion and fatigue, 
but are ready and willing to do our bidding at any season. 
When an animal is overworked, it renders the system very 
susceptible to whatever morbid influences may be present, 
and imparts to the disease they may labor under an unusual 
degree of severity. The exhaustion produced by want of 
rest is equally dangerous ; such horses are always among the 
first victims, and when attacked their treatment is embarrass- 
ing and unsatisfactory. 



WANT OF APPETITE. 

This sometimes arises from over-exertion, or immoderate 
work, which produces general debility, and of course the whole 
functions are more or less disturbed, and take on the same 
morbid action : at other times it is brought on by suffering 
the horse to overload the stomach and bowels ; by standing 
in the stable without exercise, and eating immoderately of 
hay. Want of appetite may depend on a natural delicacy of 
the stomach, or on the bad quality of the food. 

Bad hay is often eaten v/ith little or no appetite, especially 
when it has been musty. When the appetite fails, though the 
food is good, and the horse has only moderate work, the diet 
should be changed ; a small quantity of straw, cut up with 
what is called cut feed, would be serviceable ; but if the horse 
has been worked hard, rest probably is the only remedy neces- 
sary. Young horses sometimes refuse the hay, or mangle it, 
from soreness of the mouth, in consequence of changing their 
teeth. This is sometimes attributed to lampas, and the knife 
or firing iron is resorted to : this is a barbarous and cruel prac- 
tice, and should nev^er be permitted. When a young horse is 
changing his teeth, the whole mouth becomes red and tender, 
which makes him fearful of eating hay or unground corn, 



J% WANT OF APPETITE. 

from the pain it gives him. In all such cases the horse 
should be kept on scalded shorts, or cut feed, until the sore- 
ness of the mouth is removed. In old horses, when the 
lampas are down to a level with the front nippers, the part 
should be washed with a strong solution of burnt alum ; or 
make a decoction of powdered bloodroot, and wash the part 
night and morning. All serious internal disorders are attended 
with loss of appetite. Weakness of appetite is often consti- 
tutional, and cannot be cured ; yet it may be palliated : when 
such a horse is wanted only for moderate work, his appetite 
may be greatly improved by careful feeding, good grooming, 
and a well-ventilated stable. The food must be of the best 
quality, and the water pure, and not too cold or hard ; he 
should have but little food at a time, but the more frequently. 
He should never have more, but rather less, food put before 
him at a time than he is inclined to eat ; and if, at any time, 
he is found to leave food in the manger, it should be taken 
out, and after keeping him without food for a short time, 
some fresh hay, oats, or shorts may be given. The rack, 
manger, and every part of the stall should be kept clean, and 
when taken out for exercise or work, the stall should be well 
swept out, the old litter spread out to dry, and that part unfit 
for use taken away. At night some clean, fresh straw should 
be placed under him. A change of food is often useful, 
especially when green food or carrots can be obtained. It is 
the custom in many stables to collect the bedding after it has 
been saturated with the fluids of the excrement and urine, 
and place it under the manger, thus submitting the horse to 
the noxious vapors that arise from the filthy mass. Is it to 
be wondered at, that the poor animals should drag out such a 
miserable existence? 

Though a good appetite is very desirable in the horse, 
especially in one that works hard, yet the unlimited indul- 
gence, as we have already shown, leads to serious conse- 
quences. Some horses will do well on less food than others ; 
but this does not form any objection to the establishment of 
a fixed allowance, taking into consideration the age, size, and 



WANT OF APPETITE. 73 

capacity of the digestive organs. The author has visited 
stables containing from ten to one hundred horses : out of 
that number no two could be found that would correspond 
exactly in external conformation, or muscular capacity ; they 
weighed from seven to eleven hundred pounds. Upon a little 
reflection, it will be seen that some of these horses would 
require less food than others ; yet they all had their twelve 
quarts, and as much hay as they could cram down. The 
evil consequences of overfeeding are sometimes gradual in 
their progress, and often so slow as to escape observation ; so 
that when it amounts to a serious disorder, the cause is often 
lost sight of. Every man must be aware how important it is 
to know the cause of the malady before an attempt to cure 
is made. 

Very few men notice the quantity of hay a horse eats, and 
there are but few who attend to its quality ; yet every one 
will admit, that it is necessary to limit the allowance of hay, 
whether we regard the expense of the article or the horse's 
health. If a horse stands idle in the stable for a whole day, 
with as much hay before him as he will eat, he generally eats 
too much, especially if he has but little corn and too much 
water. The increased capacity of the stomach, which gen- 
erally results from overloading that organ, is frequently accom- 
panied with increased appetite. So craving, or morbid, is 
the appetite, that the animal will eat his bedding, or any 
thing that comes in the way, until the stomach is sufficiently 
filled to allay the sensations of hunger. When a horse eats 
an immoderate quantity of hay, he is always craving after 
water ; so great is the thirst, that the horse generally loses 
that delicacy of taste and smell that is natural to him, and 
will drink any water that comes in his way. The best way 
of correcting this morbid appetite is, to turn the animal out 
to pasture, (if the season permits,) where there is but little 
grass, so that he may be obliged to work for a living. Here, 
if it is not too late, the stomach will gradually contract ; and 
as it diminishes in capacity, it will increase in strength. In 
the same ratio will the digestive organs be improved, and the 
10 



^4 ON STABLE MANAGEMENT. 

delicacy of taste be restored. By proper attention to the 
appetite, not only will a horse be kept in good health, but a 
great saving will be effected ; for it must be borne in mind, 
that when a horse eats more than he can digest, he does him- 
self harm, and occasions a great waste of food. 



ON STABLE MANAGEMENT. 

As the construction and management of the stable are 
materially connected with the prevention of disease, it is 
necessary that every farmer should pay particular attention 
to this important branch, since to negligence in this depart- 
ment may be traced many of those diseases which derange 
the natural functions of the body. When a horse is roam- 
ing at liberty in the forest or field, he enjoys all the advan- 
tages of fresh and pure air, and no restriction of light. The 
reader's attention will be first called to construction and ven- 
tilation of the stable. 

Situation is very important ; yet in crowded cities the stable- 
keepers have but little choice. An elevated spot should be 
selected, if possible ; low, damp, or marshy ground is very 
prejudicial to the comfort and health of the horse ,• all low 
situations are apt to exhale gases that are more or less 
destructive. A moist, chilly air will engender rheumatism, 
stiffness of the joints, colds, or common catarrh. 

Loftiness is very essential ; it prevents injury of the poll, 
called poll evil, and provides for a larger supply of pure air for 
the support of respiration. 

In all cases it is necessary to have the ceiling tight ; it 
keeps the bad atmosphere of a close stable from injuring the 
hay : by neglecting this precaution the food is rendered highly 
injurious and unwholesome. 

The size of the stable must vary according to the number 
of horses it is intended to contain. The stalls should be six 
feet wide, so as to allow the horse to lie down, and nine feet 



ON STABLE MANAGEMENT. 75 

in length, with a declivity of one or two inches, so as to 
allow the urine to run off. Too many should not be kept in 
the same apartment : not only is the air thereby vitiated, but 
the rest and sleep, so necessary to invigorate the animal, are 
thus prevented or disturbed. Some horses will not lie down j 
in fact, there is not room for them to do so in many stables. 
Some men actually believe that a horse is as insensible as a 
stone, and that any thing is good enough for him ; that he is 
not entitled to any consideration or mercy ; and he stands in 
a narrow-contracted, filthy stall, until the muscles and liga- 
ments around the joints become so stiif and callous, that the 
poor brute is unable to rest his weary limbs. Some horses 
will not sleep, or lie down, unless perfectly at their ease ; 
hence the frequent entrance of stablemen and other persons, 
with lights, must be a great disturbance to horses that are 
fatigued and irritable. 

A large manger will be preferable to the rack ; it will pre- 
vent the hay seeds and dust from falling on the head, to the 
frequent injury of the eyes. The length of the halter should 
be sufficient to allow the animal to lie down. 

The floors of stalls are made of various materials : hard 
pine planks are the best, as they preserve an equal tempera- 
ture. A small quantity of dry straw is absolutely necessary, 
as it prevents many diseases of the feet ; but the feet need not 
sink so deep in it that their temperature should be aifected. 

On Ventilation and the Admission of Light into the Stable. 
— In a close stable the air is not only hot, but loaded with 
impurities ; the breath of the animal corrupts it, and renders 
it unwholesome. The author has often visited stables early 
in the morning, and found the atmosphere very oppressive, 
and the smell intolerable. From this hotbed of corruption 
the animals were brought forth to their daily work : the natu- 
ral consequence of such sudden transitions must sooner or 
later be disease. The effluvia of animal bodies are constantly 
running into a putrefactive state, and this must point out very 
forcibly the necessity of a proper ventilation in stables, espe- 
cially when it is considered that the dung and urine add to 



76 ON STABLE MANAGEMENT. 

the evil. Stables that are kept hot, and not suiRciently ven- 
tilated, are always damp. This arises from the breath and 
vapor of the horse's body becoming condensed. When the 
moisture has remained for a certain length of time, it acquires 
an unpleasant smell, which must be peculiarly offensive to 
an animal destined, in a state of nature, to be surrounded 
with pure and wholesome air. In a state of health, a certain 
evaporation from the surface of the body is constantly going 
on : this is called insensible perspiration ; it unloads the vessels 
of the skin, invigorates the circulation of the blood, and 
gives tone and health to the whole animal ; hence the neces- 
sity of attending to the proper means of ventilation in the 
construction of stables must be sufficiently evident. 

The best mode of ventilation is to have a tube, which may 
be constructed of four boards nailed together, so as to form a 
hollow box : this is carried from the centre of the ceiling 
through the roof; a small ventilator may then be placed on it 
above the roof ; or a more simple and less expensive method 
is, to furnish the tops with slanting caps, leaving sufficient 
space for the hot air to pass off : this will prevent the rain 
passing into the stable. 

On the Admission of Light. — Nothing is so detrimental to 
the eyes as sudden transitions from darkness to a glaring light ; 
and yet this is heedlessly .disregarded. Many of our city stables 
burn lamps during the day, (probably preferring darkness to 
light.) It is well known, and most persons have experienced 
the very unpleasant sensation of a mingled pain and giddi- 
ness, which is not readily dismissed, after emerging from a 
dark room or passage, and suddenly coming in contact with 
the light. Daily repetitions of this would gradually injure 
the eyesight, and probably blindness would be the result. 
On the other hand, too much light is equally injurious. The 
windows should be sashed so as to draw down from the top ; 
and when the horse is at work, both these and the doors should 
be open. 

The brush and currycomb are highly necessary for horses 
kept in stables. Good rubbing promotes circulation of the 



ON THE ILL EFFECTS OF MANURES. 77 

blood, determines morbific matter to the surface, relieves con- 
gestions, and is a substitute for exercise. Without a clean 
skin no horse can be expected to have a fine coat. 

In fair weather the horse should be cleaned in the open 
air, and not in the stable ; a brush, or a wisp of straw, is the 
most beneficial and eflective. The currycomb, when im- 
moderately used, is decidedly injurious. 

Neatness is always requisite in stables, and in that case the 
appearance is more healthy and comfortable. Every article 
should be hung or laid in its proper place. 

We cannot close this subject without referring to the evil 
practice of allowing the manure to accumulate under the 
stable floor : how long this practice will be continued remains 
to be seen. The subject of ventilation is but just in its 
infancy ; many have yet to learn, that the very existence of 
their animals depends on a proper supply of pure, uncontanii- 
nated atmospheric air : when they are convinced of this 
fact, and not till then, do we expect a reformation. The 
litter and dung should be removed into the open air; nothing 
is lost by taking away that which is bad or unwholesome. 



ON THE ILL EFFECTS OF MANURES 

OF LARGE CITIES ON THE QUALITIES OF PLANTS. 

Dr. Whitlaw observes, "Among the fertilizers of the soil, 
high importance is attached, and deservedly, to that mass of 
matter which results from the process of putrefaction upon 
organic substances undergoing corruption after death. By 
reason of its efficacy, it is assiduously procured to fertilize 
poor soils, to renovate exhausted ones, and prevent good ones 
from wearing out. Animal manures have a peculiar rankness ; 
some of them stimulate, or, it may almost be said, cauterize 
with vehemence. Hence they require admixture of milder 
materials to mitigate their force. Yet after this offal and 



78 ON THE ILL EFFECTS OF MANURES. 

scrapings of large cities have been mingled with soil, in such 
proportion as not to destroy the life of the plants, but to pro- 
mote their vegetation, they have been considered as commu- 
nicating, in many cases, a disgusting or offensive quality to 
some of the vegetables they nourish. They have been 
charged with imparting a biting and acrimonious taste to 
radishes and turnips. Potatoes have been observed to borrow 
the foul taint of the ground." This may readily account for 
the disease found in the potato. That the potato, in several 
sections of the United States, is fast degenerating, every one 
will admit ; and they will continue to do so just so long as 
the farmer uses animal manure, and suffers rank and poisonous 
weeds to vegetate on his lands. 

Millers observe a strong, disagreeable odor in the meal of 
wheat that grew upon land highly charged with rotten recre- 
ments of cities ; the like deterioration of quality has been 
remarked in tobacco raised in cow-pens. And stable dung 
has been accused of imparting a disagreeable flavor to aspara- 
gus. It seems that some portion of the foul matter of 
ma-nure is absorbed by the radicles of vegetables, and, after 
passing unassimilated through the sap-vessels, is commu- 
nicated by the process of nutrition to living substances. 
This is not to be wondered at when we know that the prin- 
cipal constituents of animal and vegetable life are nearly the 
same ; or the different compounds are all produced by the 
same elementary principles. Yegetables consist of carbon, 
hydrogen, and oxygen, and the same substances, with the 
addition of nitrogen, are the principal constituents of the 
most important compounds found in the animal creation. 
"It maybe illustrated in the animal kingdom. Ducks are 
"rendered so ill tasted, from stuffing down garbage, as some- 
times to be offensive when brought as food to the table ; 
the quality of pork is known to be modified by the food of 
the swine ; the bitterness of partridges has been ascribed to 
the buds on which they live ; and the peculiar flavor of 
piscivorous fowl is rationally traced to the fish they devour. 
Thus a portion of nutrimental matter passes into the living 



ON THE ILL EFFECTS OF MANURES. 79 

bodies of plants and animals, in certain proportions, without 
having been entirely subdued or assimilated. It becomes, 
therefore, a subject of curious and important reflection. The 
horticulturist mostly calculates on the quantity of his crops. 
It is, however, a becoming subject of research, that he should 
likewise attend more to the quality ; or, perhaps, the con- 
sumer may inform him that an offended palate, and injured 
health, will induce a careful provider to seek uncontaminated 
articles for his table." 

Dr. Wliitlaw continues : '* I have labored with the most 
unwearied zeal to point out to agriculturists the evil effects 
of the corrupted soil arising from improper manure, in pro- 
ducing diseased crops ; and, consequently, diseasing animals 
and man fed on them likewise. I have urged my belief that 
even the most wholesome vegetables are changed by rank 
manures, so as to cause many diseases." 

I hope the horticulturists and agriculturists in America 
will profit by the doctor's advice and prevent, not only 
noxious, but likewise wholesome, vegetables from imbibing 
poisonous qualities, corrupted by bad manures, and more par- 
ticularly as the heat of that climate renders poisonous plants 
much more active than in England ; otherwise they will soon 
exceed the latter in respect to diseases, at least in dyspepsia, with 
its long train of awful attendants. " Putrid animal matter is 
offensive to many animals. Dr. Rudge says that there was 
an enclosure, near Arlington, close to which was a dog ken- 
nel. Eight cows out of twenty miscarried, in consequence 
of frequent exposure to flesh, and the skinning of dead horses, 
so near them. The remainder were removed to a distant 
pasture, and did well. Most veterinary writers recommend 
that when a cow has aborted, the foetus and afterbirth 
should be buried deep and away from the pastures. Sad 
experience has taught them, that putrid animal matter is as 
destructive as the pestilential sword. The smell of any putrid 
substance will cause sheep to miscarry." 

Let our landowners and farmers appropriate the best calcu- 
lated situations for raising grain, clover, and grass seed of the 



80 ON ANIMAL MATTER. 

most approved kind, in order to supply the cattle-growing 
interest. These should have their lands well cleaned by 
cropping, and well prepared for laying them down into pas- 
ture. All the manure that is to be put on the land should, 
the year previous, be made into compost with lime and other 
earth, well mixed by turning it over two or three times in 
summer ; by this means all the insects, seeds, and roots in 
the manure will be destroyed by the lime. This plan will 
insure a good crop of grain and grass, adequate to the expense 
of the manure. The ditches should be cleaned, and the dirt 
laid in heaps ; both the common and rich earths made from 
the decayed leaves, should be prepared to mix with the manure 
and lime. In cases where the soil is light, lime, chalk, and 
marl are the best manure. In clay soils, sand and carbona- 
ceous earths are proper. The land should be ploughed deep, 
so that the soil that has been subject to cultivation should be 
turned down to rest and recrystallize. Upon this principle, 
the people would be living upon provisions raised from virgin 
earth, which would indeed be a blessing to them ; for then 
there would be few diseases, and the farmer would contribute 
to the wealth of the country. Paring and burning are good 
methods of getting the fields cleared of buttercups, poppies, 
dandelions, and other noxious plants, whose roots do not run 
deep into the soil. The flavor of all grains, fruits, and vege- 
tables are much improved by being manured with burnt earth 
and vegetable ashes. 



ON ANIMAL MATTER. 

All bodies endowed with life, and with spontaneous mo- 
tion, are called animals. These are all capable of reproducing 
their like in life. Some, by the union of the two sexes, pro- 
duce small living creatures ; others lay eggs, which require 
a due temperature to produce young ; some multiply without 



ON ANIMAL MATTER. 81 

conjunction of sexes ; and others are reproduced when cut in 
pieces, like the roots of plants. 

All animals are fed on vegetables, either directly or by the 
intervention of other animals. 

As the animal, then, is derived from the vegetable matter, 
we find, accordingly, that the former is capable of being re- 
solved into the same principle as those of the latter. Thus, 
by repeated distillations, we obtain from animal substances 
water, oil, air, and easily destructible salt and charcoal. These 
secondary principles are, by further processes, at length reso- 
luble into the same proximate principles which we find in 
vegetables, viz., air, earth, and water, and the principle of 
inflammability. 

But though the principles of vegetable and animal substan- 
ces are fundamentally the same, yet these principles are com- 
bined in a different manner. It is exceeding rare that animal 
substances are capable of the vinous or acetous fermentation; 
and the putrefactive, into which they run remarkably fast, is 
also different in some particulars from the putrefaction of 
vegetables. The smell is much more offensive in the putre- 
faction of animal than of vegetable substances. The putre- 
faction of urine, is, indeed, accompanied with a peculiar fetor, 
by no means so intolerable as that of other animal matters ; 
this is probably owing to the pungency of the volatile 
alkali, and also to the urine containing less inflammatory mat- 
ter than the blood and other fluids. When analyzed by a 
destructive heat, animals afford products very different from 
those of vegetables ; the oil has a particular and much more 
fetid odor, and the volatile salt, instead of being an acid, 
found as it is in most vegetables, is found in animals to be a 
volatile alkali. 

Chemists have spoken of an acid procurable from animal 
substances, and, indeed, certain parts of animal bodies are 
found to yield a salt of this kind ; but it by no means is the 
case with animal substances in general. In some animals an 
acid exists uncombined and ready formed in their bodies. 
This is particularly manifest in some insects, especially ants, 
11 



S;^ ON ANIMAL MATTER. 

from which an acid has been procured by boiling them in 
water. 

The solid parts of animal bodies, as the muscles, tegu- 
ments, tendons, cartilages, and even the bones, when boiled 
in water, give a gelatinous matter, or glue, resembling the 
vegetable gums, but much more adhesive. We must, how- 
ever, except the hair. The acids, the alkalies, and quick- 
lime are found to be powerful solvents of animal matter. It 
is from the solids that the greatest quantity of volatile alkali 
is obtained ; it arises along with a very fetid empyreumatic oil, 
from which it is in some measure separated by repeated recti- 
fications. This salt is partly in a fluid, and partly in a solid 
state ; and from its having been formerly prepared in the 
greatest quantity from the horns of the stag, it has been 
called salt or spirits of hartshorn. Yolatile alkali may be 
procured from many animals, and from almost every part, 
except the fat. Though we are sometimes able to procure 
the fixed alkali from animal fat burnt to a cinder, yet it is 
probable that this salt did not make any part of the living 
animal, but rather proceeded from the introduction of saline 
matter, incapable of being assimilated by the functions of 
the living creature. 

In speaking of the fluid parts of animals, we should first 
examine the general fluid, from whence the rest are secreted. 
The blood, which, at first sight, appears to be a homogeneous 
fluid, is composed of several parts, easily separable from each 
other, and which the microscope can even perceive in its 
uncoagulated state. On allowing it to stand at rest, and be 
exposed to the air, it is separated into what are called the cras- 
samentum and the serum. The crassamentum consists chiefly 
of the red globules, joined together by another substance, 
called the coagulable lymph. The serum is a yellowish 
fluid, having little sensible taste or smell ; at the heat of 160° 
Fahrenheit's thermometer, it is converted into a jelly. This 
coagulation of the serum is also owing to its containing a 
matter of the same nature with that of the crassamentum, 
viz., the coagulable lymph : whatever, then, coagulates 



ON ANIMAL MATTER. 83 

animal blood, produces that effect on this concrescible part. 
Several causes, and many different, are capable of effecting 
this coagulation ; such as contact of air, heat, alcohol, earth, 
alum, and some of the metallic salts. The more perfect 
neutral salts are found to prevent coagulation, such as'com- 
mon salt and nitre. 

Of the fluids secreted from the blood, there a great variety 
in men and other animals. 

The excrementitious and redundant fluids are those which 
afford, in general, the greatest quantity of volatile alkali, and 
empyreumatic oil. There are, also, some of the secreted 
fluids which, on a chemical analysis, yield products in some 
degree peculiar to themselves. Of this kind is the urine, 
which is found to contain phosphoric acid and volatile alkali. 

The fat, too, has been said to differ from other animal mat- 
ters in yielding, by distillation, a strong acid, but no volatile 
alkali. There is also much variety and state of the combi- 
nations of the saline and other matters, in different secreted 
fluids. 

Animal oils and fats, like the gross oils of vegetables, are 
not soluble in water, but may be united with water by the 
intervention of gum or mucilage. 

Most of them may be changed into soap by fixed alkaline 
salts, and may thus be rendered mixible with both spirit 
and water. 

The odorous matter of some odoriferous animal substances, 
as musk, civet, castor, is, as well as essential oil, soluble in 
spirit of wine, and volatile in the heat of boiling water. 

It is said that an actual essential oil has been obtained from 
castor in a very small quantity, but of an exceedingly strong, 
diffusive smell. The blistering matter of cantharides, and 
those parts of sundry animal substances in which their pecu- 
liar taste resides, are dissolved by rectified spirit, and seem to 
have some analogy with gummy resins. 

The gelatinous principle of animals, like the gum of vege- 
tables, dissolves in water, but not in spirit or in oils ; like 
gums, also, it renders oils and fats mixible with water into a 



84 ON ANIMAL MATTER. 

milky color. Some insects, particularly the ant, are found to 
contain an acid juice, which approaches nearly to the nature 
of vegetable acid. There are, however, sundry animal juices 
which differ greatly, even in these kinds of properties, from 
the ccfrresponding ones of vegetables. Thus animal serum, 
which appears analogous to vegetable, gummy juices, has this 
remarkable difference, that though it mingles uniformly with 
cold or warm water, yet, on heating the mixture, the animal 
matters separate from the watery fluid, and concrete into a 
solid mass. 

Some have been of opinion, that this heat of the animal 
body, in certain diseases, might rise to such a degree as to 
produce this dangerous concretion of the serous humors ; 
yet the heat requisite for this effect is greater than the sys- 
tem seems capable of sustaining. The soft and fluid parts of 
animals run quickly into putrefaction ; at least, much quicker 
than vegetable matter, and when corrupted, prove more offen- 
sive. This process takes place, in some degree, in the bodies 
of living animals ; as often as the juices stagnate long, or are 
prevented by an obstruction of the natural outlets from throw- 
ing off the more volatile and corruptible parts. During 
putrefaction a quantity of air is generated, all the humors 
become gradually thinner, and the fibrous parts more lax and 
tender ; hence the distention which succeeds the induration 
of any of the viscera, or the imprudent suppression of dysen- 
teries by astringents. The crassamentum of human blood, 
as well as that of quadrupeds, changes, by putrefaction, into a 
dark livid color, a few drops of which tinge the serum with 
a tawny hue, like the ichor of sores and dysenteric fluxes ; 
as also the white of the eye, the saliva, the serum of blood 
drawn from a vein, &c. The putrid crassamentum changes 
a large quantity of recent urine to a flame-colored water, so 
common in diseases where febrile symptoms are present. 
The mixture, after standing an hour or two, gathers a cloud 
resembling what is seen in the crude water of acute distem- 
pers, with some oily matter on the surface, like the scum 
which floats on scorbutic urine. The serum of the blood 



ON ANIMAL MATTER. 85 

deposits, in putrefaction, a sediment resembling well-digested 
pus, and changes to a faint olive-green. A serum so far 
putrefied as to become green, is frequently to be found in 
parts that are bruised, and in gangrene. In dead bodies this 
serum is to be distinguished by the green color the flesh 
acquires in corrupting. In salted meat, this is commonly 
ascribed to the brine, but erroneously ; for it is known to 
resist putrefaction. It has no power of giving this color, but 
only of qualifying the taste, and in some degree, the ill effects 
of corrupted aliments. In foul ulcers, or in other sores 
where the serum is exposed, the matter is likewise found of 
this color, and is then always acrimonious. The putrefac- 
tion of animal substances is prevented, or retarded, by most 
saline matters ; even by the fixed and volatile alkaline salts, 
which have often been supposed to produce a contrary effect. 
Of all the salts that have been tried, sea salt seems to resist 
putrefaction the least ; in small quantities it even accelerates 
the process. The vegetable bitters, such as balmony, gen- 
tian, &c., charcoal, cayenne, gum myrrh, &c., are among the 
best antiseptics, not only for preserving the flesh long uncor- 
rupted, but likewise correcting it, in a measure, when putrid. 
It has been found, that when animal flesh in substance is 
beaten up with bread, or other farinaceous vegetables, and a 
proper quantity of water, into the consistence of paste, this 
mixture, kept in a heat equal to that of the human body, 
grows in a little time sour ; while the vegetable matters, with- 
out the flesh, suff"er no change. Some few vegetables, in the 
resolution of them by fire, discover some agreement in their 
matter with bodies of the animal kingdom ; yielding a vola- 
tile alkaline salt in considerable quantity, with little or 
nothing of the acid of fixed alkali, which the generality of 
ve2:etables aff'ord. 



86 ON BREEDING. 



ON BREEDING. 

The choice of a sire and dam is a point of the utmost 
consequence in breeding horses, (or indeed any other animal,) 
as the offspring will be found, in almost every instance, to 
inherit the qualities of its parents : peculiarity of form and 
constitution is inherent, and descends from generation to 
generation. Hence the necessary attention to those niceties 
which breeders are often apt to forget. Nor is it sufficient 
that one of the parents be good, and the other indifferent ; 
for the perfection of the sire may be lost through the defi- 
ciencies of the mare, and vice versa. 

In the selection of a stallion, many things should be ob- 
served. There should be general uniformity and compactness 
in every part. The height should depend on the occupation 
the foal is destined to fill. The legs should be particularly 
examined, and disease should pervade no part of the system. 
Fat, heavy horses, with thick legs, and coarse, unseemly heads, 
should always be avoided. Horses should be free from specks 
on the eye — partial or total blindness. Temper is an essen- 
tial point, for vice is sometimes hereditary. Stallions that 
cover too many mares in a season, in the latter period produce 
weak offspring. 

As regards the mare, it is well known that the dam con- 
tributes more to production of the offspring than the sire. 
It is essential that she be in full possession of her natural 
strength and powers : the vigor of the constitution determines 
much in favor of the foal. It is a great error to suppose, that 
a mare that has once been good, and capable of great exer- 
tion, should, when old, and no longer fitted for work, produce 
offspring equally efficient as when in her prime : the foal will 
certainly inherit some of the weakness of the present nature 
and broken-down constitution. Mares should never be put 
to the stallion until they have arrived at maturity, which 
takes place about the fifth year. Mares will, and are bred 
from, earlier, but it is a bad practice, for strength and beauty 



ON BREEDING. 87 

are absent ; and thus not only is the dam rendered inefficient 
sooner than in one that is allowed to come to maturity, but 
the foal can never be expected to be either healthy or strong 
in constitution. The period of going with foal is eleven 
months: after the sixth month, great care and gentleness 
should be exercised towards them ; moderate exercise is 
essential ; hard work in harness, over bad roads, is likely to 
produce abortion ; and mares that have once aborted are very 
liable (if the same causes are in operation) to a recurrence 
of the same. (See Abortion, part second.) 

The proper time for copulation is when there is a discharge 
of a whitish fluid from the vagina. She neighs frequently, 
and exhibits great desire for the horse : when she has con- 
ceived, she shows no further desire, and the discharge from 
the vagina stops. 

Some writers recommend the mare to be put to the stal- 
lion early after foaling : this is improper, for the simple reason 
that the dam has to nourish two, viz., the foal and the em- 
bryo : this is excessively weakening, and liable to injure one 
or the other. 

Disproportionate copulations are also bad, as a large horse 
and small mare : the size of the horse should be produced by 
gentle gradations, and this is evidently a better way to arrive 
at beauty as well as strength. 

The best mode of preserving the breed and making im- 
provements, is to make selections of the best on both sides. 
Much judgment and circumspection is necessary at all times 
in crossing the breed ; and many errors arise in consequence 
01 a want of knowledge in the breeders. 

When the period of foaling draws nigh, the mare should 
be separated from other horses. Having foaled, turn her into 
a fine pasture, where there is a barn. The foal may be 
weaned at six months. If the foal dies, or is taken away 
from the dam, humanity would suggest the propriety of a few 
weeks' rest, to enable the animal to recover from the effects of 
parturition. 



88 REMARKS ON BLOODLETTING. 



REMARKS ON BLOODLETTINa. 

In justice to the veterinary surgeons of this country, the 
author would inform the reader that professional bleeding is 
very rarely resorted to. To bleed a horse in the present 
enlightened age, when he is in a state of plethora, or the 
blood in a morbid state, would be bad practice, for we cannot 
purify a well of water by withdrawing a bucket ; neither can 
we purify the whole mass of blood by abstracting a portion. 
The author has seen several cases where the poor animal 
(a victim to science) had been so far and fatally drained of the 
living principle, that there was not sufficient blood left in the 
system to produce reaction. We have profited by the fatal 
errors that have been committed under our own observation, 
and have never drawn a drop of blood from a horse, (except 
in surgical operations, when it could not be avoided,) neither 
will we ever, under any circumstances, resort to the lancet ; for 
we are convinced that bloodletting is a powerful depressor of 
the vital powers. 

Blood is the fuel that keeps the lamp of life burning : if 
the fuel is withdrawn, the lamp is extinguished ; hence, if 
"life is the sum of the powers that resist disease," then 
whatever enfeebles life must produce disease and death. 

An eminent physician has said, that " after the practice 
of bloodletting was introduced by Sydenham, during the 
course of one hundred years, more died of the lancet alone 
than those who in the same time perished by war." 

Dr. Hunter says, in relation to the human being, — and 
the same applies to the brute, — that " bloodletting is one of 
the greatest weakeners, as we kill thereby." 

Professor Lob stein says, "So far from bloodletting being 
beneficial, it is productive of the most serious consequences — 
a cruel practice, and a scourge to humanity. How many 
thousands are sent by it to an untimely grave ! Without 
blood there is no heat, no motion in the body." For more 
important information, see Good's Study of Medicine, vol. i. 



REMARKS ON BLOODLETTING. 89 

p. 407. Hence to bleed, as taught by the works found in 
this country, is to bleed until the horse gives signs that the 
vital principle is about deserting her empire. 

Dr. White relates a case : the same takes place ev^ry day ; 
the author has seen several in one day. " A horse was 
brought to be bled, merely because he had been used to it at 
that season of the year. I did not examine him minutely ; 
but as the groom stated there was nothing amiss with him, 
I directed a moderate quantity of blood to be drawn. About 
five pints were taken off ; and while the operator was pinning 
up the wound, the horse fell. He appeared to suffer much 
pain, and had considerable difficulty of breathing. In this 
state he remained twelve hours, and then died. Judging from 
the appearances at the post mortem examination, it is probable 
that the loss of a moderate quantity of blood caused a fatal 
interruption of the functions of the heart." It is surprising 
that such cases as these do not compel men to acknowledge 
that there is something wrong in the theory of disease, or its 
treatment. Here is an unanswerable argument against blood- 
letting ; for as the blood, which is the natural stimulus of, 
and gives strength to, the organs, is withdrawn, its abstraction 
leaves all those organs less capable of self-defence. And if 
one part is more delicate than the rest, the abstraction of the 
blood from the circulation that pervades the whole, instead of 
benefiting the part, will be more sensibly felt by it. Drs. 
White, Youatt, in fact most veterinary writers, recommend 
bleeding when the horse has been fed too liberally, or the 
secretions vitiated. This has led men to commit great errors, 
and caused great destruction of property. If the horse has 
been too well fed, reduce the quantity of food, or, in other 
words, remove the cause. If the secretions are vitiated, then 
regulate them, not take away the blood on which their vitali- 
ty depends. If the different parts had between them parti- 
tions impervious to fluids, then there would be some sense in 
drawing out of the vessels over filled ; but unfortunately, if you 
draw from ontf, you draw from all the rest. 

Again. The authorities above named recommend bleeding 
12 



90 REMARKS ON BLOODLETTING. 

when there is too much blood, There may be at times too 
much blood, or at others too little ; but suppose there is, — 
has any body found out any other process of making 
blood, other than the slow process of nature, as exhibited 
in the process of circulation, digestion, and nutrition? Have 
they discovered any artificial means of restoring the blood 
to its healthful quantity when it is deficient ? Have they 
found any other means of purifying the blood, save the 
healthful operations of iJature's secreting and excreting 
laboratory ? Have they found any safety-valve or outlet for 
the reduction of what they please to term an excess ? And 
if they have, are they better able to adjust the pressure on that 
valve than he who made the whole machinery, and knows 
the relative strength of all its parts ? 

In an article on bloodletting found in the Farmer's Ency- 
clopaedia, the author says, "In summer, bleeding is often 
necessary to prevent fevers,* always choosing the cool of the 
morning for the operation, and keeping the animal cool the 
remaining part of the day. Some farriers bleed horses three 
or four times a year, f or even oftener, by way of preventive,! 

* We of the physiological school deny that fever is disease : it is simply 
an effort of the vital power to regain its equilibrium, and it does this by 
means of the fever ; therefore it should never be subdued. (See Fever.) 

f This gives to the blood-vessels the power to contract and adapt them- 
selves to the measure of blood that remains. Common sense will teach 
men that frequent bleedings must impoverish the blood. It leads to hydro- 
thorax, or an accumulation of water in the cavity of the chest, and materi- 
ally shortens life. Mackintosh says, " Some are bled who cannot bear it, and 
others who do not require it ; and the result is death." 

X Nature's preventives are air, exercise, and water. Dr. Warren says, 
" In attempting to prevent or cure disease, we must imitate nature." Now, 
the proper mode of imitating nature is not by bloodletting, but by the 
rules we have laid down in articles Feeding, Watering, Ventilation, &c. If 
the means of prevention recommended by the Cyclopaedia were fully earned 
out, the stock of our farms would be swept away as by the blast of a tor- 
nado. Such a barbarous system would entail universal misery and degen- 
eration ; and well might we exclaim. They are living, yet half dead, in con- 
sequence of an evil system of medication. But thanks to a discerning public, 
they just begin to see the absurdity and wickedness of draining the system 



REMARKS ON BLOODLETTING. 91 

taking only a small quantity at a time."* Then the author 
winds up by saying, " There is, however, this inconvenience 
from frequent bleeding, that it grows into a habit,f which 
in some cases cannot be easily broken off; besides, horses 
become weak from frequent bleeding." J 

"Bleeding," says Youatt, "lessens the quantity of blood 
in the vessels, and diminishes nervous power,"*§) (and destroys 
life, he ought to have added.) He recommends it when ani- 
mals rub themselves, and the hair falls ofl', when the eyes 
appear dull and languid, red or inflamed, the breath hot, and 
the veins puffed. 

In all inflammatory complaints, as of the brain, lungs, kid- 
neys, bowels, eyes, womb, bladder, and joints ; in all bruises, 
hurts, wounds, and all other accidents. 

In cold, catarrh, constipation, and paralysis, and lockjaw, 
this indiscriminate use of the lancet is calculated to do a vast 
amount of injury if it is followed up. 

The author qualifies his remark as follows : " No man, 
however wise, can tell exactly how much blood he ought to 
take in a given case." 

of the living principle : medical reform has germinated, and struck its roots 
deep into the minds of a class of men who have the means and power of 
preventing much barbarity and suffering among our domestic animals, and 
they will use those means to their own interest and the welfare of their stock. 

* Small bleedings tend to an unequal distribution of the blood, and 
diminish its conservative power; the disease must be prevented by the 
promotion of the equilibrium of the circulation, not its destruction. 

f A habit confined to the operator. 

X If horses become weak from bleeding, then we have another unanswer- 
able argument against the practice. For all means or processes that are 
calculated to debilitate the general system will shorten life ; thus at- 
tempts to cure disease are made with the instrument of death. 

§ True ; but the animal lives out his existence in about half the usual time 
allotted by the Creator, and drags out a miserable life of toil. The conser- 
vative power of life always operates in favor of health, and remedies the 
encroachments upon her province with all her might, and frequently recov- 
ers the dominion, but by frequent bleedings. She has become exhausted ; 
and upon taking a little more blood than usual, the animal drops down and 
dies ; and the owner of the animal attributes to disease what, in fact, is the 
result of his evil practice. 



9^ REMARKS ON BLOODLETTING. 

In cases of congestion, or inflammation, the equilibrium of 
the circulation is disturbed, the capillary structure is con- 
tracted, and the mouths of the absorbents are closed. The 
draining of blood from a vein, though it diminishes the force 
of the congestion or inflammation, does not mend the matter, 
for it also diminishes the power of the whole system, and 
thus gives to cold and atmospheric pressure the ascendent 
influence. A collapse takes place, the secretions become 
impaired ; thus destroying the power of all parts to recover 
their reciprocal equilibrium. How can it be expected that a 
practice which will make those forms of disease, should ever 
be supposed to cure them. The only rational treatment con- 
sists in producing a relaxation and expansion of all parts of 
the system, and keeping up this relaxation, by warmth and 
moisture, till, by friction and counter irritation, and the re- 
moval of obstructions to vital action, the healthy equilibrium 
is restored. 

" Bloodletting," writes the editor of the London Lancet, 
" has most serious disadvantages ; it invariably renders conval- 
escence more tedious." Horses that have been bled generally 
require several weeks' run at grass to get them into working 
condition. Dr. White relates a case which proves the truth 
of our position. " A horse was bled from the neck for lame- 
ness, without any benefit ; the vein was opened a second 
time, but very little blood could be obtained ; the temporal 
artery was then opened, and two gallons (of arterial blood) 
drawn! The next morning it appeared necessary to take 
another gallon from the other temporal artery ! When suf- 
ficiently recovered, he was turned to grass ; and about four 
months afterwards, he was as lame as ever, and quite useless." 

This is one among the many thousand similar cases that 
have come under the author's observation, in the course of a 
few years. 

The same author above quoted writes, " The value of a 
horse depends on his strength and spirit ; and whatever tends 
to diminish these will produce a proportionate diminution in 
his value. The muscular power and nervous energy are 



REMARKS ON BLOODLETTING* 93 

derived from the blood." If the latter are derived from the 
blood, (and we know it is so,) then what inconsistency there 
is in medical authors to recommend bloodletting, with a view 
of improving the strength and spirit, when they are depriving 
the system of that on which the very life of the animal 
depends. 

Our readers may say, horses and cattle are bled and get 
well. Suppose they do, — is it thus proved that more would 
not get well if no blood were drawn from any ? If the ab- 
straction of a certain number of gallons of blood will kill a 
strong horse, then the abstraction of a small quantity will 
injure him proportionally. We have already shown that 
there is in the animal economy a power which always oper- 
ates in favor of health ; if the provocation is gentle, this 
power may overcome both it and the disease, and the animal 
is considered cured merely because the symptoms that marked 
the character of the malady disappear. The appearance of 
symptoms of another order, and perhaps not so alarming in 
their nature, lead men to suppose they have performed a cure ; 
when, in fact, they have just sown the seeds of a future 
disease. 

We do not propose to show definitely how a horse gets 
well in spite of bloodletting. It is enough for us to prove 
that this operation always tends to death, which can easily 
be done by conducting the process till no blood remains. 

In cases of congestion, or a determination of blood to a 
vital organ, we find a want of action on the surface and at 
the extremities. The course we invariably pursue is to equal- 
ize the circulation, and invite the blood to the surface by 
warmth, moisture, friction, and counter irritants, and maintain 
it there by the administration of relaxants and diffusible 
stimulants. These latter must be of a harmless nature, as 
we find them compounded in the forest and field, by the 
Great Physician, the All-wise Creator. 

Many interesting experiments have been made to estimate 
the quantity of blood contained in an animal. " The weight 
of a dog, says Mr. Percival, being ascertained to be 79 



94 REMARKS ON BLOODLETTING. 

pounds, a puncture was made with the lancet into the jugu- 
lar vein, from which the blood was collected. The vein 
having ceased to bleed, the carotid artery of the same side 
was divided, but no blood came from it ; in a few seconds 
afterwards the animal was dead. The weight of the carcass 
was now found to be 731 pounds ; consequently it had sus- 
tained a loss of 5^ pounds, precisely the measure of the blood 
drawn. It appears from this experiment, that an animal will 
lose about one fifteenth part of its weight of blood before it 
dies ; though a less quantity may so far debilitate the vital 
powers, as to be, though less suddenly, equally fatal. In the 
human subject, the quantity of blood has been computed at 
about one eighth part of the weight of the body ; and as 
such an opinion has been broached from the results of experi- 
ments on quadrupeds, we may fairly take that to be about 
the proportion of it in the horse ; so that if we estimate the 
weight of a horse to be 1344 pounds, the whole quantity of 
blood will amount to 84 quarts, or 168 pounds ; of which 
about 45 quarts, or 90 pounds, will commonly flow from the 
jugular vein prior to death ; though the loss of a much less 
quantity will deprive the animal of life.* 

" It is well known that young animals possess more blood 
than old, and that they will, perhaps on this account, sustain 
greater bodily injuries, and bear larger hemorrhages. In the 
latter, when the body is gradually decaying, and the powers 
of life declining, the quantity of blood becomes reduced. 
Mr. Wilson, in his lectures on the blood, &c., says that 'fat 
animals are found to possess less blood than leaner animals ; 
and tame animals, which are confined, less blood than wild 
ones.' The quantity of blood contained in the body of a 
man, supposing his whole weight to be 168 pounds, may be 
rated at 21 pounds, or 2 gallons, 2 quarts and 1 pint. Again, 
granting that a dog weighs 40 pounds, the amount of his blood 
will be 5 pints ; hence we may reckon the loss of a pint from 

* The author of Hinds's Farriery is in error when he states that two hun- 
dred and twenty quarts are calculated to reside in a middling-sized horse. 



ON THE THEORY OF HEALTH. 



a mail to be equivalent to that of a gallon from a horse, or to 
4 ounces from a dog, and vice versa ; selecting individuals 
from each class at about the respective weights here set 
down." (See Percival's Lectures, p. 9, vol. i.) 



ON THE THEORY OE HEALTH, DISEASE, FEVER, 
AND INFLAMMATION. 

The Healthy or Physiological State. — When all the differ- 
ent tissues and organs of the animal are sound, unobstructed, 
and unwearied, — when the living principle has free action 
through each and every one, according to the degree that it is 
designed to sustain, — then the animal is in health. 

Disease. — Any injury done to the different structures of 
organs, which does not amount to the total destruction of its 
vitality, — or, in other words, the inability of an organ, or 
organs, to perform the natural functions, is termed disease. 

Fever. — Fever and inflammation are one and the same thing. 
They are not disease, and never should be treated as such. 
It is the accumulated action of the vital system, for the pur- 
pose of warding off or removing the causes of disease, and 
restoring the healthy action of the organs. 

Let us suppose a horse has been exercised : there is a deter- 
mination of heat and fluids to the surface, the pores of the 
skin expand : now, if the horse is put into the stable, or the 
exercise suddenly ceases, the heat escapes too fast, and leaves 
the surface cold. For want of heat to keep them open and 
active, the pores become constricted, so that after the organs 
of circulation become rested from their fatigue, they com- 
mence a strong action again, there is not room for the es- 
cape of the fluids at the surface, the skin becomes dry and 
harsh, the coat stares, and the animal has, in common par- 
lance, taken cold, and it has thrown him into a fever. Now, 
the cold is the real enemy to be overcome, and the fever 
should be aided by warmth, moisture, friction, and diffusi- 



ON THE THEORY OP HEALTH 



bles. If at this stage the cold is removed, the fever will 
disappear; but if the disease (the cold) has been allowed to 
advance until a general derangement or sympathetic action 
is set up, and there is an accumulation of morbific matter in 
the system, then the restorative process must be more power- 
ful and energetic ; constantly bearing in mind that we must 
assist Nature in her endeavors to throw off whatever is the 
cause of her infirmities. Instead of attacking the disease 
with the lancet, and poison, — which is on the principle of 
killing the horse to cure the fever, — we should use remedies 
that are favorable to life. It matters not what organs are 
affbcted ; the means and processes are the same, and therefore 
the division of inflammation and fever into a great number of 
parts designated by as many names, and indicated by twenty 
times as many complications of symptoms which may never 
be present, only serve to bewilder the practitioner, and render 
his practice ineffectual, or, as Dr. Bigelow calls it in human 
practice, ^^ learned quackery.^^ We have said, fever and 
inflammation are one and the same thing ; when the fever is 
confined to a small space, it is called inflammation. " Inflam- 
mation is rather an effort of nature than a disease." (Hunter, 
vol. iv. p. 293.) 

As inflammation is an action produced for the restoration of 
the most simple injury in sound parts, which goes beyond the 
power of union by what is termed first intention, we must 
look upon it, in such instances, as one of the most simple 
operations in nature. Therefore inflammation in itself is not 
to be considered a disease, but a salutary operation consequent 
to either violence or disease. (Ibid. vol. iv. p. 285.) Hence, 
when men cease to consider, and to call fever and inflammation 
" diseased action," they will begin to learn to heal disease 
aright, and not till then. 

Dr. White writes thus : " Though horses and other domes- 
tic animals are liable to fever, there is not that variety in the 
disease, nor is it by any means so intricate as it is in the human 
subject. Some practitioners do not admit the existence of fever 
in the horse, as a primary disorder, but consider it as symp- 



DISEASE, FEVER, AND INFLAMMATION. 97 

tomatic, or dependent on internal disease." Then why not 
attempt to cure this internal disease, and let the fever alone ? 
The same author remarks, " The same applies to cattle ; for 
it is of very little importance whether we call it fever or 
inflammation." It is clearly evident that there is but one cause 
of fever, viz., the natural motive power of the system, and 
but one fever itself, viz., accumulated vital action ; yet the 
causes of disease are numerous, and many a tissue to be ob- 
structed, and if the disease were named from the tissue or 
organ, as nervous, pulmonic, «fcc., it would have as many 
names as there are tissues or organs to be aflected ; if it be 
named from the symptoms, it would be numberless and 
boundless. But of what use is it to decide what particular 
nerve, blood-vessel, or muscle is contracted, or compressed, 
seeing that the proper and only rational treatment consists in 
acting on the whole, nerves, tissues, and blood-vessels, by 
relaxing them, and equalizing the circulation ? But suppose 
we do ascertain exactly what part of the alimentary canal is 
contracted in a given case of constriction ; what advantage is 
it to us ? Suppose we find it in the duodenum, — have we any 
specific that will act upon it, other than through the healthy 
operation of nature's secreting and excreting process ? There- 
fore the symptoms produced by medicines ought always to 
be those of health : hence those who treat disease according 
to the principles we have laid down, must not expect to see, 
in the progress of the disease, the same train of symptoms 
that are given in works hitherto published on veterinary 
practice. 

Suppose two cases of enteritis (inflammation of the bow- 
els) were put into the hands of two different men, one of the 
physiological school, and the other of the allopathic. The 
latter would, if he practised according to the principles taught 
by the professors of veterinary surgery, proceed thus. (See 
Youatt, p. 208.) "From six to ten quarts of blood should 
be taken as soon as possible, and the bleeding repeated to the 
extent of four or five quarts more, if the pain is not relieved. 
The speedy weakness that accompanies this disease should not 
13 



98 ON THE THEORY OF HEALTH, 

deter from bleeding largely. It is the weakness that is the 
consequence of violent inflammation of these parts, and if that 
inflammation be subdued by the loss of blood, the weakness 
will disappear." How weakness can disappear by the loss 
of blood we are at a loss to conceive. All men agree that 
the abstraction of blood will produce fainting, and coldness 
of the extremities. Dr. Hunter, already quoted, says, " Blood- 
letting is one of the greatest weakeners." 

" Next," continues the author, " a blister should be resorted 
to. The tincture of Spanish flies, whether made with spirits 
of wine or turpentine, should be well rubbed in." It is a Avell- 
known fact that the application, and final absorption, of Span- 
ish flies will produce strangury in its worst form : aside from 
this it is an acrid animal poison, being taken up by the absorb- 
ents, it enters the circulation, and is often fatal in its result. 

Now for the physiological practice. " The extremities are 
cold J " then we should proceed to warm them by hot vapor, 
stimulating liniments, and by friction with the brush ; the 
belly should be fomented with flannels wrung out in warm 
water : this process will relax the capillary structure, and 
equalize the circulation, and relieve the engorged vessels of 
the intestines : then give an antispasmodic drink. (See 
Antispasmodic, part second.) If the bowels are constipated, the 
following aperient may with safety be ventured on : Take 
half a pint of linseed oil, beat up in it the yolk of two eggs, 
and administer it with a common junk bottle ; then use injec- 
tions. (See Appendix.) The animal is usually clothed with a 
blanket. We believe it is the duty of the physician to aid 
nature in removing from the animal economy all the causes 
of disease. We therefore adopt the most efiicient, yet inno- 
cent instruments and processes of cure, and totally reject, in 
all cases and stages of the treatment, all violence, poisons, and 
the lancet. If bleeding could be practised with impunity, 
such assistance might be proper in the above case ; but as 
the vital force (whose diminution is the proximate cause of 
enteritis) is itself dependent upon the blood, increased debil- 
ity is the necessary consequence of its abstraction. Hence, 



DISEASE, FEVER, AND INFLAMMATION. 99 

when horses are bled, their convalescence is very tedious. 
All medical men agree that inflammation is favorable to the 
healing process, and without it no wound could be healed. 
How, then, can it be called disease, but by an oversight of the 
vital aid which it gives to the different organs ? 

Causes of Disease. — These are nmnerous. Any thing that 
can in any way disable an organ to perform its proper func- 
tion, is a direct cause of disease. There are other causes, as 
hereditary taints, sudden changes from heat to cold, over- 
exertion, and want of proper exercise. Overfeeding is one 
of the principal causes of disease ; the bad quality of the hay 
or oats, bad water, and inattention to ventilation ; the un- 
necessary dosing with improper medicines. 

Poisons — Either taken into the alimentary canal, or by 
absorption through the external surface, or the lungs ; blood- 
letting, and sluicing cold water on the animal after active 
exercise. 

The indications of cure are to relax spasm, as in lockjaw, 
or in obstructed surfaces, constipation of the bowels, &c. ; 
to contract and strengthen relaxed and weak organs, as in 
general debility, diarrhoea, scouring, lampas, &c. ; to stimu- 
late inactive organs ; to remove all obstructions to the free 
action of all the organs ; to equalize the circulation, and 
distribute the blood to the external surface and extremities, 
as in congestions ; to furnish the animal with sufficient 
nutriment to build up the waste, and prevent friction. 

No matter what be the nature of the disease, our treatment 
is always conducted on these principles. 

Dr. Curtis observes, " All the fluids of the system are 
moved through it by the alternate contractions and relaxa- 
tions of the vessels from which they are sent, and in which 
they are transmitted ; thus the blood is thrown by these 
actions of the heart and. arteries, and returned by the same 
movements. The chyle is absorbed or elaborated, and carried 
to the circulation ; and the lymph is taken up and united 
with it by the alternate contractions and relaxations of the 
fibres which compose the coats of the tubes through which 



100 CONGESTION OF THE BRAlN. 

they pass. All the voluntary and involuntary motions of the 
body are performed by the alternate contractions and relaxa- 
tions of the fibres ; and the food is masticated, swallowed, 
and moved through the system by the same process. To 
relax, to contract, to stimulate, and to furnish the system 
with the proper materials for nutrition, constitute the whole 
modus operandi of the medical art." 

" All experience has proved that warmth and moisture relax 
all animal fibre ; that dry heat or dry cold contracts it j and 
that some medicines do one, and some the other ; that cer- 
tain articles and processes stimulate the organs to high action, 
and that nutritious food aids them in building up the wastes 
and restoring injuries." 

Congestion of the Brain, ^c. — In diseases bearing a prox- 
imity to apoplexy, they manifest themselves in different forms, 
according to the amount of vital resistance that the animal 
possesses. Thus we have stomach staggers, congestion of 
the brain, vertigo, disease of the brain called hydrocephalus. 
Now, although we observe alarming symptoms in the region 
of the brain, it is no more a disease of that organ than it is 
of impaired digestion, circulation, absorption, secretion, &c. ; 
for the latter are all involved in a deficiency of physiological 
action, and the cure of stomach staggers is the cure of every 
other form of disease. The different forms of disease sup- 
posed to be in the brain of horses, are, nominally, impaired 
digestion, and result from overtaxing the latter function, 
constipation, want of pure air and sufficient exercise, bad 
food, &c. : these are chiefly the causes that produce staggers. 
A primary congestion of the brain, or spinal marrow, is often 
produced by vitiated and irritating mucous secretions, and 
indigestible and feculent matter in the intestines, producing, 
in common parlance, " a determination of blood to the head." 
(For treatment, see Appendix.) 

The author has consulted several works on the treatment 
of apoplexy, congestions, &c. : they all agree in bleeding, 
blistering, and purging. Mr. Youatt says, " The treatment 
adopted by the best practitioners is too often unsuccessful. 



CONGESTION. 101 

The horse should be bled until he faints or drops ! Both the 
neck veins should be opened at once, and the fulness of the 
stream, or the quickness with which it is taken, is almost as 
important as the quantity. After purging is effected by large 
doses of aloes." He then recommends foxglove and tartar 
emetic in doses of a drachm each, three or four times a day. 
" The head should be blistered : rowels and setons give use- 
less pain, for the horse is either cured or dead before they 
perceptibly begin to act." (See Youatt, p. 105.) 

It is surprising that such a man as Mr. Youatt could not 
perceive the reason why " the treatment is too often unsuc- 
cessful." The means recommended are calculated to kill, 
not to cure : hence, if the disease did not carry the animal 
off, the treatment would. Why draw away the blood from 
the poor animal, when all that is needed is to give it equal 
distribution, and rid the stomach and alimentary canal of 
offending matter ? Dr. Hinds observes, " In all ordinary cases 
of staggers and congestion of the brain, simply opening the 
bowels will effect a cure, nine cases out of ten. I have 
known violent cases of staggers cured by injections and a 
dose of physic." 

The whole train of maladies, viz., staggers, &c., can be 
traced to acute or chronic indigestion, or an obstructed sur- 
face, accompanied often by the retention of a great mass of 
indigestible food in the stomach and intestines. How on 
earth bloodletting can relieve the stomach and intestines of 
this load, we should like to know. Bloodletting may give a 
momentary respite to the distended vessels of the brain, in 
apoplexy, and the animal appear relieved ; but, by destroying, 
in a certain degree, the vital energies, it also admits of a still 
further reaction, which is favored by the pressure of the 
atmosphere on the extreme vessels of the external surface ; 
and thus the advocates of bleeding find a repetition of the 
practice still more necessary than at the commencement. Dr. 
White says, " If no relief is obtained by abstracting seven or 
eight quarts of blood, take away five quarts more ! " Now, it 
is evident, that if we were to draw out all the blood, the 



102 CONGESTION. 

animal would die ; as it is, they try to leave just enough to 
keep up a low form of vitality. Most authors agree that in 
"megrims, mad staggers, stomach staggers, apoplexy, and 
congestions, there is a determination of blood to the head, 
and may be produced by causes that mechanically impede, 
or obstruct, the flow of blood." Then they should be re- 
moved by regulating the unequal distribution. If a horse 
has too much blood in the head, he will have too little in the 
tail and extremities. The difference of symptoms in the 
derangements just enumerated, differ only according to the 
state of the organs, and the manner in which the blood is 
thrown on the brain, and retained there. There is no real 
difference in the nature of the malady. The same indications 
of cure are to be fulfilled that we have just laid down, viz., 
to relax the whole horse, and remove obstructions from the 
alimentary canal and external surface. 

Dr. Marshall Hall says, " Physical impediments to the 
return of blood by the veins will cause congestion." These 
impediments consist in any thing that weakens the force of 
the circulation, as bloodletting, narcotizing, calomelizing, 
&c., as practised by the disciples of Sainbel. Few cases of 
disease occur without the parentage of some of these Sam- 
sons of the regular school. The veins, having but little 
forcing power at their base (like the arteries) to propel the 
blood back to the heart, are the first to feel the impediments 
and compel the blood to accumulate ; hence congestions. 

Professor Coleman considers that this disorder takes its rise 
from over-distention of the stomach. He was once consulted 
about some horses, among whom there had been a strange 
mortality ; and he found that they were in the habit of con- 
tinuing at work for ten hours together, during the day, and 
on their return home at night were abundantly supplied with 
food. The professor soon discovered the source of the evil, 
and ordered, for the future, that the horses should be fed in 
the middle of the day also, by means of nose-bags ; which 
salutary practice put flight to the epizootic. Now, this is 



CONGESTION. 103 

certainly a strong case to show the stomachic origin of the 
malady, 

Mr. Blain says, " The treatment of staggers has been 
notoriously unsuccessful. I never witnessed a successful 
issue, and think that men have strangely erred in pointing 
out remedies for this malady. Phlebotomy will certainly 
tend to relieve congestion or inflammatory action, that may 
exist in the brain ; but the main question for us lo consider, 
is, whether it can have any effect in unloading the stomach. 
Practitioners are in the habit of expressing their surprise at 
the obstinate apathy of the bowels ; whereas, is it unreasonable 
to suppose that 12 or even 20 drachms of aloes can have any 
effect, when they can pass no farther than the stomach ? It 
is possible that active stimulants may have such an impres- 
sion upon the stomach, as to excite contraction in it. [Then 
why not use them ?] The state of the brain in staggers, 
generally speaking, appears to be, in the beginning, that of 
simple congestion, or unequal distribution of the blood. [Then 
equalize, instead of abstracting it.] In most of the heads I 
have examined, vascular distention of the membranes was 
found, with minute bloody specks upon the divided surfaces 
of the brain." 

From the professor's remarks we are led to conclude, that 
prevention is more valuable and successful than their attempt 
at cure. The reason why their treatment is "notoriously 
unsuccessful," the reader can readily perceive, when he takes 
into consideration the destructive nature of the treatment, 
which is as follows : '' Bleed profusely ; most of those sub- 
jects will bear to lose six or eight, and some even ten quarts 
of blood. The next consideration is purgation. The com- 
mon saying is. Purge a horse with staggers and you cure him ; 
and there is much truth in the observation, for we know that 
hardly any one thinks of purging before he has bled the 
animal, so that the purge is acting under the most favorable 
circumstances. [Unfavorable he ought to have said.] Two 
drachms of castor nut, and a small quantity of calomel, are to 
be given in a bolus ; promote the action by aloetic injections, 



104 INHUMAN TREATMENT OP HORSES IN ENGLAND. 

and follow up the purgative medicine by diminished doses. 
In the intervals between the repetition of the purges, helle- 
bore [poison] should be administered every six hours, in doses 
of half to a drachm, provided the first quantity make no im- 
pression ; nothing, bleeding excepted, operates more effectu- 
ally in diminishing the force of blood to the head, than the 
excitement of nausea at stomach. Having, by these means, 
sensibly weakened the impulse of the circulation, the head 
should be shorn, and blisters applied over the forehead, the 
occiput, and temples, and should be renewed every six hours, 
until vesication is abundantly produced." 

This is a specimen of scientific doctoring. Many of our 
farmers could scarcely believe that men could be so cruel. 
It is passing strange that the regular faculty, with all their 
advantages of numbers, learning, and respectability, have only 
learned how to kill, instead of cure. 

How to avoid Congestions, Staggers, and Apoplexy. — 
Never permit an animal to eat too great a quantity of food at 
one time. Let him have less than usual after being worked 
hard. Buy the best food in the market, for cheap fodder is 
dear at any price. Attend to the directions we have laid 
down in the articles Feeding, Watering, &c. ; lastly, avoid 
the lancet and poison. 



INHUMAN TREATMENT OF HORSES IN ENGLAND. 

" The object of the veterinary profession," says Dr. White, 
"is to remove the pains and diseases of our domestic animals. 
Can we honestly, heartily, succesfully employ ourselves, 
if we do not sympathize with them ? if we do not love to see 
them happy, and contemplate their sufferings with regret ? 
Can the brute who regards them as mere machines, devoid of 
rights, placed without the pale of justice, created merely for 
our purposes, and to be sacrificed without crime to our caprices ; 



mkUMAN TREATMENT OF HORSES IN ENGLAND. 105 

— can he so identify himself with his profession, as to 
neglect no opportunity to mitigate pain, and to spare no exer- 
tion to increase enjoyment ? This is the duty, and ought to 
be the pride and pleasure, of every veterinary surgeon. Re- 
gard to reputation, and sense of duty to our employer, are 
powerful principles of action. 

" Dare we trace the education of the veterinary surgeon as 
far as humanity is concerned ? See him at the college 
attending a necessary, but severe operation, jostling and 
wrestling with his fellows for the best view ; execrating the 
struggles of the agonized animal, and mocking its groans ; 
not one expression of commiseration heard ; not one calcu- 
lation, how far a part, at least, of the torture may be saved, 
consistently with the object of the operation ; the loud 
laugh, and the ribald joke, drowning the voice of the opera- 
tor, — or the operator himself, when not too much annoyed 
by the shameless indecency of the scene, pausing in the 
midst of his work, and joining in the laugh. We have some- 
times thought, that if a stranger were present at this unnatu- 
ral exhibition, he would imagine that we were training for 
purposes of brutality, and not of humanity, and be very 
cautious how he intrusted a valuable and generous animal to 
our tender mercies. And sure we are, that scenes like these 
are more calculated to train us to become butchers than sur- 
geons ; and hence, in a great measure, it is that so many of 
our operations are performed in a butcher-like manner. We 
are aware that one of the most important requisites in a sur- 
geon is self-possession ; and that the feelings of the patient 
should not for a moment merge in the important object of 
the operation ; but this is different from those exhibitions in 
which there is no previous comparison of suffering and ad- 
vantage, and no subsequent commiseration. It cannot be 
denied, that circumstances do sometimes attend the operations 
of veterinary surgery, which would meet with universal 
execration in the theatre of the human surgeon. The inevi- 
table consequences of this on the mind of the young prac- 
titioner have not been sufficiently calculated ; or, rather, the 
14 



106 INHUMAN TKEATMENT OF HOKSES IN ENGLAND. 

error has been, that we have not felt ourselves bound to re- 
gard the feelings and the sufferings of the animal given to our 
care. 

" A knot of young pupils go to the knacker ; they bargain 
for some poor, condemned animal ; they cast him, and they 
cut him up, and torture him alive. They perform the nerve 
operation on each leg, and on each side ; they fire him on the 
coronet, the fetlock, the leg, the hock, and the round bone ; 
they insert setons in every direction ; they nick him, they 
dock him, they trephine him : when one is tired of cruelty, 
another succeeds him : and at length, perhaps, they terminate 
his sufferings by some new mode of destroying his life. Did 
the great surgeons of the present day thus acquire precision 
and judgment ? or, if they did, would they not have been 
supposed to have been qualifying themselves for the office of 
familiars at the Inquisition, rather than of humane surgeons ? 
Would they not have been detested while living, and held in 
lasting execration when dead ? But these operations on the 
living subject teach the youngster how to accommodate him- 
self to the struggles of the animal, how to feather his lines 
with mathematical exactness, and to acquaint himself with 
the true color produced by the iron when it has seared the 
skin sufficiently deep ! Would not one or two operations on 
the real patient have given all the information that would be 
necessary, without engaging the conservators of the health 
and enjoyment of the horse in the functions of demons, and 
giving them an indifference to suffering, and a callousness of 
feeling which taints the whole course of their after practice ? 

" That school wants reform that tempts pupils to the com- 
mission of atrocities like these. Every pupil, after having 
been compelled to operate once, or twice, or thrice, on the 
dead subject before the professors, should in his turn be called 
on to operate on the different cases which are brought to the 
colleges. Under the immediate inspection of the professor 
there could be no danger to the patient ; and one operation, 
every step of which was guided and directed by the professor, 
would be more useful to the student than a hundred at the 



INHUMAN TREATMENT OF HORSES IN ENGLAND. 107 

knacker's yard ; but, according to the present system, nearly 
all the operations are performed by the assistant professor, 
and the demonstrator and the pupils are permitted only to 
look on. Some alteration is here imperiously required." 

Mr. Blane experienced in his own person the results of this 
imperfect system of teaching. He was sent for to fire a 
valuable horse, and gives the following account of it : "It 
was my first essay in firing on my own account, and fired as 
I was with my wishes to signalize myself, I labored to enter 
my novitiate with all due honor. The farrier of the village 
was ordered to attend, a sturdy old man, civil enough, but 
looking as though impressed with no very high respect for a 
gentleman farrier^s knowledge. The horse was cast, (awk- 
wardly enough,) and secured, as will appear, even more so. 
I, however, proceeded to show the superiority of the new 
over the old schools. I had just then left the veterinary col- 
lege, not as a pupil, but as a teacher, [licensed to kill, 
and no questions asked,] which I only mention to mark the 
climax. On the very first application of the iron, up started 
my patient, flinging me and my assistants in all directions 
from him, while he trotted and snorted round the yard with 
rope, &c., at his heels. As may be supposed, I was taken 
aback, and might have gone back as I came, had not the old 
farrier, with much good humor, caught the horse round the 
neck with his arms, and by some dexterous manoeuvre brought 
him on his knees ; when, with a jerk, as quick as unexpected, 
he threw him at once on his side, when our immediate assist- 
ants fixed him, and we proceeded. It is needless to remark 
that I retired mortified, and left the village farrier lord of 
the ascendant." 

" It cannot be doubted that the best operators in this case 
are always the common country farriers, who, from devoting 
themselves entirely to the occupation, soon become pro- 
ficients." * 

* This admission on the part of a regular graduate of a veterinary insti- 
tution of London shows that the veterinary science, as taught at the present 



108 ON RABIES AND ITS EFFECTS. 



ON RABIES, OR MADNESS, 

AND THE EFFECTS OF THE MILK OF EABID AND DISEASED 

ANIMALS. 

Mr. Youatt says that " the poison of all rahid animals 
seems to reside in the saliva.''^ Who ever heard of the ani- 
mal's horns, the teeth, or saHva being mad, without the whole 
animal being sympathetically affected ? Is not the saliva a 
secretion from the blood, (secreted by the salivary glands,) 
and is not the virus first absorbed and taken up by the lac- 
teals, from thence going the rounds of the circulation ? 
When any kind of poison is absorbed, the whole secretions 
become vitiated : thus the bile, blood, urine, and milk, all 
become deranged. For proof of this, see B. M. Recorder, 
vol. vii. p. 101. '' If the Rhus Toxicodendron, called poison 
sumac, poison oak, &c., is eaten by cattle or horses, the males 
usually die, the females sometimes escape ; the animals that 
drink of their milk, or eat butter or cheese made from it, usu- 
ally have the disease ; and the dogs, hogs, buzzards, &c., that 
eat the flesh of these animals, die of it. And the fumes of 
the candles made of the tallow of the cattle that have died of 
it frequently communicate the disease. Persons who skin 
the animals often take it." What folly, then, to prate about 
the salivary glands being inoculated, to the exclusion of other 

day, is a matter for reproach. The melancholy triumph of disease over its 
victims (in England amounting in neat cattle to $50,000,000) shows that the 
science is mere moonshine ; that in regard to its most important objects, 
(the cure of disease,) it is mere speculation, rich in theory, but poverty-strick- 
en in its results. Hence we have not only proof that the American people 
ought to be reformers, but, as interested individuals, we have great encour- 
agement to be such. The author dates his conversion to the true, or physio- 
logical faith, up to the moment when he emancipated himself from the the- 
ory of the popular schools. The superiority of our practice consists in the 
agents used, which are harmless and efficient ; whereas the agents which 
he formerly used constituted a class of deadly poisons. For the proof of the 
success of our present system over that of the old, we refer the reader to 
some of our patrons, whose names will be found in the Appendix. 



ON RABIES AND ITS EFFECTS. 109 

parts of the animal. Who ever heard of a man's head being 
drunk, and not the whole man being more or less affected ? 
Our object is to show that the milk of a rabid cow cannot 
be drank with impunity, notwithstanding Mr. Youatt's asser- 
tion to the contrary, who maintains that the milk of the rabid 
cow may be drank with safety, for the poison is confined to 
the saliva. Dr. Pereira says the morbid changes produced in 
the quality of the milk by diseased conditions of a cow, 
have recently attracted considerable attention in Paris, owing 
to the prevalence of a malady, called the cocote, among the 
cows in that capital. Those which have been recognized are, 
want of homogeneousness, imperfect mobility, or liquidity, 
capable of becoming thick or viscid, on the addition of ammo- 
nia, and containing certain properties not found in healthy 
milk. Labillardiere states that the milk of a cow affected 
with consumption contained seven times more phosphate of 
lime than usual. 

The influence which many medicines, taken by the parent, 
have over the offspring, is well known, though Cullen denies 
it. We can modify the color of the milk by mixing madder 
or saffron with the food ; the odor may be affected by garlic ; 
the taste may be affected by the use of wormwood ; and last- 
ly, the medicinal effect may also be influenced. The fact thus 
established, that the milk can be altered by disease, leads us 
also to conclude that it can be altered by rabies, or madness. 
We do not wish to give the reader an idea that the milk of 
a rabid animal will produce hydrophobia ; all we desire to pro- 
mulgate is, that it will produce disease. If it has not accom- 
plished this in all cases, it is because the vital energies of the 
system, into which it was introduced, encountered, and even- 
tually resisted the foe. 

Mr. Clater observes that "rabies has but one origin, and 
that is inoculation." Ca7i Mr. C tell who inoculated the 
first dog ? We hear the free use of horse flesh, in keeping 
dogs in England, charged as one main cause for engendering 
rabies. Dr. Hinds observes, that " this appalling disorder is 
comparatively small in those parts of the world where horse 



110 PRELIMINARY REMARKS ON THE 

flesh is less used." Dr. C. M. Wood, of this city, observes, that 
" the putrid, filthy food given to dogs in the hot season may 
engender rabies, or a disease analogous to it, especially when 
the organs of digestion are deranged." 

It has been supposed by M. Husart, and others, that " hy- 
drophobia, communicated by a dog to horses, sheep, and cat- 
tle, undergoes a change, and is modified in the system of the 
latter, so that it may be deprived of its virulence ; and that 
these animals do not possess the power of communicating the 
disease, by bite, to other animals, even though laboring under 
the highest degree of hydrophobia " — a proposition the author 
does not vouch for. 

We advise those who are disposed to attempt a cure in 
hydrophobia to use lobelia, Scutellaria (skullcap,) plantago, 
(plantain,) either of which, given freely in the form of infu- 
sion, assisted by injections of a decoction of milkweed, 
(known as Indian hemp,) will cure this dreadful malady. In 
the latter stages of hydrophobia, when the throat is sore, the 
eyes affected, sight impaired, and intestinal disease has set in, 
the author would not attempt a cure. 



PRELIMINAM REMARKS 

ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE ARTERIES, VEINS, &c. 

The agricultural societies of this country are now making 
efforts to induce their respective legislatures to grant assistance 
for the purpose of establishing agricultural colleges, and we 
have no doubt of the result ; and we predict that the veteri- 
nary science will there receive its origin ; for the agriculturist 
will not only confine himself to the improvement of " the 
soil and the mind," but the improvement of his domestic 
animals will receive a share of his attention. It appears tons 
that the community require practical information for its at- 
tainment, and a knowledge of the organs of locomotion, 



DISTRIBUTION OF THE ARTERIES, VEINS, (fcc. Ill 

blood-vessels, brain, nerves, viscera, &c. For this reason, and 
in order to render assistance to those desirous of practising 
the veterinary art, the author has thought proper to introduce 
a description of these vessels. We are compelled from long 
usage, and because the English language will not furnish us 
with suitable terms to express in all cases our meaning, to 
adopt technicalities, which at first sight may appear superflu- 
ous and unsurmountable ; yet it has ever appeared to us that 
this is the best system. For students we principally design 
this part of the work : should it be deemed worthy the atten- 
tion of the farmer and stable keeper, we shall feel amply 
repaid for our trouble. 

To compose this part of the work, we have availed our- 
selves of Professor Percival's lectures. The same talented au- 
thor, in his introductory remarks, says, " The theory of medicine 
in the human subject is the theory of medicine in the brute ; 
it is the application of that theory — the practice alone — that 
is different. Whether we prescribe for a man, or a horse, a dog, 
or a cat, the laws of the animal economy are the same in all ; 
and one — and that an unerring system of principles, built 
upon ascertained and established truths — is to dictate our 
practice in all. We might as well, in reference to the princi- 
ples of each, attempt to separate surgery from medicine, as 
insist that either of these arts, in theory, is essentially diff'er- 
ent from the veterinary : every day's experience serves to con- 
firm this our belief, in showing us how often the disease of 
a. horse arises from the same causes as those of a man, exhibit 
the same indications, and require a similar method of cure. 
" To the old practitioner we would fain hint, that nothing is 
so eifectual a barrier to advancement, nothing so prejudicial 
to the art, as to continue the use of remedies purely because 
they were the infallibles of those who went before : let him 
be wary how he vainly piques himself of his experience." 

An accurate examination of the interior parts of animals, 
a- studious survey of the arrangement, structure, form, con- 
nection, use, and relation, of these parts, and of the laws 
by which they are intended to act, as also of the nature and 



1131 DISTRIBUTION OP ARTERIES. 

property of the various foods, and other agents, which the 
earth so liberally provides for their support and cure : these 
form, in a great measure, the sound and sure foundation of 
all medical science, whatever living individual animal is the 
subject of our consideration."' 

DISTRIBUTION OF ARTERIES. 

The blood is propelled by the heart through the great 
aorta, which rises out of the base of the left ventricle, in the 
space between the left auricle and the pulmonary artery. 
The branches furnished by the main trunk are the coronary 
arteries. The right coronary artery emerges from between 
the pulmonary and right auricle, winds round the fissure sepa- 
rating that cavity from the right ventricle, and turns down 
under the termination of the vena cava; and distributes 
ramifications in its course, which penetrate the substance of 
the parietes, and end in spiral branches. The left coronary 
artery, in passing out between the pulmonary artery and left 
auricle, sends off a large branch, which encircles the other 
auricle ; it then takes its course downward, and ends in spiral 
ramifications, 

ANTERIOR AORTA. 

This is a shorter division of the main trunk. The course 
of this vessel is under the windpipe ; it gives origin to those 
large arteries which are distributed over the breast, head, 
neck, brain, and anterior extremities. It divides, at a short 
distance from the heart, into the right and left arteria innomi- 
nata ; the right is considerably longer than the left, and 
measures nearly as much again in circumference ; it forms 
the trunk from which the two carotid arteries spring ; the 
left terminates in the following vessels : — 

1. The dorsal artery. 2. Posterior cervical. 3. Vertebral. 
4. Internal pectoral. 5. External pectoral. 6. Inferior cer- 
vical. 7. Axillary. Each of these arteries ramify and anas- 
tomoze with others, and are distributed to muscular and adipose 



DISTRIBUTION OF ARTERIES. 113 

substance. From the axillary artery spring all the arteries 
of the fore extremity. This vessel can only be seen by 
detaching the shoulder from the body. It arises within the 
chest, from the arteria innominata ; gains exit by making a 
sudden turn around the first rib, rather below its middle, cross- 
ing the lower border of the scalenus in the turn ; it is first 
directed outward in this flexure, and then backward, and at 
length reaches the inner part of the head of the humerus, 
where it makes another turn backward, and afterwards takes 
the name of the brachial artery. Its branches are — 1, The 
external thoracic, 2. The humeral thoracic, which runs to the 
point of the shoulder, and gives its branches to the levator 
humeri and shoulder joint, 3. The dorsalis scapulas ascends, 
in a fiexuous manner, to the shoulder joint, crossing the inser- 
tion of the subscapularis. It runs for a short distance along 
the ribs, 4, The subscapularis, a large artery, which also arises 
from the upper part of the trunk, but near to its termination. 
It passes along the ribs, screened from view by the edges of 
the subscapularis and teres major, to both of which muscles 
it detaches several small branches, and ends near the lower 
angle of the bone ; it also gives off several branches to the 
triceps and panniculus. 

The humeral artery descends from the inner and back part 
of the head of the os humeri, in an oblique direction on the 
body of the bone, where it divides into the ulnar, spiral, and 
radial arteries. On its inner side, it has the spiral and ulnar 
nerves ; in front, the radial nerve ; and behind, the hume- 
ral veins ; and it is covered internally by the large pectoral 
muscle, to which it sends some small branches. But its 
principal branches are — 1. One near its origin, which crosses 
the bone to get to the flexor brachii, and sends twigs to the 
shoulder-joint. 2. A posterior branch, arising a little lower 
down, which enters the muscle called triceps. 3. Near its 
termination, another branch to the flexor brachii. Where the 
artery divides, it is covered by the humeral plexus of veins, 
and by the absorbent glands of the arm. 

The ulnar artery consists of a common root, from which 
15 



114 DISTRIBUTION OF ARTERIES. 

spring three or four vessels of considerable size, running in 
waving lines upon the inner side of the lower end of the 
humerus. The upper one is directed to the ulnar, splitting 
before it reaches the bone, and sending one branch upward 
upon the elbow, and another downward to the heads of the 
flexors ; to which muscles the other branches of this vessel 
are distributed. 

The spiral artery, the outermost division, turns round the 
OS humeri, passing under the flexor brachii, and sending a 
recurrent branch to it, to arrive at the front of the radius, 
where it splits into several branches, of which — 1. Some 
run into the elbow joint. 2. Others, larger and more numer- 
ous, penetrate the heads of the extensors, 3. Two long, 
slender ones descend upon the radius, and give branches, in 
their course, to the extensor muscles as low as the knee, and 
there end in ramifications about and into the joint joining 
with others coming from the radial. 

The radial artery, the principal division humeral, con- 
tinues its descent along the radius, about the middle of the 
arm ; the nerve accompanies it first on its outer side, and sub- 
sequently behind it. A short way above the knee, it splits 
into the metacarpal arteries. 

The small metacarpal artery descends, within a cellular 
sheath, along the inner and back part of the knee. It con- 
tinues its descent along the metacarpal vein, (which runs to 
its inner side,) till it gets below the knee, and then transmits 
its divisions down the front of the suspensary ligament; 
between it and the canon bone, it sends ofl" branches over 
the front of the knee, the canon, and suspensary ligament. 

The large metacarpal artery, a continuation of the radial 
trunk, continues its course down the leg, by the side of the 
tendo perforatus, passing under the posterior annular liga- 
ment, approaches the fetlock just above the joint, and then 
splits into three vessels ; from the middle division three re- 
current arteries are given out ; the side divisions become the 
plantar arteries. From the arch below come ofl" two other 
branches, which descend into the joint. The plantar arte- 



DISTRIBUTION OF ARTERIES. 115 

ries, external and internal, in the fore extremity, result from 
the fork of the metacarpal ; in the hind, from that of the meta- 
tarsal. (Their general distribution is the same, both in the 
hind and fore feet.) They descend the fetlock upon the 
sides of the sessamoids, in company with the veins which run 
in front of them, and with the plantar nerves which proceed 
behind them ; the artery then passes down to, and into the 
substance of what is called the "fatty frog ; " it next passes 
the inner and upper extremity of the coffin bone, and after- 
wards to the foramen of the posterior concavity of the bone. 
The branches of the plantar artery are many and important. 
After detaching some small ramifications inwardly to the fet- 
lock, posteriorly to the flexor tendons, and anteriorly to the 
extensor tendon, it then sends off" — 1. The perpendicular 
artery. 2. The transverse artery. 3. The artery of the frog. 
4. The lateral laminal artery. 5. The circulus arteriosus. 
From the latter arise two principal sets of vessels — 1. The 
anterior laminated arteries. 2. The inferior communicating 
arteries, "thirteen, and sometimes fourteen, in number." 
3. The circumflex artery. Then, again, from this vessel spring 
the solar arteries, which may be so named from their radiated 
arrangement. These latter are destined for the supply of the 
sole, upon which they run in radii at equal distances, whose 
common centre is the toe of the frog, where they end in com- 
munications with the arteries of that body. 

THE CAROTID ARTERY. 

The right arteria innominata, having detached seven im- 
portant branches, which vary but little in their mode of origin, 
general course, and distribution, from the several arteries into 
which the left division resolves itself, become the common 
carotid — a large vessel emerging through the upper opening 
of the chest ; it divides, as it quits the chest, into two branches, 
called the right and left carotids. These arteries ascend, and 
having reached the top of the larynx, the carotid of either 
side branches into three divisions — the external and inter- 



JJ^ DISTRIBUTION OF ARTERIES. 

nal carotids, and the ramus anastomoticus : here, though the 
trunk itself becomes deeply lodged in soft parts, its situation 
is well indicated by the larynx, with which it is in contact. 
This vessel detaches — 1. Several unimportant muscular 
branches in its progress up the neck. 2. The thyroideal artery, 
which furnishes the laryngeal, a small artery that perforates 
the ligament uniting the cartilages of the throat. 

The external carotid artery is the large division, which 
may be regarded as the continuation of the carotid itself. 
This artery is embedded in glandular substance, surrounded 
by venous and nervous trunks, and protected by bony prom- 
inences and muscles. The first branch of the external caro- 
tid is the submaxillary artery ; it comes otf behind the horn 
of the ox hyoides, just as the carotid makes its second curve, 
and ranks next in size to the trunk itself. After reaching the 
lower jaw, (about one third of its length downwards,) it 
arrives upon the face ; here it becomes subcutaneous, it ends 
in an equal division, called the facial and inferior labial arte- 
ries. Its branches are, the ascending laryngeal, pharyngeal : 
smaller branches go to parotid gland, and a large branch, 
called the lingual. The latter detaches a few twigs into the 
submaxillary space ; it then branches into two arteries, the 
ranine and the sublingual. The ranine, apparently a con- 
tinuation of the lingual, passes along the under part of the 
tongue, and transmits branches to the interior, and continues 
of large size even to the tip of the organ, wherever its ex- 
treme ramifications are expended. The sublingual artery 
winds along the under and outer border of the tongue, pre- 
serving a more superficial course than the former. It supplies 
the sublingual gland, and distributes branches over the mem- 
brane of the tongue. The submental artery leaves the sub- 
maxillary, follows the course of the branch of the jaw, and 
detaches twigs to muscles ; it then transmits its ramifications 
into the gums internally. The anterior raasseter branches 
pass on the external side of the jaw. 

The inferior labial artery courses the side of the jaw, 
invested in the cellular and fleshy substance belonging to the 



DISTRIBUTION OF ARTERIES. 117 

buccinator. It gives off slender ramifications to the invest- 
ing cellular substance, also the buccinator arteries ; the buccal 
twigs bifurcate, sending their divisions respectively to the 
upper and under lips ; these form the superior and inferior 
coronary arteries of the lips. 

The facial artery ascends upon the side of the face, crosses 
the buccinator ; then, having run as high as the bony ridge, 
from whence the masseter arises, it detaches a large branch, 
and then expands upon the upper and fore part of the face ; 
its terminating ramifications are in the cellular substance and 
skin covering the fore part of the face. 

The posterior auricular gives branches to the parotid gland, 
and to the different muscles of the ears. 

The temporal artery, the anterior auricular, and the inter- 
nal maxillary, may be considered as the terminating branches 
of the external carotid. The internal maxillary gives off deep 
temporal branches, long slender twigs, to the soft palate, to 
the ear, and to the articulation of the jaw ; the facial artery 
also gives off the inferior maxillary, the supra-orbitar, the 
ocular, the infra-orbitar, and the palate maxillary. The 
second and smallest divisions of the carotid is the 

RAMUS ANASTOMOTICUS. 

It leaves the trunk of the carotid, joins the vertebral, and 
from it arises the occipital artery, which gives off twigs to be 
dispersed upon the dura mater, temporal muscle, and muscles 
of the occiput. 

INTERNAL CAROTID. 

This vessel, whose calibre is not more than half that of 
the external carotid, ascends to the base of the skull : at its 
entrance into the skull, a vessel comes off named the arteria 
communicans : after having given off this vessel, the internal 
carotid pierces the dura mater, takes its course up near the 
optic nerve, and branches into four divisions, which supply 
the cerebrum with blood. 



118 DISTRIBUTION OP THE ARTERIES. 

The remaining vessels of the brain are derived from the 
vertebral artery, which gives off posterior arteries to the dura 
mater, and ramifications to the medulla oblongata. 

The basilar artery sends off branches to the cerebellum. 



THE POSTEEIOK AORTA. 

Considerably longer and larger than the anterior is the main 
trunk, from which are derived the artery of the abdomen, pel- 
vis, and posterior extremities, in addition to the posterior 
intercostals, and some few of the thoracic arteries. It com- 
mences opposite the fourth dorsal vertebras : from its ori- 
gin it courses first upAvard, and then backward, having the 
pulmonary artery on its left, the termination of the windpipe 
on its right, then takes a course along the spine, inclining to 
the left side. From the inferior part of the curvature of the 
aorta arise the right and left bronchial arteries : these vessels 
penetrate the lungs in company with the bronchia, to the 
branches of which they cling in the course of their ramifica- 
tions within the substance of the lungs. 

The aesophogeal also spring from the concavity of the arch 
near to the former, and proceed backward to the eesophagus, 
where it divides into an inferior and superior artery. The 
intercostal, the remaining branches, come off in pairs from 
the sides of the vessel, to supply all those intercostal 
spaces posteriorly to the last. These arteries run along the 
lower borders of the ribs, and end about the inferior parts of 
the chest and abdomen. They furnish, near their origin, 
small branches, which enter the vertebral canal. Having 
detached these small vessels, the posterior aorta continues its 
passage into the abdomen. In making its exit from the chest, 
it gives off the phrenic or diaphragmatic arteries. 

Within the abdomen, the aorta continues to be firmly fixed 
to the spine, by its several cellular attachments, as far as 
the lumbar vertebra, under the body of which it branches 
into four large arterial trunks. Prior to this division, 
the abdominal aorta gives off the coeliac artery, which is 



DISTRIBUTION OF THE ARTERIES. 119 

nothing more than the common root of the splenic, gastric, 
and hepatic — arteries that in some instances have separate 
origins. 

The splenic artery, after passing between the stomach and 
spleen, ends in the left gastric artery. In its course it gives 
oflf several branches to the pancreas, called pancreatic ar- 
teries. 

The gastric artery, the smallest of the coeliac divisions, 
runs forward to the small curvature of the stomach, between 
the layers of the omentum, branching, before it reaches this 
organ, into two vessels, called inferior and superior gastric, 
which finally ramify upon the upper and under surface of the 
stomach. 

The hepatic artei^y, the largest of the coeliac division, pro- 
ceeds before the pancreas to the right side of the cavity, and 
passes over the pyloric end of the stomach, and gives off 
small branches to the pancreas. Near the pylorus, it sends a 
branch to the duodenum, which, as soon as it reaches the 
intestine, divides : one division — the duodenal — retrogrades 
along the gut, and ends in anastomosis, with branches com- 
ing from the anterior mesenteric ; the other — the right gas- 
tric — crosses the gut, proceeds to the great curvature of the 
stomach, where it inosculates with the left gastric. The 
hepatic artery itself is continued forward to the porta of the 
liver, where it divides into the right and left hepatic ; the 
right, — the larger and shorter one, — after giving off a con- 
siderable branch to the portio media, turns back to reach the 
right lobe ; the left, after giving off a branch or two to the 
middle portion, penetrates the left lobe. 

The ante7'ior, or great mesenteric, is the next vessel to 
the coeliac, and arises from the under part of the posterior aor 
ta. From its origin, it passes downward within the layers of 
the mesentery, detaching some small twigs to the pancreas ; 
it then separates into larger vessels, (commonly from eight to 
twelve in number,) from which are derived a branch that 
runs to the duodenum ; several other branches encircle and 
ramify on and around the intestines. 



1%Q DISTKIBUTION OF THE AKTERIES. 

The renal or emulgent arteries leave the aorta at right 
angles just below the preceding vessel ; they each pass into 
the respective kidneys, and therein divide into branches that 
penetrate the glandular substance. 

The spermatic arteries, right and left, originate from the 
under part of the aorta ; they pass out of the abdomen, at the 
abdominal ring, to the testicles. In the female, they pass 
to the ovaries. Fallopian tubes, and horns of the uterus. 

The posterior aorta also gives off the small mesenteric, and 
five or six pairs of lumbar arteries. Under the last lumbar 
vertebrae, the aorta gives off two pairs of arterial trunks, called 
the external and internal iliacs. 

The internal iliacs give off a branch called the artery of the. 
bulb, and afterwards branch into three divisions — the obtura- 
tor, gluteal, and lateral sacral arteries. 

The artery of the bulb passes to the bulb of the penis, 
where it terminates. In the female, this artery sends its ter- 
minating branches to the vagina. It gives off the foetal um- 
bilical artery. In leaving the pelvis, the prostatic artery, 
which detaches twigs to the vesiculse seminales, also distributes 
its ultimate ramifications to the prostate gland. It also gives 
off divers branches, anal and perineal, to the posterior por- 
tion of the rectum, anus, and parts comprising the perineum. 

The obturator artery is the lowest of the divisions of 
the internal iliac. Its branches are the arteria innominata, and 
ramifications to the obturator muscles and ligaments. Its di- 
visions are the ischiatic, which distributes its branches to the 
triceps ; next, the pubic : the internal pubic artery gives two 
sets of branches, which pass to the penis. 

The gluteal artery is destined principally to supply the 
gluteal muscles. 

The lateral sacral artery, having reached the coccyx, 
divides into two branches. It furnishes the sacro-spinal 
branches, five or six in number, and the perineal artery. It 
soon divides into several ramifications, of which many run 
into the gluteal muscles ; others descend on the back of the 
thigh, and others are distributed to the anal muscles, and to the 



DISTRIBUTION OF THE ARTERIES. 121 

skill and cellular substance of the perineum. The lateral 
sacral also furnishes the lateral coccygeal, and the inferior 
coccygeal. 

The external iliac artery, right and left, results from a 
branch of the posterior aorta, which takes place under the 
body of the last of the lumbar vertebras, and passes into the 
muscles, forming the inside of the thighs. The vessel gives 
off the circumflex artery of the ileum, the artery of the cord 
and the arteria profunda : the latter having reached the poste- 
rior quarters, it sends its ramifications into the biceps. Be- 
fore this vessel dips into the substance of the thigh, it gives 
rise to a large branch, called the epigastic artery. 

The epigastic artery, in passing the margin of the inter- 
nal ring, forms a branch which divides into several small 
arteries; of these a twig runs to the groin, and ramifies 
among the adipose membrane and absorbent glands ; then 
next, a slender branch to the cremaster, and a subcutaneous 
twig to the thigh, and lastly, the external pudic artery. 

The femoral artery. Regarding the profunda femoris as a 
limb of the external iliac, we descend to the femoral artery, the 
subsequent contination of the same trunk. This artery pro- 
ceeds in an oblique direction down the haunch, preserving 
nearly the line of its middle ; opposite to the head of the 
tibia, it branches into the anterior and posterior tibial arteries ; 
the anterior tibial gives off the inguinal artery, also three or 
four branches to the sartorius, and one to the side and front 
of the stifle. Its posterior branches are a large artery to the 
gracilis, (which detaches twigs to the long and short heads of 
the triceps,) also one to the biceps. At the back of the stifle 
come ofl" the popliteal branches, four or five in number, 
taking opposite directions, which are destined for the supply 
of the joint ; one runs down upon the posterior tibial mus- 
cles ; another — the recurrent branches — climbs the back of 
the OS femoris, and anastomozes with the descending ramifica- 
tions of the profunda femoris. 

The tibial arteries are a continuation of the femoral trunk, 
whicii branch oft' into tibia] arteries at the head of tibia. 
16 



1^2 DISTRIBUTION OF THE ARTERIES. 

The posterior tibial artery, the smaller of the two, passes 
along the posterior deep region of the thigh, to the hock, where 
it ends in bifurcation. Its branches are, one that runs into the 
flexor pedis ; another to the upper and back part of the tibia ; 
and small twigs to both the flexors. There are several ter- 
minating branches, some ramifying subcutaneously, others 
continuing down the leg internally over the tendon of the 
flexor pedis, and ending at the lower part of the cannon in 
divers small ramifications. 

The anterior tibial artery, after leaving the trunk, passes 
down the fore part of the thigh, to the hock and metatarsal 
bone, where it becomes the metatarsal artery. 

The metatarsal artery pursues its course downwards to 
about two thirds the length of the leg ; it then gains the pos- 
terior part of the latter ; a little above the fetlock, it divides 
into three vessels : one forms an arc, (as in the fore extremity,) 
from which come ofl" the recurrents, and they anastomoze with 
the posterior tibial artery ; the lateral divisions become the 
plantar arteries. 

DISTRIBUTION OF VEINS IN THE HORSE. 

The two main venous trunks, the venm cavce, anterior and 
posterior, correspond to the anterior and posterior aortas. 

THE ANTEKIOR VENA CAVA 

Forms the main trunk of the veins, returning the blood 
from the head, neck, chest, and fore extremities. It is prin- 
cipally formed by the concurrent union of the jugular and 
axillary veins, and is situated at its formation in the space be- 
tween the two first ribs, about midway between the sternum 
and vertebras ; it also receives the pectoral, vertebral, dorso- 
cervical, and inferior cervical veins, and the vena azygos. 

THE JUGULAR VEIN. 

It passes behind the condyle of the lower jaw, under the 
parotid gland, and joins the external carotid artery, and 



DISTRIBUTION OF THE VEINS. 123 

continues its course down the neck with the latter. It now 
receives the auricular veins, anterior and posterior, and also 
internal. The next is the temporal, the third is the internal 
maxillary ; the latter in its course receives the blood of many 
small veins, ■ — the palato-maxillary, infra and supra orbitar, 
ocular, inferior maxillary, and deep temporal ; the fourth 
branch, received by the jugular vein, is the parotideal, and 
the last branches from the masseter muscles. 

THE OCCIPITAL VEIN 

Descends from the head, along with the occipital artery. 
It brings blood from the occipital sinuses, receives veins from 
the posterior lobes of the cerebrum and cerebellum ; also from 
the dura mater. 

The submaxillary vein, a large branch of the jugular. It 
is formed upon the side of the face by the concurrence of the 
facial, labial, and varicose veins. It joins the trunk by the 
side of the trachea, just below the parotid gland. In its 
course it receives a number of veins; the principal are — the 
submental, sublingual, lingual, pharyngeal, and superior laryn- 
geal veins. The facial vein results from an expansion of 
small veins upon the side of the face, one of which is the 
varicose from the masseter. The labial vein is formed by the 
union of a plexus of venous branches, coming principally 
from the angle of the mouth, joined by others both from the 
upper and lower lips. The varicose vein is buried in the 
masseter. 

The jugular trunk having received the submaxillary, pro- 
ceeds down the neck, and terminates in the anterior vena 
cava, within the space between the two first ribs. Near the 
junction of the ' submaxillary the jugular receives the small 
thyroideal, cutaneous, muscular, and tracheal veins. Near its 
termination it receives a branch of the superficial brachial, 
and plate or plat vein. 

The vertebral vein runs the same course as the artery, 
through the foramina, in the transverse processes of the cer- 
vical vertebras, with the exception of the last. This vein has 



124 DISTRIBUTION OF THE VEINS. 

communications with the occipital sinus and posterior cere- 
bral veins, medulla oblongata, and spinal marrow ; it also 
receives vessels from the deep-seated muscles in the vicinity, 
and ends in the anterior vena cava, just behind the first rib. 

The axillary vein returns the blood distributed by the 
axillary artery to the various parts of the fore extremity ; 
there is a superficial and deep-seated set ; the former run 
under the skin, the latter among the muscles. The plantar 
veins are an intricate network of small veins, and cover the 
foot with a venous netting. The veins of the sole pour their 
blood into the veins of the lamina ; the latter increase in size 
towards the coronet, and gradually unravel themselves, so as 
to collect in a great many branches; these run upward, 
through the substance of the coronary ligament, and form 
the superficial coronary vein ; from them other branches pro- 
ceed and join the deep coronary, and afterwards unite in a 
single vein opposite the pastern joint. 

The veins of the frog, after ramifying in the form of net- 
work over that body, ascend into the heel, growing larger as 
they leave the foot ; they make a single branch at the pas- 
tern joint, then unite with the vein coming from the lamina, 
thereby forming the plantar vein. The plantar vein ascends, 
unites with other vessels, and becomes metacarpal. 

2^he metacarpal vei7is,two in number, result from the union 
of the plantar ; these veins pursue their course up the leg, 
one on either side, to the back of the knee, where they end 
in anastomosis. The internal metacarpal vein preserves the 
line of the splint bone. These vessels receive in their course 
cutaneous veins from the front of the cannon, and one or two 
descending veins from the back of the leg ; it afterwards forms 
the deep-seated veins of the arm. 

The superficial brachial vein ascends along the inner side 
of the radius to the elbow-joint ; here it crosses over to the 
front of the biceps and pursues its ascent upon that muscle 
towards the point of the shoulder, and then passes inward to 
the jugular vein. In its course to the latter, it receives nu- 
merous cutaneous and muscular branches, communicates with 



DISTRIBUTION OF THE VEINS. 125 

the humeral vein, and anastomoses with other veins of the 
arm. 

The radial veins, two in number, arise from the junction 
of the metacarpal veins above the knee ; they take the course 
of the radial artery, and receive anastomosing vessels as they 
ascend from the ulnar and superficial veins. 

The ulnar veins (with one exception) end in the common 
trunk of the humeral vein. 

The humeral vein accompanies the artery ; it receives small 
veins from the muscles. 

The axillary vein is the continuation of the humeral, aug- 
mented by the accession of the triceps vein. Its branches 
are, the subscapular vein, and dorsalis scapular ; the latter 
terminates about midway between the chest and shoulder. 
The remaining branches of this vein are the humeral thora- 
cic, and the external thoracic ; it also receives other small 
veins, which contribute more or less to its volume. 

The pectoral vein runs the course of the pectoral artery. 
It originates in branches from the abdominal parietes, con- 
tinues to receive accessory vessels in its course, and ascends 
along the inner and lower border of the first rib. 

The dorso-cervical vein consists of two divisions, ramify- 
ing with the dorsal and posterior cervical arteries ; it receives 
the anterior intercostal vein. 

Tlie inferior cervical vein runs down the lower part of 
the neck in company with the artery ; the principal branches 
are muscular, though some come from the skin and absorbent 
glands in the vicinity. 

The vena azygos ends just as the trunk opens into the 
auricle ; it returns the blood from the lower intercostal veins. 

THE POSTERIOR VENA CAVA. 

This is the corresponding venous trunk to the posterior 
aorta, returning the blood from the parietes of the abdomen 
and pelvis, the urinary and genital organs, and the posterior 
extremities. It takes its course under the bodies of the lum- 
bar vertebras, runs along the great fissure of the liver, perfo- 



126 DISTRIBUTION OF THK VEINS. 

rates the cordiform. tendon, and pursues its wa^'- directly across 
the cavity of the chest to the lower part of the right auricle : 
in its passage it is joined by the lumbar spermatic, renal, 
hepatic, and diaphragmatic veins. 

The common iliac veins are formed under the sacro-iliac, 
symphysis, by the union of the external and internal iliacs ; 
they receive a vein from the psose and iliacus, circumflex 
vein of the ileum, middle sacral, and azygos. 

The ischiatic vein, situated upon the side of the pelvic 
cavity, midway between the external iliac and lateral sacral 
veins ; external and internal branches unite to form it. The 
internal comprise veins coming from the bladder, anus, peri- 
neum, and, in the male, from the bulb and prostate : in the 
female, from the vulva and body of the vagina. The exter- 
nal come principally from the gluteal and obturator muscles. 

The lateral sacral vein comes from the tail formed by coc- 
cygeal veins ; it runs forward to the sacrum, and receives in 
its course the perineal and sarco-spinal branches. 

The external iliac vein takes the same course as the 
artery ; as it departs from the belly, this vessel receives 

The inguinal vein, (coming from the groin,) also a superficial 
or cutaneous abdominal vein, known as the milk vein in cattle. 

The femoral vein is the continuation of the iliac trunk 
below the brim of the pelvis ; and is the main channel into 
which the deep-seated veins of the hind extremity pour their 
blood. We commence the description as in the fore extremi- 
ties, at the leg. 

The large m>etatarsal vein ascends the canon by the side of 
the flexor tendons, and passes over the front and inner part of 
the hock ; it sends out branches, from which result the 

Anterior tibial veins, which run between the tibia and fibu- 
la to the back and lower part of the os femoris, and then are 
joined by the posterior tibial vein, and all three unite to form 
the femoral. 

The posterior tibial vein is a continuation of the small 
metatarsal vein, and corresponds in size to the small metacar- 
pal. It runs in company with the posterior tibial artery, 



THE BRAIN AND ITS APPENDAGES. 127 

receiving various muscular branches in its course, also the 
medullary vein of the tibia. 

The femoral vein results from the two last named vessels; 
runs behind the femoral artery, and ends in the external iliac 
vein. It receives muscular veins, as well as veins from the 
stifle joint, and the medullary vein of the os femoris ; also, 
about two thirds of its length upwards, it is joined by the 
saphena vein. 

The vena saphena major results from the large metatarsal 
vein ; at the hock it anastomoses with the anterior tibial vein ; 
it also receives cutaneous and muscular branches in its course. 

The vena saphena minor springs from the small metatar- 
sal vein ; it runs up the back of the hock, over the root of 
the OS calcis, and ultimately reaches the femoral vein. 

The vena porta circulates the blood through the liver, and 
is principally formed by the union of the splenic and mesen- 
teric veins. 

THE BRAIN AND ITS APPENDAGES. 

The cerebrum, cerebellum, and medulla oblongata, and 
medulla spinalis are invested with three membranes : the du- 
ra mater, pia mater, and tunica arachnoides. Of these the 
exterior is the dura mater : which, though called a membrane, 
is of a dense, tough, and inelastic texture. It is so firmly 
adherent, by means of numerous little prominences, to the 
sutures of the cranium, that it is difficult to separate them ; 
this membrane is to the internal cranium what the pericrani- 
um is externally. The inner surface of the dura mater is 
lubricated by a fluid furnished by its own blood-vessels. 
• The pia mater is that membrane which closely envelops the 
substance of the brain, and dips down between its convolutions, 
and adheres to its surface by numberless minute blood-ves- 
sels. It differs in its appearance and texture from the dura 
mater ; presenting a smooth surface exteriorly, but a rough 
and villous one next to the brain, and being composed of a 
beautiful network of blood-vessels united together by a deli- 
cate cellular tissue. 



128 THE BRAIN AND ITS APPENDAGES. 

The third membrane has been compared to a spider's web, 
in allusion to which the name of 'membratia arachnoides has 
been given to it. It is placed between the pia and dura mater. 

The arteries which supply the brain with blood are the 
two vertebrals, besides two other branches called the internal 
carotids. Its blood is returned from the sinuses of the dura 
mater by the vertebral and jugular veins. 

It is on the supply of the vertebral arteries, however, that 
the brain mainly depends for its supply, for if ligatures are 
placed on these arteries, the animal dies ; whereas, both the 
carotids may be tied without occasioning any apparent ill 
eifects. If our memory serves us. Dr. J. C. Warren, of this 
city, has performed the latter operation on the human subject 
with success. 

In raising the bony covering of the brain, we meet with 
two processes, called the falx, or longitudinal process, and the 
tentorium, or transverse process. The former resembles the 
blade of a scythe, hence its name. These processes are 
formed from duplicatures of the dura mater ; the first descends 
for a short distance between the lobes of the cerebrum. It takes 
its rise from the crista galli, and terminates on the os occipitis. 

The tentorium is extended from the inner plate of the os 
occipitis along the sides of the cranium to its base, whence 
it may be traced to the sphenoid bone, and is lost in the 
common covering of the dura mater. It is composed of two 
laminas : one is continuous with the falx : the other forms 
that portion of the membrane which covers the cerebellum. 
The tentorium is equally divided by the falx into two lat- 
eral portions. 

The sinuses. — The superior, or longitudinal sinus, runs 
within the duplication of the falx, along its superior border. 

The two lateral sinuses are formed within the duplicature 
of that part of the tentorium which is attached to the tem- 
poral and occipital bones ; one extending to the right, and 
the other to the left. They receive veins both from the cere- 
brum and cerebellum. 

The cavernous sinuses^ so named from the cavernous ap- 



THE BRAIN AND ITS APPENDAGES. 129 

pearance of their interior ; they receive some important ner- 
vous trunks in their passage from the brain, and for lodging 
the terminations of the internal carotid arteries. They com- 
monly communicate Avith the sub-occipital sinus ; these are 
also of membranous formation, and are found upon the cunei- 
form process of the os occipitis, running longitudinally to the 
foramen magnum. They receive veins from the cerebellum 
and posterior parts of the cerebrum. 

Cerebrum. — The largest portion of the cerebral mass, 
and that which presents itself to our view in raising the skull, 
is the cerebrum. It is equally divided by a longitudinal fis- 
sure along its middle, into which the falx cerebri descends ; 
and its divisions, which are symmetrical, both internally and 
externally, are denominated hemispheres. 

Cerebelluin. — The cerebellum is at once distinguished 
from the cerebrum by its being only one sixth the size of the 
latter. Its figure is irregular : it has two oval ends, and its 
lateral dimensions exceed its longitudinal. It is divided into 
three oblong lobes — a middle and two lateral. 

Medtdla oblongata, the smallest division of the cerebral 
mass. It rests on the cuneifoim process of the occipital bone, 
and is continued upward and backward to the foramen 
magnum. 

The upper surface of the medulla oblongata forms, with 
the tuber annulare, the floor of the fourth ventricle. 

Pitiiatary gland, a red body, of an egg form, seated upon 
the sella tursica, within a fold of the dura mater. It has 
a membranous capsule, surrounded by cellular adhesions, by 
which it is firmly retained in its place. 

Medulla spinalis. — The spinal marrow is that extended 
portion of brainlike substance which is continued from the 
posterior part of the medulla oblongata through the entire 
length of the spinal canal. It is enclosed in the same mem- 
branes that envelop the brain ; but, in addition to them, the 
superior ligament of the spine serves as a covering and de- 
fence to it below. To this, and to the periosteum lining the 
canal, its proper theca is loosely attached by cellular, adipose, 
17 



130 ORIGIN AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE NERVES. 

and gelatinous matter. Its dura mater is derived from that 
which covers the brain : in being continued through the fo- 
ramen magnum, the membrane is contracted into a cylindrical 
sheath, which loosely encases the marrow, and is generally 
described under the denomination of theca vertehralis. The 
arachnoid membrane and pia mater have the same relation to 
the marrow that the same membranes have to the brain, of 
which they may be considered prolongations. 

ORIGIN AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE NERVES. 

The nerves being symmetrical in number and distribution 
on either side of the body, take their origin in pairs, and 
these pairs are numbered, and so distinguished from one 
another, according to the order in which they arise. There 
are forty-six pairs of nerves ; ten, coming from the brain, are 
distinguished as the cerebral nerves ; thirty-six, from the 
spinal marrow, denominated the spinal nerves. 

CEREBEAL NERVES. 

First pair, or olfactory nerves, arise from the corpora straita, 
along the posterior borders of which bodies the medullary 
bands or roots of them may be traced as high up as the mid- 
dle lobes of the cerebrum. These are the largest of the cere- 
bral nerves, are bulbous at their origin, pulpy in texture, and 
exhibit, when cut into, comparatively to their size, large 
cavities, which are walled in by a layer of medullary matter, 
enclosed within a thinner one of cortical substance. 

Second pair, or optic nerves, arise from the thalamia nervo- 
rum. They leave the cranium through the optic foramen, 
and pass to enter the globe of the eye, within the interior of 
which it expands, and forms the retina. In its whole course, 
it is enclosed within a sheath prolonged from the dura mater. 

Third pair, or motores oculorum, take their origin by sev- 
eral filaments, from the inward parts of the crura cerebri. 
The trunk of the nerve first runs obliquely outward, across 
the back of the crus, then turns downward and enters the 



ORIGIN AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE NERVES. 131 

cavernous sinus, on through the foramen lacerum-orbitale. 
In entermg the cavity, the nerve divides into two branches. 
The smaller is generally received by the levator oculi. The 
larger branch subdivides into several others ; the longest of 
these runs round the eyeball, and penetrates the oblique mus- 
cle. Two or three others run to the abductor and depressor 
muscles. 

Fourth pair of pathetic. These take a filamentous origin, 
and pass the border of the tentorium, entermg the cavernous 
sinus, from thence to the orbit. Its destination is the supe- 
rior oblique muscle of the eye. 

Fifth pair, or par trigeniinum. These are the largest nerves 
of the brain. They take their origin by filaments from the 
crura cerebelli, and pierce the dura mater. Each nerve ap- 
pears to form a ganglion ; from this ganglion, we say that 
three nerves depart : one is called the ophthalmic ; the second, 
the anterior maxillary ; the third is the posterior maxillary 
nerve. The ophthalmic nerve is the smallest of the three 
divisions ; as it emerges from the orbit, it divides into three 
branches, called the lachrymal, the super-orbitar, and the 
lateral nasal branch. 

The second division, or anterior maxillary nerve, leaves the 
cranium through the hole, called foramen rotundum, of the 
sphenoid bone, and takes its passage through the inferior orbi- 
tal canal, whence it emerges, covered by the levator labii 
superior, upon the face ; here it splits into several large 
branches, denominated the facial nerves. But prior to its 
entering this canal, it detaches several important branches to 
the eyelid, lachrymal duct ; also several long filaments which 
descend on the tuberosity of the anterior maxilla, penetrate 
the bone, and furnish twigs to the antrum, and the two supe- 
rior molar teeth. The largest branch is the spheno-palatine, 
or lateral nasal nerve, to which the foramen spheno-palatine 
gives passage into the nose, wherein it divides into two sets 
of filaments. One of these is spread over the lateral parietes 
of the nasal cavity ; the other ramifies over the sinuses, and 
sends a filament to the lower border of the septum. A branch 



132 ORIGIN AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE NERVES. 

also goes to the velum palati, and another branch accompanies 
the palatine blood-vessels, and ramifies over the soft palate. 

The facial branches of this division terminate on the front 
and sides of the face, and receive communicating filaments 
from the anterior facial branch of the portio dura, and with 
them form a plexus. 

The third division^ the posterior maxillary nerve, gives off 
a branch which runs up in front of the parotid gland, and 
joins the portio dura ; also branches called the buccal nerve^ 
pterygoideus, and gustatory. The latter descends by the side 
of the tongue, penetrates that organ about its middle, and 
vanishes in its tip. It also sends ramifications to the roots 
of the incisive teeth, and to the under lip. 

Sixth pair, or abducentes, arise by means of filaments from 
the medulla oblongata ; this nerve gives off two or three fila- 
ments to the retractor oculi ; but its principal destination is 
to the abductor, along the fascicula, of which its ramifications 
are equally distributed. 

Seventh pair, or auditory nerves. — This pair includes two 
separate nerves on either side ; one, from its remarkable soft- 
ness, is denominated the portio mollis ; the other, in contra- 
distinction, the portio dura. The portio mollis enters the 
organ of hearing, and is distributed to the labyrinth. 

The portio dura arises from the medulla oblongata, and 
passes to the internal part of the ear, the tympanum and 
eustachian tube. It is also distributed to the temples, eye- 
lids, nose, lips, cheek, and neck. 

Eighth pair, or par vagum. — At its commencement it 
consists of two separate portions ; the first called the glosso- 
pharyngeal nerve, and the second the true par vagum. They 
arise from the corpora olivaria, and make their exit through 
the base of the cranium. The glosso-pharyngeus gives off 
branches, which join the portio dura, to the constrictors of 
the pharynx, and form branches which ramify in the base of 
the tongue. 

The proper par vagum, having disunited from the glosso- 
pharyngeal nerve, proceeds downwards to join the carotid 



ORIGIN AND DISTRIBUTION Or THE NERVES. 133 

artery, and takes its course along the neck to the chest. Its 
filaments are — 1. To the cervical ganglion. 2. The pharyn- 
geal branch, whose filaments pass to the oesophagus and 
larynx. 3. Two slender branches to the carotid artery, 
which form a plexus. 4. The laryngeal branch. 

At the back part of the neck the par vagum inclines up- 
wards, and is found above the carotid artery ; it then passes 
between the two first ribs, into the chest. Having entered 
the thoracic cavity, it runs within the superior mediastinum ; 
the right nerve adheres to the trachea, crosses above the root 
of the right lung, alongside of the oesophagus, and gains the 
under side of that tube before it leaves the chest. On the 
left side the nerve accompanies the anterior aorta, and crosses 
the root of the posterior aorta, and also reaches the oesopha- 
gus. Its branches within the chest are filaments to the 
tracheal and cardiac plexuses ; also, a branch called the recur- 
rent nerve : branches to the pulmonary plexus, and also two 
cords that branch out and penetrate the walls of the auricles. 
The recurrent nerve of the left side originates from the par 
vagum, by the side of the anterior aorta, and coils round the 
root of the posterior aorta. 

The recurrent nerve, so denominated from its retrograde 
course, passes upwardly and outwardly, and is found between 
the carotid artery and the trachea ; having reached the top of 
the latter, it spreads into fine terminating branches, several 
of which run to the muscles of the larynx and thyroid carti- 
lage, and end in ramifications upon the membrane of the 
glottis. Its branches are filaments to the pulmonary plexus, 
cardiac plexus, posterior cervical ganglion, and branches to 
the oesophagus and trachea. 

The par vagum runs to the stomach. The left nerve sends 
filaments to the heart, and others along the small curvature, 
which communicates with the ramifications of the right nerve ; 
the other crosses to the left side, and joins the great semi- 
lunar ganglion. The right nerve, as soon as it reaches the 
hearf, divides into numerous branches, which join the left, 
and spread their ramifications upon the under part of the 



134 ORIGIN AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE NERVES. 

heart ; some run to the pylorus, and others join the hepatic 
plexus. 

Accessory nerves to the eighth. — These nerves are con- 
sidered as accessory to the eighth, in consequence of their 
being found in close connection in issuing from the cranium ; 
it originates in the vertebral canal, by the union of several 
filaments. In its course into the cranium it receives many 
other fine threads, and in that cavity joins the par vagum. 
Beneath the atlas, the accessory nerve divides ; the front di- 
vision runs downward, and penetrates the belly, transmitting 
side twigs in its course. The posterior division turns round 
the transverse process of the atlas to the scapula, near which 
it is lost in muscular substance. The branches of the acces- 
sory pass to the par vagum, anterior cervical ganglion, and 
communicate with the sub-occipital nerve. 

Ninth pair J or liiig-uales, arise behind the eighth pair, from 
the corpora olivaria ; it is found in company with the par 
vagum, near the coranoid process. The nerve passes down 
the lower jaw, between the muscles forming the root of the 
tongue, and ends in the tip of the latter. It sends branches 
to the lingual muscles, and to the hyo-glossus longus. 

Tenth pair, or sub-occipital nerves. — They arise from the 
medulla oblongata, and beginning of the spinal marrow ; 
they pass out through a hole in the fore part of the body of 
the atlas. It then branches into a superior and inferior divis- 
ion. The superior is distributed to the extensor muscles of 
the head and neck. The inferior branch goes to the trachea, 
lymphatic glands, and muscles of the neck. 

CEKVICAL NEKVES. 

These consist of seven pairs, originating from the cervical 
portion of the spinal marrow. Each nerve, as soon as it 
issues from the spinal canal, forms two nervous filaments, one 
superior, the other inferior. 

The first cervical nerve makes its exit between the first 
and second cervical vertebrae. It sends branches to different 
muscles, and communicates with the 



ORIGIN AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE NERVES. 135 

Second cervical nerve, which makes its appearance between 
the second and third vertebras. Its superior filament sends 
branches to the muscles of the neck, and levator humeri, 
communicates with the accessory nerve, and 

Third cervical. This also send branches and twigs to the 
different muscles of the neck, and communicates with the 
fourth. 

The fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventh pairs pass from the 
spine, between their respective vertebrae, and send branches 
to the phrenic nerve, and ramifications to the muscles, sym- 
pathetic nerve, and unite with the dorsal. 

THE DIAPHRAGMATIC, OR PHRENIC NERVE. 

This is formed by branches from several of the cervical 
nerves. It takes its course down along the inferior border 
of the scalenus muscle. It terminates by numerous ramifi- 
cations on the tendinous parts of the diaphgram. 

DORSAL NERVES. 

These consist of eighteen pairs. They pass from the ver- 
tebral canal in the same manner as the cervical, having supe- 
rior and inferior branches. The inferior branches follow the 
course of the intercostal blood-vessels, and are called inter- 
costal nerves. The superior branches are distributed to the 
back and loins. 

LUMBAR NERVES 

Consist of five pairs, (corresponding to the number of the 
lumbar vertebrae.) 

The first 7ierve ends in ramifications near the stifle, and 
gives off branches to the last dorsal nerve, to the sympathetic, 
and to the second lumbar nerve. 

The second nerve has communication with the first nerve, 
and sympathetic ; also the crural. It sends one division to 
the fore part of the haunch, where it becomes sub-cutaneous, 
and ramifies over the stifle. The other division crosses the 



136 ORIGIN AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE NERVES. 

ilio-lumbar artery, just below its origin, and takes nearly a 
similar course to the inward part of the haunch, and then 
ramifies upon the skin ; in its way it detaches a considerable 
branch, called the spermaticus externus, which passes through 
the abdominal ring, and sends twigs, in the male, to the scro- 
tum and testicle ; in the female, filaments go from it to the 
uterus, ud^er, and external labia. 

The third nerve contributes to form the crural and obtura- 
tor. It sends small branches to the sympathetic, psoas, and 
obturator nerves. 

The fourth nerve sends a branch to the sympathetic, con- 
tributes to the production of the crural ; and also sends a 
branch to the obturator. 

The fifth nerve communicates with the sympathetic, cru- 
ral, and sciatic plexus. 

SACRAL NERVES 

Consist of five pairs ; a superior and inferior fascicula. The 
superior make their exit through holes upon the upper part 
of the sacrum, and are there buried under a thick mass of 
muscle, and become cutaneous upon the outer part of the 
haunch. 

The inferior fascicula. The first nerve largely contrib- 
utes to the origin of the sciatic plexus, and sends a branch to. 
the gluteal nerve ; also to the sympathetic and second lum- 
bar nerves. The second nerve communicates with the third 
and sympathetic, and sends branches to the surrounding 
muscles and sciatic plexus. The third and fourth have simi- 
lar connections. The fifth passes into the coccygeal muscles. 

COCCYGEAL NERVES. 

These issue from the spine, in the same manner as the last 
described. They communicate with one another, are dis- 
tributed to muscles in the vicinity, and end in filamentous 
ramifications at the end of the tail. 



OBIGIN AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE NERVES. 137 

NERVES OF THE FORE EXTREMITY. 

The fore extremity receives its nerves from the axillary or 
humeral plexus, and this plexus is formed by the union of 
portions of the sixth and seventh cervical nerves, and a divis- 
ion of the first dorsal nerve. 

The external thoi^acic nei'ves, six or seven in number, arise 
from the humeral plexus, and are distributed to the pec- 
toral, triceps, and other muscles ; they finally ramify into the 
skin. 

The scapular nerves are called anterior, posterior, and sub- 
scapular. The former sends its ultimate filaments to the 
triceps. 

The posteHor scapular nerve sends branches to the sub- 
scapularis, triceps, teres minor, and shoulder joint, and ends 
in the insertion of the levator humeri. 

The subscapular nerves run upward between the shoulder 
and chest, and enter the subscapularis. 

The spiral or external cutaneous 7ierve is furnished by the 
axillary plexus ; arises behind the humeral artery, and passes 
between the os humeri and the head of the triceps, through 
the extensors, to the external flexors of the cannon. It gives 
off several branches to the triceps, ramifies on the fore and 
outward part of the knee, and sends branches to the heads of 
the extensor muscles. 

The radial nerve descends with the humeral artery to the 
inward side of the elbow joint, and runs along the back part 
of the radius to the knee ; passing under the annular liga- 
ment, it descends to the leg, and takes the name of the inter- 
nal metacarpal nerve. It gives off numerous twigs to the 
muscles, and finally becomes subcutaneous. 

The ulnar nerve originates from the humeral plexus. It 
passes down the radius, under the annular ligament, to the 
tendo perforans, and there becomes the external metacarpal 
nerve. It gives off internal cutaneous and subcutaneous 
branches, ramifies into cellular substance, penetrates the 
heads of the flexors, and finally disperses its ramifications in 
front of the leg. 
18 



138 ORIGIN AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE NERVES. 

The metacarpal nerves continue down the leg, over the 
fetlock joint, where they become the plantar nerves ; these 
pursue their course behind their corresponding blood-vessels to 
the back part of the foot, which they penetrate to the inner 
sides of the lateral cartilages. 

The plantar nerve detaches a branch from the fetlock to 
the lateral cartilage ; another passes to the fatty frog. The 
final branch enters a hole in the back, and lower part of the 
coffin bone, in company with the plantar artery, and there 
divides and distributes its ultimate branches around the 
edges of the sole. 

NERVES OF THE HIND EXTREMITY. 

The crural nerve is derived partly from the second, third, 
fourth, and fifth lumbar nerves. It makes its appearance 
under the transverse process of the loins, and proceeds in a line 
Avith the external iliac artery. It gives off filaments to the 
psoas magnus, iliacus, rectus, and vastus internus muscles. 
It also gives off cutaneous filaments : one runs to the stifle, 
and ends in ramifications upon the fore part of the thigh. The 
other continues down the leg, and can be traced as low as the 
fetlock. 

The obturator nerve, contributed to by third and fourth 
lumbar nerves, sweeps round the brim of the pelvis, and 
detaches twigs to the obturator muscles. Its ultimate fila- 
ments are expended on the triceps and gracilis. 

The gluteal nerve, after leaving the cavity of the pelvis, 
accompanies the gluteal artery, and passes into the substance 
of the gluteal muscles. 

The sciatic nerve derives its origin from the sacral and last 
of the lumbar nerves ; after leaving the cavity of the pelvis, 
passes between the hip joint and the tuberosity of the ischi- 
um, and plunges into the substance of the haunch. Here it 
divides into branches called the popliteal nerves. At the 
hock its principal branch separates into the external and inter- 
nal metatarsal nerves : the former runs over the flexor pedis 
to the OS calcis. Their subsequent course and ultimate distri- 



ORIGIN AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE NERVES. 139 

biition are the same as those of the plantar nerves of the fore 
extremity. The second popliteal nerve passes between the 
bellies of the gastrocnemii, above the first, detaching twigs 
to them in its passage, and then spreads into many branches, 
which penetrate the heads of the flexor muscles of the foot, 
and sends filaments into the stifle joint. 

SYMPATHETIC NERVE. 

This nerve derives its name from the universal influence 
which it has on the nervous system. It communicates with 
the head, neck, chest, pelvis, and abdomen, by its frequent 
intercourse and connection with their respective nerves. It 
is supposed by some writers to be a nervous system of itself. 
It has, at different distances, a great number of gangliform 
tubercles, from which ramifications proceed forward, as well 
as filaments backward, to the ganglia of the nerves of the 
medulla spinalis. It is considered generally as beginning 
from a branch of the fifth and sixth pair, given off" at the 
base of the cranium. The ganglionic structures, and the dif- 
ferent plexuses are named from their form, location, and distri- 
bution ; hence we have the cervical ganglion, semilunar, 
sacral, &c. From the semilunar ganglion nervous filaments 
shoot in various directions, which, from their being compared 
to the rays of the sun, are denominated the solar plexus. From 
the divergent filaments of the latter, the several smaller plex- 
uses of the abdomen may be said to derive their formation, 
taking names according to the viscera they are particularly de- 
signed to furnish with nerves ; hence we have the splenic 
plexus, that sends filaments to the spleen, the hepatic plexus, 
mesenteric, aortic, hypogastric, and renal plexuses. The sym- 
pathetic nerve in the abdomen travels over the sides of the 
bodies of the lumbar vertebra3, below the articulations of the 
ribs, and pursues its course into the pelvis. Here, also, it 
forms ganglia, which correspond in number to those of the 
lumbar nerves ; and from every ganglion come off" two fila- 
ments ; one which runs to the corresponding lumbar nerve ; 
the other crosses the aorta, and by joining the aortic plexus, 



140 ORIGIN; INSERTION, AND USE 

communicates with nerves coming from the sympathetic of 
the other side. 

From the loins, the sympathetic descends into the pelvis, 
and takes its course along the side of the sacrum, and forms 
five ganglia, corresponding to the sacral nerves ; it finally ter- 
minates by forming a union with its fellow. 



ORIGIN, INSERTION, AND USE OF THE DIFFERENT 
MUSCLES OF THE HORSE. 

TRAPEZIUS, 

Or triangular muscle, is in the region of the withers. 

Origin. — From the processes of several dorsal vertebree, 
and from the fascia covering them. Its fleshy fibres pass over 
the shoulder bone, and there unite in a tendon. 

Insertion. — Into the spine of the scapula. 

Use. — It elevates the shoulder blade, and inclines it 
backward. 

LATISMUS DORSI. 

Origin. — By a broad expansion over the posterior part of 
the back and loins. Its fleshy fibres appear upon a level with 
the top of the shoulder bone, and converge, in their course 
downwards and forwards, over the ribs, to which they are 
loosely attached. 

Insertion. — Into the inner and upper part of the os 
humeri. 

Use. — To draw that bone backwards and upwards. 

RHOMBOIDEUS BREVIS. 

Origin. — From the dorsal spines. In passing downwards 
to the scapula, it unites with the longus. 

Insertion. — Into the costa of the shoulder bone. 
Use. — To draw the shoulder bone directly upwards. 



OF THE DIFFERENT MUSCLES. 141 

EHOMBOIDEUS LONGTJS. 

Orighi. — From the side of the subflavum, near its 
attachment to the second cervical vertebra. 

Insei'tion ar^d Use. — Tlie same as the last described 
muscle. 

LEVATOR HUMERI. 

OiHgin. — From the tubercle of the occiput, and mastoid 
process of the temporal bone ; also from the transverse process 
of the atlas, and third and fourth cervical vertebrae. 

Insertion. — Into the fascia covering the muscles of the 
shoulder blade : thence it is continued down to the body of 
the OS humeri. 

Use. — To raise and draw forwards the shoulder. When 
both muscles act, they depress the head. 

MUSCLES OF THE NECK. 



Origin. — By tendinous fibres, and fleshy ones between 
the occipital bone and the fifth dorsal spine. 

Insertion. — Into the transverse processes of the six lower 
cervical vertebras ; also into the atlas and mastoid process of 
the temporal bone. 

Use. — To erect and uphold the head when the pair act : 
one contracting alone will incline those parts to one side. 

COMPLEXTJS MAJOR. 

Origin. — By short tendinous slips, from the spines of the 
four or five anterior dorsal vertebrae ; also from the same pro- 
cesses of the lower five cervical. 

Insertion. — Into the tubercle of the occipital bones, by 
the side of the ligamentum subflavum. 

Use. — To erect the head. 



143 ORIGIN, INSERTION, AND USE 

COMPLEXUS MINOR. 

Origin. — From the spinous process of the vertebra dentata. 
Insertion. — Along with the coraplexus major. 
Use. — To assist that muscle in erecting the head. 

RECTUS CAPITIS POSTICUS MAJOR. 

Origin. — From the spine of the vertebra dentata. 
Insertion. — Into the occipital bone. 
Use. — To pull the head backwards. 

RECTUS CAPITIS POSTIBUS MINOR. 

Origin. — From the body of the atlas. 

Insertion. — Along with the last-described muscle. 

Use. — To raise the head. 

OBLIQUUS CAPITIS SUPERIOR. 

Origin. — From the superior border of the transverse pro- 
cess of the atlas. 

Insertion. — Into a ridge extending from the occipital 
tubercle. 

Use. — When both act, to assist in pulling up the head; 
singly contracting, they will turn it to one side. 

OBLIQUUS CAPITIS INFERIOR. 

Origin. — From the spine of the vertebra dentata. 

Insertion. — Into the superior parts of the transverse pro- 
cess and body of the atlas. 

Use. — When both contract, the atlas, and the head with 
it, will be raised. It also gives a rotary motion to the head. 

SPINALIS COLLI. 

Origin. — From the anterior oblique processes of the 
curved vertebrae, and from that of the first dorsal, by tendi- 
nous and fleshy slips. 

Insertion. — Into the spines of the cervical vertebrae, with 
the exception of the atlas. 

Use. — To elevate the head, and flex the neck backwards. 



OF THE DIFFERENT MUSCLES. 143 

ANTERIOR CERVICAL REGION. 

STERNO-BI AXILLARIS. 

Origin. — Fleshy and tendinous, from the cartilage project- 
ing in front of the sternum. Its belly is compact, rounded, 
and of inconsiderable breadth in comparison to its length. 
About three fourths of its length upwards, it terminates in a 
flat tendon, which insinuates itself between the parotid and 
submaxillary glands. 

Insertion. — Into the angle of the posterior jaw. 

Use. — To draw the head towards the chest. They also 
assist the occipito-maxillaris in opening the mouth. 

STERNO-THYRO-HYOIDEUS. 

These muscles are said to clothe the upper and front parts 
of the trachea. 

Origin. — From the front cartilage of the sternum, above 
the sterno-maxillaris. 

Insertion. — The main part of this muscle, having crossed 
the front of the larynx, is inserted into the neck or spur of 
the body of the os hyoides. A small tendon is also fixed in 
the lower border of the thyroid cartilage. 

Use. — To draw the os hyroides, and larynx with it, down- 
wards and backwards. 

SCALENUS. 

Orisrin. — From the middle of the first rib. 
Insertio)i. — Into the bodies and transverse processes of the 
fifth and sixth cervical vertebra3. 
Use. — To straighten the neck. 

RECTUS CAPITIS ANTICUS MAJOR, MINOR, OBLIQUE, AND LONGUS COLLI, 

Are all inserted into the occipital region, and assist in flex- 
ing and bending the head. The latter muscle, in addition to 
its insertion into the body of the atlas, is also inserted into 
the transverse processes of the six posterior cervical vertebrae. 



144 ORIGIN, INSERTION, AND USE 



MUSCLES OF THE HEAD. 

Epicranius and Temporalis. Mr. Percival writes, " These 
are the only two that can be considered as cranial muscles." 
The former is expanded over the os frontis. Its origin is 
almost imperceptible. It raises the upper eyelid. The tem- 
poralis occupies the side of the skull, and is demonstrable in 
the living horse. 

Origin. — From the temporal bones, and the fascia cover- 
ing it. 

Insertion. — Into the coronoid process of the lower jaw. 

Use. — To shut the mouth. 

AURAL EEGIOI' 

As these muscles are not so important as others we shall 
enumerate, we merely name them. Attollentes aurem con- 
sists of four muscles, viz., the attollens maximus, minimus, 
inferior, and superior. These muscles all cooperate in the 
erection of the ears. 

THE PROPER MUSCLES OF THE CONCHA 

Are the anterior conchse, rectus, oblique, and internal con- 
chae. The first three assist in the erection of the ears. The 
internal conchas rotates the ear backwards. 

RETRAHENTES AUREM. 

These are the retrahens superior, inferior, and medius.] 
They retract and rotate the ears. 

FACIAL REGION. 

The muscles in this region are numerous, and some of, 
them complicated. 

ZYGOMATICUS. 

A long slender muscle traversing the cheek. 
Origin. — By tendinous fibres, from the lower edge of the 
zygomatic process of the os malse. 

Insertion. — Into the angle of the mouth. 



OF THE DIFFERENT MUSCLES. 145 

Use. — To extend this angle, by drawing it upwards and 
backwards. 

LEVATOR ANGULI ORIS. 

Upon the fore part of the cheek. 

Use. — To retract the angle of the mouth, assist in the 
elevation of the upper lip, and dilate the nostril. 

RETRACTOR LABII SUPERIORIS. 

Insertion. — Into the side of the upper lip, and lower part 
of the nostril. 

Use. — To retract those parts, and thus assist in raising the 
upper lip, and dilating the nostril. 

LEVATOR LABII SUPERIORIS. 

Use. — To raise the upper lip and dilate the false nostrils. 
If one contracts, the lip will be distorted. 

BUCCINATOR. 

Origin. — From the lower jaw. 

Insertion. — Into the buccal membrane, and into the angle 
of the mouth. 

Use. — To contract the jaws, and retain the food for mas- 
tication. 

ORBICULARIS ORIS. 

The use of this muscle is to close the lips. 

DEPRESSOR LABII SUPERIORIS. 

Use. — To depress the lip, and project it forwards, and to 
assist in dilating the nostril. 

LEVATOR LABII INFERIORIS. 

Use. — To raise the lip, and project it forwards. 

HYOIDEAL REGION 

Comprehends the digastricus, mylo-hyoideus, genio-hyoi- 
deus, and hyoideus muscles. 
19 



146 ORIGIN, INSERTION, AND USE 

Use. — They are more or less engaged in moving the os 
hyoideus in different directions. 

GLOSSAL REGION. 

These muscles, by their union, compose that fleshy body 
called the tongue. 

They are named genio-hyo-glossus, hyo-glossus longus, 
hyo-glossus brevis, and lingualis. 

MAXILLARY REGION 

Comprehends three strong and well-defined muscles. 

1. The masseter. 

Origiti. — From the under part of the zygomatic arch, and 
from the superior maxillary bone. 

Insertion. — Into the rough border, around the angle of the 
jaw. 

Use. — To act, in conjunction with the temporalis, in the 
elevation of the jaw. 

2. The stylo-maxillaris. A round and compact muscle, 
found above and behind the jaw. 

Origin. — From the styloid, or coronoid process. 

Insertion. ■ — Into the angle of the jaw. 

Use. — To pull the jaw backwards, and depress it. 

3. The pterygoideus. It takes the same course inwardly, 
to what the masseter does outwardly. 

Use. — To close the jaws. It also gives a lateral motion 
to the jaws. 

PHARYNGEAL REGION 

Comprehends six pairs of muscles, belonging to the 
pharynx. They are named as follows : — 

Hyo-pharyngeus, Constrictor pharyngeus inferior. 
Palato-pharyngeus, " " superior. 

Stylo-pharyngeus, " " medius. 

Use. — To dilate and contract the pharynx. 



OF THE DIFFERENT MUSCLES. 147 



MUSCLES OF THE TRUNK. 



PECTORAL REGION. 

The pectoral muscles constitute the breast. 
They are named — Pectoralis transversus, 
Pectoralis magnus, 

Pectoralis parvus, (or Depressor scapu- 
lar.) 

The first is inserted into the fascia of the arm, extending 
from the elbow nearly half way down to the knee. It con- 
fines the arm to the side in its motions. 

The magnus originates from the sternum, is inserted into 
the OS humeri, and serves to pull the point of the shoulder 
backwards. 

The parvus, or depressor, originates from the inferior part 
of the sternum, is inserted into the muscles covering the 
shoulder joint, and assists the last named muscle. 

COSTAL REGION. SERRATUS MAGNUS. 

Origin. — From the bodies and transverse processes of the 
fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventh cervical vertebras ; and from 
the eight anterior true ribs, as low down as their cartilage. 

Insertion. — By strong fascicula, into the upper and inward 
part of the scapula. 

Use. — It constitutes the main attachment of the scapula 
to the trunk, and is more or less concerned in all the motions 
of the shoulder blade. 

The costal muscles are — Superficialis costarum, 

Transversalis costarum, 
Intercostalis externi, 
" interni. 

They are all, more or less, concerned in dilating the thorax. 

STERNAL REGION 

Comprehends two small muscles that are employed in the 
contraction of the chest, or raising the sternum, and con- 
tracting the cartilages. 

They are named lateralis sterni, and sterno-costalis externi. 



148 ORIGIN, INSERTION, AND USE 

DORSAL REGION. 

These muscles are connected with the vertebree of the back. 

LONGISSIMUS DORSI. 

Origin. — From the six posterior dorsal spines, and by 
lumbar fascia, and from the crest of the ileum. 

Insertion. — Into the posterior angles of the ribs, viz., the 
twelve last ribs, and three or four hindermost cervical vertebroB, 
and all the dorsal. 

Use. — The motions of the back and loins are mainly 
produced by it. It is a principal agent in kicking and rearing. 

SPINALIS DORSI, AND SEMI-SPINALIS DORSI. 

These muscles are both inserted into the dorsal spines ; the 
former is also attached to three or four posterior cervical. 

- Use. — To writhe the back, or bend the withers ; to in- 
cline the spines backward, and to cooperate with the longis- 
simus dorsi. 

LEVATORES COSTARTTM. 

These are prominent bundles of fibres, which take a simi- 
lar course to the intercostalis externi. 

Use. — They assist the intercostalis, and contribute to the 
elevation of the ribs. 

LUMBAR REGION. 
SEMI-SPINALIS LUMBORUM. 

These are similarly distributed in the loins, to what those 
6i the semi-spinalis dorsi are in the back. 

INTERTRANSVERSALES LUMBORUM. 

These run from the edge of one transverse process to that 
of the next. 

Use. — To approximate these processes. 

SACRO-LUMBALIS. 

They traverse the under surface of the loins. 



OF THE DIFFERENT MUSCLES. 149 

Origin. — From the anterior and lateral part of the body 
of the sacrum, and last lumbar vertebrse. 

Insertion. — Into the fibres that traverse the loins, and into 
the last rib. 

Use. — They assist the intertransversales lumborum. 

PSOAS MAGNUS 

Runs along the inner part of the loins above the kidney. 

Origin. — From the inward surfaces of the two last ribs, 
close to their articulations with the vertebrae ; and from the 
bodies and transverse processes of the last dorsal vertebras, 
and all the lumbar vertebras. In its passage to the thigh, 
some of its fibres are blended with those of the iliacus. 

Use. — To bend the femur upon the pelvis ; to pull the 
haimch forwards in progression. 

PSOAS PARVUS. 

A smaller muscle than the last, placed between it and the 
spine. 

Origin. — From the heads of the sixteenth, seventeenth, 
and eighteenth ribs, from the bodies of the three posterior 
dorsal, and from those of the lumbar, vertebrse. 

Insertion. — By a tendon into the rough surface upon the 
OS innominatum, below the acetabulum. 

Use. — To draw the pelvis forward. When one acts, it 
may incline it to one side. It also assists the psoas magnus 
in arching the spine. 

ILIACUS. 

A muscle of considerable substance and power, placed 
above and in part exterior to the psoas magnus. 

Origin. — From that part of the crest of the ileum that 
has no bearing upon the sacrum, and from the anterior spinous 
process, and inferior edge of the bone. 

Insertion. — It passes down the thigh in company with 
the psoas magnus, with which it is inserted. 

Use. — To advance the haunch. 



150 ORIGIN, INSERTION, AND USE 

INTERNAL COSTAL REGION. 
DIAPHRAGM. 

The diaphragm is that fleshy and tendinous expansion 
which divides the cavity of the chest from that of the abdo- 
men. 

Origin. — It arises by fleshy digitations from the carti- 
lages of the eighth, and those of all the posterior ribs, with 
the exception of the two last ; also from the ensiform carti- 
lage. From these points of attachment, they converge like 
the radii of a circle, and terminate about midway between 
the ribs and spine, in a thin expansion of tendon. The 
crura, or appendages of this muscle, are two in number, and 
lie by the side of the aorta, which vessel takes its course 
between them ; the right, much the longer of the two, 
arises above the artery, from the inferior part of all the 
bodies of the lumbar vertebrae ; the left, or shorter, has a 
tendinous origin from the under part of the body of the first 
lumbar vertebra, and by a separate tendinous slip from that 
of the second. They unite and decussate each other oppo- 
site to the seventeenth dorsal vertebra, form a fleshy belly, 
and this again separates into two portions previously to its 
insertion, in order to admit of the passage of the oesophagus. 

Insertion. — Into the upper part of the cordiform tendon. 
About the centre of this tendon, is a perforation for the pas- 
sage of the vena cava posterior ; so that there are, all together, 
three openings in the diaphragm. 

Use. — It acts in opposition to the abdominal muscles in 
the act of respiration. 

STEENO-COSTALIS INTEKNtTS. 

This muscle lines the sternum inwardly ; it is interposed 
between it and the cartilages of the ribs and pleura. 

Origin. — By tendinous roots from the upper half of the 
sternum. 

Insertion. — Into the cartilages of the true ribs. 

Use. — To contract the cavity of the chest. 



OF THE DIFFERENT MUSCLES. 151 

THE ANAL REGION 

Includes a pair of muscles and a single one. 

RETRACTOR ANI, 

Which retracts the anus — draws it within the pelvis. 

SPHINCTER ANI, 

Which closes the anus, after the expulsion of the faeces. 

COCCYGEAL REGION 

Includes the erector coccygis. 
Use. — To elevate the tail. 

DEPRESSOR COCCYGIS. 

Use. — To depress the tail. 

CURVATOR COCCYGIS. 

Use. —To incurvate the tail, or laterally flex it around the 
quarters. 

COMPRESSOR COCCYGIS. 

Use. — To assist in depressing the tail, and to maintain it 
forcibly pressed against the anus. 

MUSCLES OF THE TRUNK. 
ABDOBIINAL REGION. 

The white line, (or linea alba,) extending from the en si- 
form cartilage to the pubes, marks the place of junction of 
the tendons of three pairs of muscles, and is perforated near 
the middle by the umbilicus or navel ; through which, in the 
foBtus, passes the umbilical cord. On either side of this line 
is another, taking a curvilinear course, called the linea semi- 
lunaris : this is the line of demarcation between the oblique 
and transverse muscles and their tendons, denoting where the 
one substance begins and the other ends. Running trans- 
versely between these are several white lines, to which the 



153 ORIGIN, INSERTION, AND USE 

name of linea transversales is given : they consist of many 
tendinous intersections in the straight muscles. 

OBLIQUirS EXTEENTJS ABDOMINTTS. OBLIQinJS INTEKNTJS ABDOMINUS. 

TRANSVERSALIS ABDOMINUS. EECTHS ABDOMINUS. 

These four pairs of muscles are inserted into the lines we 
have just described ; the latter muscle is also inserted into the 
pubes. These muscles contribute largely to the formation of 
the under and lateral parts of the abdominal parietes, and to 
give support to the contained viscera. They also compress 
the bowels, and by that means assist in the evacuation of the 
feeces and urine, and the expulsion of the fcetus. 

The use of the last muscle — rectus abdominus — appears 
to be that of strengthening the middle parts of the belly, and 
thereby of counteracting that tendency to relaxation which 
must exist from the constant dependence of the bowels. 



MUSCLES OF THE FORE EXTREMITY.— EXTERNAL SCAPULA 

REGION. 

ANTEA SPINATUS. 

Origin. — The anterior and superior spinatus fills up the 
fossa antea spinata, from which it arises, as well as from 
the spine and anterior costa of the scapula. 

hisertion. — Into the summits of the greater and lesser tu- 
bercles of the OS humeri, and into the capsular ligament of the 
shoulder joint. At the point of the shoulder it sends off a 
tendinous expansion over the joint, between which and the 
tendon of the biceps we find a bursa mucosa. 

Use. — To extend the os humeri on the scapula ; at least, 
as far as that motion is admitted of. 

POSTEEIOE SPINATUS. 

Origin. — From the fossa postea spinata, and from the 
spine of the bone. 

Insertion. — Into the outward part of the great tubercle of 
the OS humeri. 



OF THE DIFFERENT MUSCLES. 153 

Use. — To assist in the flexion of the humerus. 



TERES MAJOR AND TERES MINOR. 

Origin. — From the posterior angle and costa of the 
scapula. 

Use. — These muscles assist in bending the shoulder joint, 
and roll it outwards and inwards. 

SUBSCAPULARIS. 

A muscle of triangular figure, filling up the hollow of the 
scapula. 

Origin. — From the surface and circumference of the sub- 
scapular fossa. 

Insertion. — Into the small tubercle of the os humeri. 

Use. — To assist in the extension of the shoulder joint, and 
to turn the humerus inwards. 

POSTERIOR HUMERAL REGION. 

TRICEPS EXTENSOR BRACHII. 

This muscle consists of three distinct portions, called its 
heads. The first takes its origin from the posterior costa of 
the scapula ; from which its fibres run to the point of the 
olecranon. The second takes its origin from the outward sides 
of the neck and body of the os humeri, and unites with the 
former. The third arise from the inward part of the os hu- 
meri, and unites with the others prior to their insertion. 

Insertion. — By a strong but short tendon, into the olecra- 
non of the ulna : some of its fleshy fibres are continued down 
upon the fascia of the arm. 

Use. — To extend the arm. 

ANTERIOR HUMERAL REGION 

Comprehends those muscles which are seen in front of the 
humerus. 

20 



154 ORIGIN, INSERTION, AND USE 

COE.ACO HUMEKALIS. 

Origin. — By a slender tendon, from the coracoid process 
of the scapula. 

Insertion. — Into the inner and fore part of the body of the 
OS humeri. 

Use. — To assist in extending the shoulder joint, and 
turning the humerus inwards. 

FLEXOR BRACHII. 

Origin. — By a strong, round tendon, from the coracoid 
process of the scapula. 

Insertion. — Tendinous into the inward parts of the head 
and neck of the radius, where it adheres also to the capsular 
ligament of the elbow joint : from it an expansion is sent off 
to the fascia of the arm. 

Use. — To bend the arm by carrying it forwards and 
upwards. 

HUMERALIS EXTEENTJS. 

Origin. — From the lower and inner border of the neck 
and body of the os humeri. 

Insertioji. — Into the inner and upper body of the radius. 
Use. — To bend the arm. 

MUSCLES OF THE ARM. 

FLEXOR METACARPI EXTERNUS 

Is situated on the outer side of the other superficial flexos. 

Origin. — From the outer and back part of the external 
condyle. It has two tendons ; one is fixed in the os trapezi- 
um ; the other passes on through a tendinous sheath to be 
inserted into the head of the outer small metacarpal bone. 

Use. — To bend the leg. 

FLEXOR METACARPI MEDITJS 

Passes along the middle and back part of the arm. It 



OF THE DIFFERENT MUSCLES. 155 

arises from the internal condyle of the os humeri, and is in- 
serted into the os trapezium. 
Use. — To bend the leg. 

FLEXOR METACAKPI INTEENUS 

Takes its course along the inner and back part of the leg. 
It originates from the internal condyle of the os humeri, 
adhering to the capsular ligament of the elbow joint. 

Insertion. — Into the head of the internal small metacar- 
pal bone. 

DEEP POSTERIOR BRACHIAL REGION. 

The following muscles constitute the deep-seated flexors ; 
they lie anterior to, and are concealed by, the superficial. 

FLEXOR PEDIS PERFORATUS. FLEXOR PEDIS PERFORANS. 

Both these muscles originate from the internal condyle. 

Insertioti. — The former, at the pastern joint, divides into 
two parts, which are fixed into the upper and back part of 
the OS coronas. 

The perforans continue over the os naviculare — having 
a bursa between them ; an expanded termination passes to 
the concavity of the os pedis. 

ANTERIOR BRACHIAL REGION. 

These muscles form the prominent part of the arm in front, 
take their origin from the external condyle, and operate in 
the extension of the leg and foot. 

EXTENSOR METACARPI MJiGNUS. 

Origin. — From the external condyle of the os humeri : 
its fibres also adhere to the capsular ligament ; at the knee 
its tendon passes under the annular ligament, within a syno- 
vial sheath, where we find a bursa mucosa. 

Insertion. — Into the front and upper part of the large 
metacarpal bone. 

Use. — To extend the leg. 



156 ORIGIN, INSERTION, AND USE 

EXTENSOR PEDIS 

Takes the same course as the last described muscle. In 
passing over the front of the cannon, it is tied down by cel- 
lular membrane, and in front of the fetlock and pastern ; it 
adheres to and strengthens the capsular ligaments of those 
joints. 

Insertion. — By an expansion of its tendon, into the lower 
end of both pasterns, and coffin bone. 

Use. — To extend the foot and pasterns, and assist in the 
extension of the knee. 

EXTENSOR SUFFRAGINIS. 

Origin. — From the upper and outer part of the radius and 
ulnar. 

Insertion. — Into the upper end of the large pastern. 
Use. — To assist in extending the knee and fetlock. 

EXTENSOR METACARPI OBLIQUE. 

Origin. — From the outward part of the body of the 
radius. 

Insertion. — Into the upper part of the os metacarpi. 



MUSCLES OF THE HIND EXTREMITY 

Are invested with a dense, strong, and tendinous fascia upon 
the fore, outer, and back parts ; but it is thin, weak, and cel- 
lular upon the inside of the limb. Its chief attachments are 
to the ileum, the pubes, the ossa coccygis, and the stifle ; it 
is continuous superiorly with the aponeurosis of the external 
oblique, and with the fascia lumborum. 

MUSCLES OF THE HAUNCH. 
ANTERIOR FEMORAL REGION. TENSOR VAGINA. 

Origin. — From the anterior spinous process of the ileum 
and fascia lata. About midway between the pelvis and stifle. 



OF THE DIFFERENT MUSCLES. 157 

it sends off a thin expansion of tendon, by which it is in- 
serted. 

Insertion. — Into the tendons of those muscles that are 
fixed to the patella. It is also connected to the trochanter 
minor externus, and fascia lata. 

Use. — To assist in drawing the hamich forwards and 
upwards, and extend the thigh. 



Origin. — In part concealed by the iliacus, by two broad, 
flat tendons, from the dorsum of the ileum, anteriorly to and 
above the acetabulum. 

Insertion. — Into the upper and anterior, parts of the 
patella. 

VASTUS EXTERNUS 

Runs along the outward side of the rectus. 

Origin. — From the inferior part of the root of the tro- 
chanter major and minor, and outward surface of the os 
femoris. 

Insertion. — With the rectus, into the upper and outer part 
of the patella. 

VASTUS INTEKNUS. 

Origin. — From the inward part of the neck of the os 
femoris and root of the trochanter minor internus, and from 
the inward part of the body of the bone. 

Insertion. — Into the patella. 



INTERNAL FEMORAL REGION. 

SARTORIUS 

Is a long, thin muscle, crossing obliquely over the inward 
side of the haunch, immediately under the fascia lata. 

Origin. — From the brim of the pelvis. In its course it 
passes over part of the psoas magnus, and obliquely crosses 
the vastus internus ; at the inward part of the stifle it ter- 



158 ORIGIN, INSERTION, AND USE 

minates in a thin, delicate tendon, which unites to the 
gracihs. 

Insertion. — Into the inner and upper part of the tibia. 

Use. — To assist in bending the leg ; and, when bent, to 
rotate the head of the tibia inwards. 

GRACILIS. 

Placed upon the inside of the haunch. 

Origin. — Tendinous and fleshy, from the symphysis 
pubis, and inner edge of the descending ramus of the pubis. 
It forms that remarkable prominence upon the inside of the 
thigh. 

Insertion. — Into the inner and upper part of the tibia. 

Use. — To flex and rotate the tibia inwards. 

PECTINEUS. 

Origin. — From the upper margin of the pubis, near the 
symphysis. 

Insertion. — Into the trochanter internus. 

Use. — To flex the haunch, and at the same time abduct it. 

TRICEPS FEMORIS. 

It has, as its name implies, three heads, which are called 
abductor brevis, abductor longus, and abductor magnus. 

Insertion. — Into the pubes and tuberosity of the ischium, 
tibia, and expansions of the gracilis and sartorius. 

Use. — They act as abductors. 

GLUTEAL REGION 

Includes the three gluteal muscles, and they compose the 
upper part of the quarter. 

GLUTEAL EXTERNUS. 

This muscle corresponds, as far as regards its relative situa- 
tion, to the gluteus maximus of the human subject. 

It originates from the third spinous process of the sacrum, 



OF THE DIFFERENT MUSCLES. 159 

and from the fascia lumboriim, and is inserted into the tro- 
chanter and fascia. 

GLTJTETTS MAXIMUS. 

Origin. — From the spinous and transverse processes of 
the two or three last lumbar vertebrae, from those of the two 
or three upper sacral, and from the fascia lumborum ; from 
the crest of the ileum, and from its dorsal and posterior spi- 
nous processes, and from the sacro-sciatic ligament. From 
these origins its fascicula run in a convergent manner towards 
the trochanter major. 

Insertio7i. — Into the sides of the trochanter major. 

GLUTEUS INTERNUS. 

Origin. — From the dorsum of the ileum. 

Insertion. — Into the anterior and less projecting part of 
the trochanter major. 

Use. — The gluteal muscles are extensors of the os femoris. 
In rearing and kicking they are in violent action. 

PELVIC REGION. 

These muscles, mostly small ones, run from the pelvis to 
the upper end of the os femoris': they are called — 

Pyriformis, Obturator internus, 

Obturator externus, Gemini. 



POSTERIOR FEMORAL REGION. 

These muscles are found upon the outer and back part of 
the haunch. 



A large fleshy mass forming the outermost part of the 
quarter. 

Origin. — From the lateral and posterior parts of the sa- 
crum, and from several of the ossa coccygis ; from the great 



160 ORIGIN, INSERTION, AND USE 

sacro-sciatic ligament ; from the tuberosity of the ischium, 
and from the fascia lata. 

Insertion. — Into the outer border of the patella, and to its 
external ligament. 

Use. — The heads of the biceps, from having diflferent 
insertions, will perform different uses. The anterior, or upper 
one, will assist the rectus and vasti in extending the thigh ; 
but the posterior will aid in its flexion ; they will both have 
some effect in abducting the limb, and in rotating it inwards 
— the hock at the time turning outwards. 

SEMI-TENDINOUS AND SEMI-MEMBEANOTTS. 

These are placed behind the biceps, and originate from 
the bones of the coccyx, fascia lata, and tuberosity of the 
ischium. 

Use. — To flex the leg and turn the stifle inwards. 

MUSCLES OF THE THIGH. 

These muscles are included between the stifle and hock j 
they are all fixed to the os calcis. 

GASTROCNEMIUS EXTERNUS. 

Origin. — By two heads, the outer one from a rough hol- 
low just above the external condyle of the os femoris. 

3ASTE0CNEMIUS INTERNUS. 

Origin. — From a little above the external condyle of the 
OS femoris. In passing over the hock it expands, and is im- 
plianted around the summit of the os calcis ; thence it is 
continued down the back part of the leg, and here takes the 
name of tendo perforatus. 

Use. — To extend the hock, and to flex the fetlock and 
pastern. . 

PLANTARIS. 

A slender muscle passing along the outer and back part of 
the thigh. 



OF THE DIFFERENT MUSCLES. 161 

Origin. — In common with the flexor perforans, from the 
head of the fibula. 

Use. — To assist the gastrocnemii in extending the hock. 

POPLITEUS. 

The following muscles lie deep-seated, close to the tibia, 
between it and the gastrocnemii. 

The popliteus is placed at the back of the stifle joint. 

Origin. — By a short, round tendon, from the outer and 
under part of the external condyle of the os femoris. Its 
fleshy fibres, which are attached to the capsular ligament, 
run obliquely to the inner and back part of the head of the 
tibia. 

Insertion. — Into the inner and upper part of the body of 
the tibia. 

Use. — To assist in bending the stifle, and to roll the head 
of the tibia inwards. 

FLEXOR PEDIS ACCESSORIUS 

Arises just below the popliteus. 

Origin. — From the outer part of the head of the tibia. 
Use. — To assist the flexor pedis in bending the pastern 
and coflin joint. 

FLEXOR PEDIS 

Courses the back part of the tibia. 

Origin. — From the outer part of the head of the tibia, 
from the upper half of the body of the bone posteriorly, and 
from the fibula. At the back part of the hock joint it sends 
ofl" a strong round tendon, which passes within a groove upon 
the inward surface of the os calcis, to the posterior part of 
the leg, where it is connected with the tendons of the flexor 
accessorius and gastrocnemius internus ; with the former it 
unites, and the two become one and the same tendon ; but 
with the latter it is only connected by cellular membrane. 
21 



ORIGIN, INSERTION, AND USE OP THE MUSCLES. 

ANTERIOR CRURAL REGION. 

FLEXOR METATARSI 

Lies in contact with the anterior part of the tibia. 

Origin. — By a tendon blended with the extensor pedis, 
from the lower part of the external condyle of the os femo- 
ris, and by fleshy fibres from the fore part of the tibia. 

Insertion. — Into the head of the large metatarsi. The 
tendon itself, as it emerges from the theca, splits into two : the 
smaller one is implanted into the large metatarsi ; the larger 
winds round the inward part of the hock, and is fixed on the 
OS metatarsi. 

Use. — To bend the hock and turn its point inwards. 

EXTENSOR PEDIS. 

Origin. — From the upper and fore part of the tibia, and 
lower part of the external condyle of the os femoris. Its 
fibres end in a flat tendon, a little above the hock, just as it 
descends in company with the peroneus to the large pastern 
joint ; above the latter, they disunite, and run separate : in 
their course, both are invested in a cellular sheath. In front 
of the fetlock joint this tendon spreads out, and its fibres con- 
tinue to expand in its passage over the pastern and cofiin 
joints. 

Insertion. — Into the coronal process of the os pedis, and 
along the upper edge of the bone between the attachments 
of the lateral cartilage. 

PERONEUS. 

Origin. — From the head of the fibula, and the whole 
length of the bone. • 

Insertion. — With the former muscle. 



MECHANISM AND FUNCTIONS OF THE JOINTS. 163 

THE MECHANISM AND FUNCTIONS OF THE JOINTS. 

ARTICULATIONS OF THE TRUNK. 

Ligaments of the spine. — Those between the head and 
first and second vertebras are, 

Lateral ligaments, one on each side, that run from the cor- 
onoid processes of the occipital bone to the fore part of the 
atlas, and are fixed in the roots of the transverse processes. 

Suspensory ligament of the head is a broad ligament en- 
closed within the capsular. It proceeds from the body of the 
atlas to the occipital bone. 

Capsular ligament is attached to the occipital bone, around 
the roots of the condyloid process, and to the anterior articu- 
lar processes of the atlas. 

Superior ligament runs from the long ring of the atlas to 
the spine of the vertebra dentata. 

Odontoid ligaments are three in number : the two long pass 
from the sides of the process dentata, to the occipital con- 
dyles ; the last runs from the point of that process to the an- 
terior and inferior parts of the atlas. 

Inferior ligament runs from the inferior spinous process 
of the first to the second vertebra. 

The ligaments common to the spine are. 

Intervertebral ligaments. — They are the chief bond of 
union by which one vertebra is bound to another. 

The common inferior and superior ligaments. — The for- 
mer passes obliquely along the inferior parts of the vertebrag ; 
and the latter runs within the spinal canal. 

Capsular ligaments surround the smooth cartilaginous 
surfaces of the articulatory processes. 

hitertransverse ligaments fix the transverse processes of 
the dorsal vertebras together. 

Interspinous ligaments are found between the spinous pro- 
cesses of the back and loins. 

Ligamentum suhflav\im (or nuchae) extends from the oc- 



164 MECHANISM AND FUNCTIONS OF THE JOINTS. 

cipital bone to the tail. It covers and connects the spinous 
processes of the back, loins, sacrum, and coccyx. This lig- 
ament forms a strong connecting medium between the spines 
of the vertebras. 

Ligaments of the pelvis. — Two superior transverse liga- 
ments are fixed to the transverse processes of these bones 
above ; two inferior, below, run from the fourth and fifth 
transverse processes of the loins to the crest of the ileum. 
Sacro-iliac symphysis consists of a cart ilago-ligamen tons 
substance interposed between, and firmly adherent to, the 
transverse processes of the sacrum, and the inward part of the 
ileum. This union is strengthened by ligamentary bands, 
which run from the posterior spine, and border of the ileum, 
to the transverse process of the sacrum. 

Sacro-sciatic ligaments are broad expansions, stretched 
across the sacro-sciatic notch. They arise from the transverse 
processes of the sacrum, and those of two or three uppermost 
bones of the coccyx, and are extended to the posterior parts 
of the ileum and ischium, and to the tuberosity of the 
latter. 

Obturator ligatnent is an expansion, thinner than the last, 
which passes across the foramen magnum ischii. 

Ligament of the symphysis is the cartilago-ligamentous 
substance which unites the pubic bones. 

Ligaments of the ribs. — Every rib is connected to two 
vertebrae by four ligaments, viz., two capsular internal and 
external ligaments. 

Capsular ligament of the head invests and holds it within 
the vertebral socket. Two articular cavities are found within 
it, one with each vertebra, which have separate synovial 
linings. 

Capsular ligatnent of the tubercle surrounds it at its ar- 
ticulation with the transverse process of the vertebra. 

External and internal ligaments consist of strong fibres, 
which connect the neck of the rib, above and below, to the 
spine. 

Intercostal ligaments are broad fibrous bands which run 



MECHANISM AND FUNCTIONS OF THE JOINTS. 165 

obliquely across the intercostal spaces, and hold the ribs and 
their cartilage firmly together. 

Steriial ligaments. — These several pieces of the breast 
bone are united to each other by intervening cartilaginous 
substance ; in addition to which they are connected by liga- 
mentary bands, both inwardly and outwardly. The fore part 
of it is surmounted by a broad portion of cartilage, which 
runs along its under part. 

ARTICULATIONS OF THE FORE EXTREMITY. 

Shoulder joint. — The capsular ligament around this joint 
is strengthened in many places by additional fibres dispersed 
upon its exterior. It is fixed to the rough margin of the glenoid 
cavity, and to the neck of the os humeri, A synovial mem- 
brane lines it, which may be followed upon the cartilagi- 
nous surfaces of the bones. Externally, this ligamentous cap- 
sule is clothed on every side by muscle ; and to them is 
attributed the main strength of the joint. 

Elhow joint. — The ligaments of it are two lateral and a 
capsular. 

Knee joifit. — In the knee there are five distinct articula- 
tions ; one between the radius and the three small bones of 
the upper row ; a second between the smail bones, above 
and below ; a third between those of the lower row and the 
metacarpal bones ; a fourth between the os trapezium and 
the OS cuneiforme ; and a fifth between the os pisiforme and 
OS trapezoides : they have all separate capsular ligaments and 
synovial linings. 

The ligaments of the knee, and the tendons passing over it, 
are girt by broad, glistening, ligamentous bands, which retain 
the latter in their places, and render the joint stronger and 
more compact. Between these ligaments, fascia, and the ex- 
tensor tendons, are some small bursas. 

External lateral ligament runs from a tubercle upon the 
radius to the head of the external metacarpal bone. 

Internal lateral ligament consists of two parts, which 



166 MECHANISM AND FUNCTIONS OF THE JOINTS. 

proceed from a similar tubercle upon the inside, and from the 
body of the radius. The longer is fixed to the inner head 
of the metacarpal bone, and the shorter to the fore part of the 
metacarpal. 

Ligamentum annulare passes from the os trapezium to the 
ossa scaphoides and cuneiform : it confines the flexor tendons. 

Fetlock joint. — Capsular ligament is attached to the 
articulatory surfaces of these bones ; and the synovial mem- 
brane, after having lined it, is reflected upon their cartilages : 
it is guarded in front by the extensor tendon. 

Long lateral ligament is fixed to a projection upon the side 
of the metacarpal bone, and to the os suffraginis. 

Short lateral ligament runs underneath the latter. These 
ligaments prevent motion sideways. 

The ligaments of the sessamoid bones are seven, viz. : su- 
perior suspensory, the long inferior, the short inferior, the two 
lateral, and the two crucial. 

Pastern pint is formed by the adaptation of the ossa suf- 
fraginis and corona. It has a capsular, and two pairs of lat- 
eral ligaments. 

The capsular ligam-ent is inserted into the smooth cartila- 
ginous ends of these bones : it is blended with the extensor 
tendon in front, and behind with the long inferior ligaments 
of the sesamoids. 

The lateral ligaments are inserted on the sides of the os 
coronse and suflraginis. 

Coffin joint is made up of three bones: the ossa coronas, 
pedis, and naviculare. 

Capsular ligatnent envelops the articulatory surfaces, and 
is inserted beyond their limits ; in front it is united with the 
extensor tendon ; behind it is strengthened by the tendo per- 
forans. In addition to the capsular, there are three pairs of 
ligaments. 

The jirst pair passes from the superior edges of the os 
pedis to the lateral parts of the os corona, and are inserted 
about its middle. 

The second pair is stretched from the extremities of the os 



MECHANISM AND FUNCTIONS OF THE JOINTS. 167 

pedis to the os corona, and are fixed below and behind the 
first. 

Third pair arise from the sides of the coronal process, and 
terminate in the cartilages. 

The ligaments of the os naviculare arefom*, viz., two single, 
and one pair. 

Superior ligament runs from its upper and posterior part to 
the tendo-perforans. 

Inferior is a very broad ligament, arising from the whole of 
the lower edge of the bone, and thence extending to the os 
pedis, above the long extensor tendon. 

Lateral ligaments fix the os naviculare, by its two ends, to 
the sides of the os corona. 

ARTICULATIONS OF THE HIND EXTREMITY. 

Thigh joint is formed by the reception of the head of the 
OS femoris into its socket. 

Capsular ligament is attached around the cervix of the 
OS femoris and the margin of the acetabulum ; it is thickly 
clothed on every side by muscle, which assists to maintain 
position. 

The acetabulum is surrounded by the circular ligament, 
whose border turns inward to embrace the cartilaginous head 
of the OS femoris. 

The notch in this cavity, to its inward side, is crossed by 
the transverse ligament, which here makes up for the deficien- 
cy in the bone. 

Ligamentum teres consists of a bundle of ligamentous 
fibres enclosed in a sheath, which proceed from a pit in the 
inner and upper part of the ball to a similar one in the roof 
of the socket. Another portion of it leaves the cavity under 
the transverse ligament, and is implanted in the pubes. The 
synovial membrane lines the socket, and is reflected over these 
parts. 

Stifle joint is composed of the os femoris, the tibia, and 
patella. 



168 MECHANISM AND FUNCTIONS OF THE JOINTS. 

Ligamenta patella are composed of four strong cords, which 
descend over the condyles of the os femoris, and are insert- 
ed into the tubercle of the tibia. The external one passes 
upon the outer and anterior part of the external condyle ; the 
internal, upon the inward part of the internal condyle ; and 
the middle one, between them ; they approach each other in 
their descent. Concealed by the external one is the fourth 
ligament of the patella ; it runs to the outward part of the 
tibia. 

The patella, with its articulatory surface of the condyles 
in front, forms a joint of its own, perfectly distinct from that 
between the tibia and os femoris. 

Its capsular ligament is fixed to its surrounding border. 

Internal lateral ligament descends from the internal con- 
dyle to the inner and upper part of the tibia. 

External lateral ligament — stronger than the internal — 
runs from the external condyle to the upper end of the fibula. 

Crucial ligaments, short and strong, and deeply buried 
within the joint, run from the space within the condyles to 
the tibia. 

The synovial memhrajie, after having lined the capsule, is 
reflected upon the cartilages and ligaments included within it. 

Hock joint has four lateral ligaments, two on each side, 
called internal and external. 

Capsular ligament includes the lower end of the tibia, and 
the pully-like part of the astragulus ; to both of which, and 
the lateral ligaments, and to the os calcis, it is firml}?" attached. 

The OS calcis forms a joint with the os cuboides, and the 
ossa cuneiforme are also a joint, and the middle and small bones 
make joints with the cuboid above, and the metatarsi below ; 
hence, there are six articulations in addition to what we com- 
monly understand by the hock joint, that between the tibia 
and astragulus. 



169 

A TABLE OF THE BONES IN THE STRUCTURE OF THE HORSE. 

■ No. 

'Frontal, i 

Parietal, 2 

Bones of the crani- j Occipital, 1 

um, or skull,. . . . ) Temporal, including the squamous and petrous portions, 4 

Etlimoiil, 1 

.Sphenoid 1 

Nasal, 2 

Un^ius, 2 

Malarum, 2 

Maxillaria, superior and anterior, 4 

Bones of the face,. •{Palatine, 2 

Turbinated bones, 4 

Vomer, 1 

Posterior maxilla, 1 

Lacrymal, 2 

e Curipidata, or canine, 4 

Denies, or teeth, .. ? Molares, 24 

' Incisures, 12 

Bone of the tongue, Hyoides, 1 

{Malleus, 2 

Incus, 2 

Stapes, 3 

Orbiculare, 2 

(Cervical, 7 

Vertebras, J Dorsal, 18 

( Lumbar, 5 

Sacrum,* 1 

Coccygis, or bones of the tail, 15 

C Sternum, (composed at birth of a number of pieces, 1 

Thorax, \ True rilis, 14 

( False do., 22 

Ossa innominata, t 2 

^Shoulder, Scapula, 2 

Arm, Humeri, 2 

Fore arm, Radius, (and ulnar, connected with the former,) 4 

fOs scliapoides, (one to each knee) 2 




In a 
o » 






Bones of the knee. 



Os lunare, " 

Os (uneiforme, " 

Os trapezinni, " 

Os trapezoides, " 

Os uneiforme, " 

Os magnum, " 

Os |)isiforme, " 
Metacarpi magnum, 

Splents, " 
siamoides. 



Below the knee, . . i Suftraginis, (large pastern,) 2 

Os coronse, (small do., ) 2 

Os naviculare, 2 

Os jiedis, 2 

Thigh, Femu r, 2 

Stifle, Patella, 2 

, ( Tibia, 2 

^^= } Fibula, 2 

f Astragalus, 2 

Os calcis, 2 

r> r .1 u 1 J Os cuboides, 2 

Bones of the hock,-; ,-,■<• r, 

M Os cuneiiorme magnum, 2 

Internal medium, 2 

External do., 2 

Metatarsi, (or cannons,) 2 

Splents, 4 

Os suffragini.s, 2 

Below the knee,. . . <{ Os coronEB, 2 

IOs Sfissamoides, 4 

Os naviculare, 2 

1.0s pedis, 2 

Total, 244 

Dr. Hooper reckons the number of bones in the human subject at 248. 



* The bones in the sacrum of the colt consist of five pieces. 

t The pelvis of the young animal is made up of the two os innominata, each of which is formed 
of two i)ieces ; the larger is called os ileum, the smaller, in allusion to the human pelvis, has been 
subdivided into two portions, named OB ischium and os pubis. 



170 DISTRIBUTION OF THE LYMPHATICS. 



DISTRIBUTION OF TPIE LYMPHATICS. 

Mr. Percival remarks in his lectures, that " no English veter- 
inarian has, up to the present day, (1820,) been at the pains to 
demonstrate, practically, the particular distribution of the 
absorbing vessels of the horse. Professor Girard, whose 
'■Traite d' Anatotnie Yeterinare'' does no less credit to the 
talent and industry of its author than honor to the veterinary 
school over which he presides, has presented us with an arti- 
cle on the ramification of the lymphatics, which I shall 
translate. 

"THE THORACIC DUCT. 

" The largest, longest, and most remarkable of the lym- 
phatic vessels, in which terminate the majority of the lym- 
phatics of the body, is situated within the thorax, on the 
right side of the dorsal vertebras, betv/een the aorta and vena 
azygos : it receives the lymphatics from the posterior extrem- 
ities, pelvis, parietes and viscera of the abdomen, head, neck, 
withers, and left anterior extremity. 

" It takes its origin under the loins in a dilation or sinus, 
situated at the root of the great mesenteric artery, and 
is named the receptaculum chyli : it directs its course for- 
ward, enters the thoracic cavity by the aortic perforation 
through the diaphragm, extends along the bodies of the dor- 
sal vertebrse, until it arrives opposite the base of the heart, 
where it curves downward to cross over to the left side in its 
way to the anterior opening of the thorax ; as it leaves the 
spine for this purpose, runs over the trachea, and oesophagus ; 
having reached the left side, it stretches forward to the 
beginning of the anterior vena cava, and terminates in the 
base of the left axillary vein. Not unfrequently, it ends in 
the right axillary ; in some instances, even in the beginning 
of the anterior cava. At its termination, it dilates and forms 
a sinus, whose mouth opens into the vein, is guarded by a 
broad valve, so disposed as to prevent any reflux of blood into 



DISTRIBUTION OF THE LYMPHATICS. 171 

the duct.* It has also a ligamentous band around it, at this 
part, which confines it to the vein receiving its contents. 

" THE RECEPTACULUM CHYLA. 

'' This reservoir forms the point of general confluence of all 
the lymphatics of the posterior limbs and abdomen, and that 
from which originates the thoracic duct. It is maintained by 
the aorta on one side, the vena cava posterior on the other, 
and is formed by the union of five or six large lymphatics, 
of which two or three come from the entrance of the pelvis, 
two or three others from the mesentery, a single one from the 
environs of the stomach and liver." 

The Professor here makes a classification of the lymphatics 
of the body. 

LYMPHATICS DISCHARGING THEIR CONTENTS INTO THE ABDOM- 
INAL PORTION OF THE THORACIC DUCT. 

" 1. LYMPHATICS OF THE POSTERIOPi. EXTREMITIES. 

" These are distinguishable into the superficial and deep- 
seated. The first originate from the skin and subcutaneous 
cellular tissue. They form divers ramifications which 
accompany the superficial veins ; of which the most re- 
markable attend the vena saphena major, frequently anasto- 
mosing with one another, and forming an anastomotic net- 
work. All these lymphatics run to the subcutaneous ingui- 
nal glands, which are lodged upon the superior and anterior 
part of the thigh. 

" The deep-seated lymphatics take their rise from the 
foot, ascend along with the plantar veins, continue upward 
among the muscles, in company with the deep-seated veins, 
corresponding in their principal divisions to those vessels, and 
proceed to the inguinal glands. 

" All the lymphatics of the posterior limbs assemble at 

* Notwithstanding this valve, blood often gains admission into the canal ; 
this is observable in all cases of violent death, or in which struggles and 
convulsions attend expiration. 



172 DISTRIBUTION OF THE LYMPHATICS. 

these glands, and here form a plexus, from which several 
large branches depart and traverse the iliac glands, clinging to 
the sides of the iliac vessels, and discharge their contents into 
the pelvic branch, contributing to the receptaculum chyli. 

" 2. LYMPHATICS OF THE PELVIS. 

" The vessels coming from this cavity run in part to the 
inguinal glands, and in part to the internal pelvic glands. 
The superficial lymphatics about the pubes and the outlet of 
the pelvis, run and jo.in those of the extremities ; those of the 
perineum and anus enter the cavity, and are accompanied by 
those coming from the croup and tail, both proceeding to the 
glands within the interior of the pelvis. All the deep-seated 
lymphatics accompany the veins, make for the pelvic glands, 
form union with the others, and run and empty themselves 
into the main pelvic branch, wherein their lymph mixes with 
that coming from the inguinal glands. 

" The lymphatics of the urinary and genital organs, included 
in the pelvic cavity, also traverse the glands lodged therein 
and unite with those of the parietes of the pelvis. Those of 
the scrotum enter the inguinal glands, as also do those belong- 
ing to the sheath and penis. The ramifications derived from 
the testicle and spermatic cord take the course of the veins, 
and penetrate one or two of the lumbar glands lodged at the 
entrance of the pelvis. The lymphatics of the mammae, 
which are also divisible into superficial and deep-seated, run 
to the inguinal glands, and anastomose with the superficial 
set belonging to the inferior parietes of the abdomen ; but 
before they reach these last glands, they pervade those of the 
mammse. 

" 3. LYMPHATICS OF THE PARIETES OF THE ABDOMEN. 

" These vessels, in general but little developed, for the 
most part run to the inguinal glands. The superficial set of 
the lower parietes accompany the cutaneous inguinal vein, 
anastomose with the lymphatics of the scrotum and mammae, 
and traverse the glands in the groin: some of them direct 



DISTRIBUTION OF THE LYMPHATICS. 173 

their course forward, along with the cutaneous external tho- 
racic veins of the thorax, unite with the superficial lymphat- 
ics of that part, and proceed to the axillary glands. The 
deep-seated vessels of the belly run in company with the epi- 
gastric vein, and go to the inguinal glands, or else they 
accompany the pectoral vein, and pervade the glands in front 
of the thorax. 

" The superficial or subcutaneous lymphatics of the loins 
join either those of the croup or those of the flanks : the 
deep-seated, which spring from the peritoneum, muscles, or 
spinal canal, perforate one of the lumbar glands, and pass on- 
ward to terminate in the main pelvic branch. 

"4. ABSORBENTS OF THE MESENTERY. 

" The mesenteric branches, ordinarily two or three in num- 
ber, the most considerable of Avhich is constantly united to 
the great mesenteric artery, receive all the vessels continued 
from the mesenteric glands, as well as those coming from the 
mesentery and intestines. 

" The mesenteric absorbents, extremely numerous, are sus- 
tained between the layers of the mesentery, where they form 
a vascular network : many of them issue from the exhalent 
surface of the mesentery and intestinal tube ; others take their 
rise from the interior of the intestines, from which they im- 
bibe chyle. All these vessels converge towards the lymphatic 
reservoir, clinging in their passage around the mesentric veins ; 
some, however, taking a solitary course at a greater or less 
distance from any blood-vessel : having arrived at the root of 
the mesentery, they pass through one or two, sometimes 
three, of the mesentric glands, and afterwards join the prin- 
cipal lumbar lymphatics. The absorbents of the coecum and 
caecum caput coli run to the glands set at intervals along the in- 
testinal tube, whence they proceed to the receptaculum chyli. 

"5. LYMPHATICS OF THE LIVER, STOMACH, SPLEEN, AND OMENTUM. 

" The hepatic trunk comprises the lymphatics issuing from 
the above viscera. This branch of the receptaculum chyli 
not uncommonly consists of two divisions, and receives in 



174 DISTRIBUTION OF THE LYMPHATICS. 

addition to the above mentioned vessels many ramifications 
from the cura of the diaphragm. 

" The lymphatics of the pancreas, like the above, also run 
with the divisions of its veins, and join either those of the 
liver or those of the spleen : some proceed directly to the 
common hepatic trunk. 

"II. RAMIFICATIONS TERMINATING IN THE THORACIC PORTION 
OF THE MAIN COMMON DUCT. 

" 1. LYMPHATICS OF THE PARIETES OF THE THORAX. 

" The superficial absorbents of the chest take their rise 
either from the surface of the skin or else from the subcuta- 
neous muscles ; they form several large branches which 
accompany the thoracic cutaneous vein, unite with the super- 
ficial lymphatics coming from the anterior parietes of the ab- 
domen, and proceed to the axillary glands. 

" The deep-seated set take divers directions, and pass 
through the different sets of glands. The pectoral, which 
anastomose with ramifications from the abdomen, follow the 
pectoral vein, and reach one or two glands at the entrance of 
the chest. The intercostal spring from the pleura and inter- 
costal muscles, accompany the intercostal veins, pervade the 
internal dorsal glands, and terminate by several branches in 
the thoracic duct. 

" The lymphatics of the fleshy part of the diaphragm unite, 
some with the posterior intercostal, others with pectoral ; 
those coming from the crura run to the dorsal glands, where 
they anastomose with the intercostal : those from the cordi- 
form tendon anastomose with the deep hepatic, run forward 
between the layers of mediastinum, nearly to the heart, and 
enter the cardiac glands. 

" 2. LYMPHATICS OF THE THORACIC VISCERA. 

" The absorbents of the different organs contained within 
the thorax, traverse one or several of the bronchial or car- 
diac glands, and afterwards form divers branches, which end 



DISTRIBUTION OF THE LYMPHATICS. 175 

in the thoracic duct. The pulmonary lymphatics, very numer- 
ous, are distinguished into superficial and deep-seated. The 
first take their rise from the surface of the lungs, creep along 
under their enveloping membrane, and make for one or more 
of the bronchial glands. The deep set, which originate from 
the air-cells, and from the parenchymatous tissue, follow the 
divisions of the pulmonary veins, run to the roots of the 
bronchiae ; there unite with the superficial, and perforate one 
or two of the bronchial glands. 

" The cardiac lymphatics derive their origin either from the 
surfaces (both exterior and interior) of the heart, or from the 
muscular substance of the organ ,; they mount upon the cur- 
vature of the posterior aorta, and disappear in the cardiac 
glands. 

" The lymyhatics of the superior part of the mediastinum, 
and of the oesophagus, join, some the intercostal, and others 
the bronchial ; those coming from the anterior part of this 
membranous partition, from the thymus, trachea, and oesopha- 
gus, unite, either with the pectoral, or close with the cardiac 
and anterior intercostal. 

" 3. LYMPHATICS OF THE HEAD. 

" The lymphatics of the head form two planes, a super- 
ficial and a deep one. The superficial pursue the course 
of the cutaneous veins, and run in part to the sublingual and 
glutteral glands. The deep vessels, which come from the 
nostrils, fauces, palate, &c., also run to the glutteral and sub- 
lingual, in which they unite with the superficial. From 
these two groups of glands, through which pass the lym- 
phatics of the head, depart several large branches, two or 
three of which descend upon the anterior face of the trachea ; 
others follow the course of the deep-seated and cutaneous 
veins, unite with those of the neck, and descend to the front 
of the chest. Almost all these vessels terminate in the 
thoracic duct ; some few alone, on the right side, ending in 
the right axillary trunk. 



176 ON THE HAIR. 

" 4. LYMPHATICS OF THE LEFT FORE EXTREMITY. 

" The lymphatics of this member present the same dispo- 
sition as those of the posterior limbs, and are divided into 
superficial and deep-seated. The former, consisting of diverse 
ramifications, accompany the superficial veins ; the more con- 
siderable of them forming a plexus, which accompanies the 
cutaneous (superficial brachial) vein of the limb. The deep 
vessels originate from the foot, muscles, and bones, pursue 
the divisions of the deep veins, and plunge into the axillary 
glands, wherein they unite with the superficial, and whence 
they extend to the thoracic duct. 

" THE RIGHT TERMINATING TRUNK OF THE LYMPHATICS. 

•' This very short lymphatic canal is obliquely situated at 
the entrance of the thorax, upon the transverse process of 
the last vertebi'ce of the neck, extending in a direction from 
above downward, and from without inward, and terminating 
most commonly in the right axillary vein ; though, in some 
instances, it joins the thoracic duct. This trunk is formed by 
the lymphatics coming from the right axillary glands, and 
some from the right lung, and right side of the neck and 
trachea." 



ON THE HAIR. 



Professor Percival observes, that " all hair has a com- 
mon similarity in its structure and mode of growth ; whether 
it assumes the appearance of human hair, that of the coat or 
mane of the horse, the wool of the sheep, the fur of the rab- 
bit, the bristles of the hog, or the spines of the hedgehog ; 
its particular varieties in every one of these animals are owing 
to the thickness and disposition of the fibres of its cuticular 
case. The coat varies in quality, color, and length, in horses 
of various breeds ; the Arabian is characterized by his smooth, 
silken, and glossy coat ; the cart horse, the Shetland pony, 



ON THE HAIR. 177 

and others, are contradistinguished by the greater length and 
consequent roughness, the coarseness, and stubbornness of the 
hair. 

'•' With regard to color, there is some connection between 
that of the skin, the hair, and the eyes ; black horses have 
black skins and dark eyes; milk-white and cream-colored 
horses, light skins and wall eyes. The three primitive colors 
— those of which all the others appear to be either shades or 
combinations, are white, red, and black. According to Rich- 
erand, the lighter the shade the finer the hair ; as a proof of 
which, he says, there are fewest black hairs in a square inch 
of skin, more chestnut, and most light-colored. This asser- 
tion our observation appears to confirm ; for it is comparative- 
ly uncommon to meet with a black thorough-bred horse. 

" Most animals, at certain seasons of the year, lose one 
pilous covering, to have it rencAved or replaced by another. 
The pulpy substance at the root of the hair shrinks and dries 
up, the stem consequently, no longer supplied with nourish- 
ment, loses its support and falls off ; at the same time, a new 
pulp appears by the side of the old one, which, during the 
absorption of the latter, grows and gives root to the new 
hair ; so that the pulp and stem only, and not the bulb, un- 
dergo the process of regeneration. 

" The hair is speedily reproduced upon any denuded part ; 
so that we are not afraid of the skin remaining bare, when 
the cutis vera (and consequently the bulbs of the hair) have 
not been injured ; indeed, hair will be regenerated though it 
be plucked out by the roots. In the case of broken knees, 
however, it occasionally happens that the contusion of the fall 
is followed by more or less disorganization of the cutis, and 
then a scar or bare place remains ; or a few light-colored or 
white hairs only grow upon the place, which appear to be 
the offspring of defective pulps. 

" The time of casting the coat, one that may be compared 
to the moulting season in birds, is often the epoch from which 
we may date the origin of disease, and always when more or 
less debility reigns in the system. 



178 ON THE HAIR. 

" On the other hand, the appearance of the hair may be 
adduced as a sign of internal derangement ; such a horse 
'has a staring coat,' is an expression in the mouth of the 
owner, and he generally has recourse to a remedy which 
restores its smooth and healthy aspect, without knowing at 
all the connection between the one and the other. The fact 
is, that this is one of the most remarkable instances we have 
of the sympathy between the skin and alimentary canal ; 
and that we might, ad infinitum, bestow our labor upon the 
former without effect, unless we were at the same time to 
direct our attention to the latter. 

" But there are other causes that may give rise to a rough 
coat. Simply taking a horse into an atmosphere colder than 
the one he has been habitually exposed to, will make the hair 
stare ; even leaving the stable open to a current of air will 
do it, which the advocate for a warm stable is no stranger to. 
Now, this can be no other than the effect of contraction, not 
of the skin itself, but of the muscular fibres which adhere to 
it — the paniculus carnosus. 

" What I have just particularized are not to be confounded 
with that variety of rough coat which a horse acquires during 
the cold season at grass ; for this consists in an increased 
growth of the hair ; and hence, it is a fact well known, that 
a hunter stabled with a long, staring coat in the autumn, can- 
not be made to look smooth and sleek by any subsequent 
treatment. Now and then it happens, from some cause or 
other, the action of the cutaneous vessels being disordered, 
and the shedding process arrested or but imperfectly per- 
formed, the old coat, or some parts of it, remain on until 
the second time of casting ,• when this is the case, the hair 
is said to be set. 

"It is a well known fact, that an animal will vary the 
length and quality of his coat, according to the temperature 
of the climate into which he is transplanted. Every horse- 
man knows the change that can be wrought in the coat of 
his horse by warm clothing, to need more than the bare men- 
tion of it here, as confirmatory of this point. Heat, then, is 



ON THE HAIR. 179 

absolutely necessary to the production of a fine coat ; * 
cleanliness, friction, and attention to the general health 
contribute to this condition of the hair. Let me not, however, 
in making this observation, be understood to be an advocate 
for a hot stable ; on the contrary, I have ever, to the extent 
of my power, inculcated ventilation, which I have always 
found to be compatible with as much warmth to the skin as 
was necessary to the production and preservation of a fine 
coat." Mr. Percival, in a note appended to the foregoing sub- 
ject, remarks : " There is so little information afloat on this 
subject, that it behoves us to gather honey wherever it is 
proffered. A writer in the Sporting Magazine of May last, 
after asserting that a fine coat is necessary to condition, 
(where, in my humble opinion, he has put effect for causation,] 
and informing us that horses vary much in this particular, foi 
which there is,' says he, ^ no ostensible reason,'' concludes 
with the following pertinent communication : 

" ' The Marquis of Hastings, while governor general of 
India, being impressed with the idea that geldings would be 
more efficient in the Indian cavalry, caused two troops to be 
formed in each regiment, when it was unanimously decided 
that geldings were very far inferior, and in this particular in 
cold weather, when their coats were long and rough. In 
furtherance of this experiment, many horses were castrated, 
and it was observed that all those that were operated on im- 
mediately previous to the commencement of the cold weather 

* We have already shown that heat and moisture combined will relax the 
surface, and favor the exit of morbid accumulations in the tissues. Heat 
alone would evaporate the natural moisture of the animal, and permit the 
tissues to contract for want of that moisture. Thus the pores are closed, 
and tlie circulation and perspiration are impeded. Let an animal be exposed 
to a dry atmosphere, and a like contraction and the same effects take place. 
When an animal is clothed with a blanltet, or horse cloth, the insensible per 
spiration is arrested, and finally condensed on the surface ; this furnislies the 
elements we require, viz., heat and moisture. If tiiis moisture cannot be 
produced on the surface, as in common colds, catarrh, &c., owing to the ret- 
rograde course of the fluids, then that moisture may be artificially supplied 
in the manner we have recommended. (See article Lockjaw.) 



180 ON THE HAIR. 

wetB in winter always long-coated ; whereas, those that were 
castrated at the commencement of the hot season kept nearly 
as fine coats during the cold as the stud horses. When we 
come to learn what an influence the generative organs of the 
male have in the system, and how much the production of 
hair in particular is affected by their functions, we shall not 
be surprised at the disturbance which castration appears here 
to have created in the shedding process.' " 



GLOSSARY 

OF MEDICAL TERMS USED IN THIS WORK. 

A 

Ahdominalis. Pertaining to the belly. 

Jlbductor. A muscle, the office of which is to pull back. 

Accderalor UrincB. A muscle of the penis. 

Acetabulum. A name given to the cavity which receives the head of the 
thigh bone. 

Achiilis Tendo. The tendon of tlie muscle inserted into the hock. 

Acromion. A process of the scapula, or shoulder blade. 

Alveolus. The socket of a tooth. 

Annidar Ligament, (from annvlus, a ring, because it is ring-like, and sur- 
rounds the ligaments at the knee of the horse.) 

Antagonist. Such are the flexors and extensors of legs ; the former bend, 
and the latter extend. 

Anterior. A term applied to what may be situated before another of the 
same kind, as a prominence, lobe, artery, &c. 

Aponeurosis. A tendinous expansion. 

Artieulation, (from aiiicidus.) A joint. 

Atlas. The first bone of the neck. 

Auditory. Belonging to the organ of hearing. 

B 

Biceps, (from his, twice, and caput, a head.) Two heads, applied to muscles 

from their having two distinct heads, or origins. 
Bifurcate, {bifurcus ; from bis, twice, and furca, a fork.) A blood-vessel is 

said to bifurcate when it divides into two branches. 
Brachial. Of or belonging to the arm. 
Brevis. Short. 

Bronchial. Appertaining to the windpipe. 
Buccal, (from bucca, the cheek.) Belonging to the cheek. 

c 

Calcaneum. The point of the hock. 



183 GLOSSARY. 

Capsular. Applied to a ligament which surrounds every movable articu- 
lation. 

Carpus. The knee of the horse, and wrist of the human being. 

Cauda. The tail. 

Cellular. Having little cells. 

Cervical. Belonging to the neck. 

Cervix. That part of the animal between the neck and shoulder ; applied 
also to distinguished parts, as the cervix uteri, neck of the uterus, &c. 

Cord. An assemblage of fibres. 

Cineritious, (from cinis, ashes.) A name applied to the cortical substance 
of the brain, from its resemblance to an ash-color. 

Commissura. A suture, juncture, or joint. 

Condyle. A round eminence of a bone. 

Conglomerate. Applied to a gland, which consists of a number of small 
glands : such are the parotid and salivary glands. 

Constrictor. A name given to those muscles which contract an opening of 
the body. 

Corona. A crown. The small pastern is named os corona. 

Coronoid. Processes of bones are so called that have any resemblance to a 
crow's beak. 

Corpus. A body. 

Costa. A rib. 

Cremaster. A muscle of the testicle. 

Crico. Names compounded of this word belong to muscles which ate 
attached to the cricoid cartilage. 

Cuboides. A bone in the knee of the horse is thus named, from its resem- 
blance to a cube, or die. 

Cuneiform, wedge-like. A bone of the knee. 

Cuspidaiu^. The four tushes of the horse are thus named. 

Cutaneous, (from cutis, the skin.) Belonging to the skin. 

Cystis. Cyst, or bladder. 

D 

Dentatus, (from dens, a tooth, from its tooth-like process.) The second ver- 

' tebra of the neck is known by this process. 
Depressor. A muscle is so named, which depresses the part on which it 

acts. 
Diploe. The spongy substance between the two tables of the skull. 



E 

Elevator, (from elevo, to lift.) A muscle is so called, the office of which is 

to lift up the part to which it is attached. 
Empyema. A collection of pus within the cavity of the thorax. 



GLOSSARY. 183 

Erector. The name of a muscle, the office of which is to raise up the part 
to which it is attached. 

Excretory. Applied to small vessels that convey secretion out of the 
glands. 

Exfoliation. The separation of a dead piece of bone from the living. 

Exostosis. A morbid enlargement of bone. 

Extensor, (from extendo, to stretch out.) A term given to muscles that ex- 
tend a part. 

F 

Facial. Belonging to the face. 

Fascia. The tendinous expansion of muscles. 

Femoral. Of or belonging to the thigh. 

Fih-e. A filament, or thread. 

Fibula, (from Jigo, to fasten.) A small bone behind the tibia of the horse, 

attached to it. 
Fimbria. A fringe. 
Flexor. The name of several muscles, the ofiice of which is to bend the 

parts. 
Follicle. A small bag, applied to glands. 
Foramen. A small opening. 
Fossa. A depression. 
Frontal. Belonging to the forehead. 
Fungus. Proud flesh. 

G 

Ganglion. An enlargement in the course of a nerve. 
Gastric. Appertaining to the stomach. 
Glenoid. The name of articulating cavities in the pelvis. 
Gluteal. Belonging to the haunch. 

Gracilis, (so named from its smallness.) A muscle on the inner part of the 
thigh. 

H 

Hepatic. Belonging to the liver. 

Hyo. Names compounded of this word are connected with the os hyoides. 



Incisors, (from incido, to cut.) The twelve front teeth of the horse are called 
incisors. 



184 GLOSSARY. 

Infraspinatus, (from infra, beneath, and spina, the spine.) 

Inguinal. Appertaining to the groin. 

Jnosculation. The running of veins and arteries into one another. 



Jugular. Belonging to the throat. 



Labrutn. The lip. 

Lachrymal. Belonging to tears, or parts where they are secreted. 

Latissimus. A term applied to a muscle, from its great breadth. 

Levator. A muscle, the office of which is to lift up the part to which it is 

attached. 
Longissimus. The longest muscles are so named. 
Lumbar. Belonging to the loins. 



M 

Mamma. The udder. 

Mastoid. Processes of bones are so named, that are shaped like a nipple. 

Maxillary. Pertaining to the jaw. 

Meatus. An opening that leads to a cavity, or canal. 

Medulla. The marrow. The medullary substance within the cranium is 
called medulla oblongata. 

Mesenteric. Belonging to the mesentery. 

Molares Denies. The twenty-four grinders of the horse are so named. 

Mylo. Names compounded of this word belong to muscles near the grind- 
ers and tongue. 

N 

JVasd. Belonging to the nose. 

o 

Ohliqu£. A term applied to muscles, from their direction. 
Occipital. Belonging to the back part of the head. 
Olfadory. Belonging to the nostrils. 

Omo. Names compounded of this word belong to muscles that are attached 
to the scapula. 



GLOSSARY. 18fl 

Opacity. The faculty of obstructing the passage of light. 
Ophthalmic. Belonging to the eye. 

Orbit. The two cavities in which the eyea are lodged are thus named. 
Os. A bone. 



Palato. Names compounded of this word belong to muscles which are 

attached to the palate. 
Papilla. Small eminences, as of the tongue. The teats are so named. 
Par Vagum. The eighth pair of nerves. 
Parenchyma. The tissues. 
Pectoral. Of or belonging to the chest. 
Periosteum. The membrane that invests the bones. 
Pharyngeal. Relating to the pharynx. 
Pharynx. A muscular cavity at the back of the mouth. 
Phosphate. A salt formed by the union of phosphoric acid and a saline 

base ; hence phosphate of lime. 
Phrenic. Belonging to the diaphragm. 
Pisiform. Pea-like. A bone of the knee of the horse, and the wrist of 

man. 
Process. An eminence of a bone. 

Rectus. Straight. Several muscles are so called. 

Recurrent^ (so named from reflection.) Reflected. 

Region. A part of the body. 

Renal. Belonging to the kidney. 

Reticular. Interwoven, like a net. 

Retractor. A muscle, the office of which is to retract a part 

Rotator. A muscle, the office of which is to turn a limb. 



s 

Sacral. Of or belonging to the sacrum. 

Scaphoid. One of the bones of the knee. 

Semen. The seed, or prolific liquor of animals, secreted in the testicles. 

Semilunar. Half-moon shape. 

Septum. A partition, 

Serratvs. So called from the saw-like appearance. 

Sinus. A cavity, or depression. 

Spermatic. Belonging to the testicle. 

Spinal. Belonging to the spine, or back. 



186 GLOSSARY. 

Stemo. Names compounded of this word belong to the breast bone. 
Styloid. Shaped like a pencil. 

Svi. Applied to parts which lie under, as subcartilaginous, (under carti- 
lage) subcutaneous, (under the skin.) 



Tarsus. Bones of the hock. 

Tensor, (from temh, to stretch.) A muscle, the office of which is to extend 

the part to which it is affixed. 
Teres. Round, cylindrical. 
Transversalis. Transverse. 
Trapezium. A bone of the knee. 
Tuberosity. Any unequal protuberance. 



Y 



Velum. A veil. 
Vena. A vein. 
Vulva. The aperture to the womb. 



DICTIONAEY 



THE VETERINARY ART; 



SELECTED FROM WHITE'S COMPENDIOUS DICTIONARY, AND ADAPTED TO 

THE PRESENT STATE OF REFORMED PRACTICE IN THE 

UNITED STATES. 



CONTAINING 



PRACTICAL OBSERVATIONS 



DISEASES OF DOMESTIC ANIMALS, 

AND EXPLANATIONS OF TERMS USED IN THE VETERINARY SCIENCE. 



BY GEORGE H. DADD, M. D. 

PRACTITIONER OF THE REFORMED VETERINARY SYSTEM OF 
MEDICINE AND SURGERY. 



BOSTON: 

PUBLISHED BY THE AUTHOR. 
1850. 



DICTIONARY 



THE VETERINARY ART. 



Abdomen. That part of the animal usually denominated 
the belly. This cavity contains the intestines, or bowels, 
liver, spleen, pancreas, kidneys, &c., and is separated from the 
thorax, or chest, by the diaphragm. 

Abortion. Miscarriage, slipping, or slinking foal or calf, 
warping. In mares, miscarriage is very generally caused by 
over exertion during the latter period of gestation. It is not 
unfrequently brought about by accidents at grass, such as 
falling in a ditch or hole, and struggling violently to extri- 
cate themselves. Kicks on the belly are by no means an un- 
common cause of miscarriage ; for which reason, a mare, when 
near her time, should be kept by herself: after foaling she will 
require a few weeks' rest, in order to recover from the effects 
of parturition ; and when first brought into work again, the 
services required of her should be very slight. Exposure to 
wet and cold will occasion miscarriage ; also high feeding and 
want of proper exercise. Abortion is of more frequent occur- 
rence in sheep than in mares, and is caused by fright, over- 
driving, and being worried by dogs, and by being kept in 
cold, damp situations, and on improper food. 

Cows are particularly liable to the accident of warping, or 
slinking the calf. The common cause of abortion is improper 
feeding. The filthy, stagnant water they are often compelled 
to drink is likewise a serious cause, not only of abortion, but 



190 DICTIONARY OP THE VETERINARY ART. 

also of general derangement of the animal functions. Dr. 
White states that " a farm in Gloucestershire had been given 
up three successive times in consequence of the loss the own- 
ers sustained by abortion in their cattle : at length the fourth 
proprietor, after suffering considerably in his live stock for the 
first five years, suspected that the water of his ponds, which 
was extremely filthy, might be the cause of the mischief; he 
therefore dug three wells upon his farm, and having fenced 
round the ponds to prevent his cattle from drinking there, 
caused them to be supplied with the well water in stone troughs 
erected for the purpose ; and from this moment his live stock 
began to thrive, and the quality of the butter and cheese made 
on his farm was greatly improved. In order to show," says 
the same author, " that the accident of warping may arise from a 
vitiated state of the digestive organs, I will here notice a few 
circumstances tending to corroborate this opinion. In 1782, 
all the cows in possession of farmer D'Euruse, in Picardy, 
miscarried. The period at which they warped was about the 
fourth or fifth month. The accident was attributed to the 
excessive heat of the preceding summer ; but as the water 
they were in the habit of drinking was extremely bad, and 
they had been kept upon oat, wheat, and rye straw, it appears 
to me more probable, that the great quantity of straw they 
were obliged to eat, in order to obtain sufficient nourish- 
ment, and the injury sustained by the third stomach, in ex- 
pressing the fluid parts of the masticated or ruminated mass, 
together with the large quantity of water they drank, while 
kept on this dry food, was the real cause of their miscarrying." 
"A farmer at Chareton, out of a dairy of twenty-eight 
cows, had sixteen slip their calves at different periods of ges- 
tation. The summer had been very dry, and during the 
whole of this season, they had been pastured in a muddy place, 
which was flooded by the Seine. Here the cows were gen- 
erally up to their knees in mud and water. In 1789, all the 
cows in a village near Mantes miscarried. All the land in 
this place was so stiff as to hold water for some time ; and as 
a vast quantity of rain fell that year, the pastures were for a 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 191 

long time completely inundated, on which account the grass 
became bad : this shows that keeping cows on food that is 
deficient in nutrition, and difficult of digestion, is one of the 
principal causes of miscarriage." It is supposed that the sight 
of a slipped calf, the smell of putrid animal substance, is apt to 
produce warping. Some curious cases of abortion which are 
worthy of notice happened in the dairy of a French farmer. 
For thirty years his cows had been subject to abortion. His 
cow-house was large and well ventilated ; his cows were in 
apparent health ; they were fed like others in the village ; 
they drank the same water ; there was nothing different in the 
pasture ; he had changed his servants many times in the 
course of thirty years ; he pulled down the barn or cow house, 
and built another, on a different plan ; he even, agreeably to 
superstition, took away the aborted calf through the window, 
that the curse of future abortion might not be entailed on the 
cow that passed over the same threshold. To make all sure, 
he had broken through the wall at the end of the cow-house, 
and opened a new door. But still the trouble continued. 
Several of his cows had died in the act of abortion, and he 
had replaced them by others: many had been sold, and their 
vacancies filled up. He was advised to make a thorough 
change. This had never occurred to him ; but at once he saw 
the propriety of the counsel. He sold every beast, and the 
pest was stayed, and never appeared in his new stock. This 
was owing, probably, to sympathetic influence ; and the 
result of such influence is as fatal as the direct contagion. 
(See Youatt.) 

The usual symptoms preceding abortion are a sudden filling 
of the udder, and a loose, flabby, and sometimes swollen 
appearance of the genitals, which discharge a little red-colored 
fluid. The lancet and medicine have been resorted to with 
very little success. Both of them are decidedly injurious: 
the animal should be put into some dry, sheltered place by 
herself, and kept on boiled mashes and gruel for a few days. 

Absorbents. Medicines that are given for the purpose of 
neutralizing acid gas, or acidity of the stomach, such as lime- 



193 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 

water, magnesia, &c. ; yet the relief they afford is only 
temporary. 

Absorbent Vessels. (See Absorption, part first.) 

Absinthium. Common wormwood, used for the purpose 
of reducing swellings that have resulted from violence. Two 
ounces of wormwood are steeped in one quart of New England 
rum ; if a limb of the animal is involved, the wormwood is 
then bound on with bandages, and the parts occasionally wet- 
ted with the fluid. 

Acacia. Gum arable, used as a demulcent and lubricant. 
In poisoning it is useful to sheathe the membranes of the 
stomach and alimentary canal, and will defend them from the 
action of drastic purges. 

Acacia Catechu. Gum catechu. This is a powerful 
astringent : it is made from a tree that grows in Japan. 

Acetabulum. The socket in which the head of the thigh 
bone is lodged. 

Acids are distinguished by their sour taste,- they readily 
combine with alkalies, producing effervescence. 

Action. The gait of a horse, which depends on his 
powers and the mode of training. 

Actual Cautery. Red-hot iron. (See Firing.) 

Acute. A term applied to those diseases which are sud- 
den in their attack and violence, accompanied with great pain. 

Age. The age of a horse may be known by marks in 
the front teeth and tusks of the under jaw, until he is about 
eight years old, after which period it is a matter of guess- 
work ; yet those who are expert can tell very near the exact age. 
There are many circumstances which tend to show whether 
a horse be old or not. The number of a horse's teeth is 
forty, — twenty-four grinders, and sixteen others, — by some of 
which his age may be known up to a certain period. Mares 
hjave only thirty-six teeth, as in them the tushes are usually 
wanting. A few days after birth, the colt puts forth two small 
front teeth in the upper and under jaws, and soon after two 
more : these are called nippers. The next four shortly after- 
wards make their appearance. The four corner teeth — as 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 193 

they are termed — come a few months after the last named. 
These twelve teeth, in the front of the mouth, are small and 
white, and continue without much alteration until the colt is 
about two years and a half old, when he begins to shed them. 
The two teeth that first make their appearance are the first 
that are lost, and are replaced by two others, called horse's 
teeth, considerably stronger and larger than those that have 
made way for them. Between the third and fourth year, the 
two teeth next the first fall out, and are in like manner 
replaced by horse's teeth. Between the fourth and fifth year, 
the corner teeth are changed ; the tushes make their appear- 
ance. About the fifth year, the horse is said to have a full 
mouth. After this period, up to the eighth year, the age of a 
horse can, with some degree of certainty, be known by the 
cavities in the teeth, which at first are deep, but are gradu- 
ally, by the process of mastication, worn down, and about the 
eighth year disappear. After the fifth year, the above crite- 
rion of age may be corroborated by the grooves in the tushes 
of the male, which are inside : they are two in number. At 
six, one of these cavities, viz., the one next the grinder, dis- 
appears ; at seven, the other is considerably diminished, and 
at eight is, in most, but not always, entirely gone. After 
this period, the tushes become more blunt and round. The 
marks in the upper teeth are by some considered indicative 
of the horse's age ; those in the two front teeth disappearing 
at eight, in the two next at ten, and in the corner teeth at 
twelve. The marks in the lower teeth will disappear about 
the eighth year. 

As a horse grows old, he generally turns more or less gray ; 
the cavities above the eyes become deeper ; the under lip falls ; 
the gums shrink away from the teeth, giving them the ap- 
pearance of a greater length ; the back becomes hollow, or 
curved. 

Age of Neat Cattle is known by their horns. At the 

age of about two years, they shed their first fore teeth, which 

are replaced by others, larger and more prominent ; about five, 

the early teeth are all replaced by the permanent ones. As 

25 



194 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 

the animal advances in years, these teeth wear down, the 
enamel disappears, and they assume a black or brown appear- 
ance. When three years old, a change takes place in the 
structure of the horns ; after which period these appendages, 
like the permanent teeth, preserve the same character. Af- 
ter the third year, the horns continue to grow as long as the 
animal lives, and the age is indicated by the rings, or prom- 
inences, which are easily distinguished on the horn, and by 
which the age of the creature may be nearly ascertained, by 
adding three years to the number of rings. 

Airing, in the management of horses, implies exercising 
them in the open air. (See Exercise, part first.) 

Albumen. That part of the white of an egg which 
coagulates into a solid mass when boiled ; it abounds in the 
bones, muscles, cartilage, hoof, hair, &c. 

Alcohol. Rectified spirit. This is extensively used in 
medicine for making tinctures. With an equal quantity of 
water it is termed New England rum. Alcohol is a powerful 
irritant and caustic poison, to whatever part of the horse it is 
applied. If applied externally, it causes swelling, pain, and 
irritation ; if given internally, it absorbs from the living parts 
the serous or watery portion, and condenses the fibrous struc- 
ture. Alcohol diluted in any form, acts on the horse as a 
diuretic, causing the kidneys to secrete a large amount of 
urine, in consequence of which they became overworked, and 
finally diseased. It is used as a diifusible stimulant. The 
best substitute is warm ginger tea. 

Aliment. That which nourishes the system. (See Feed- 
ing, part first.) 

Alkalies. There are diiferent sorts : soda, potash, and 
ammonia, are alkalies." 

Aloes. Obtained from the aloe plant. The aloes now in 
use as a cathartic for horses, cattle, and sheep are the Bar- 
badoes. Pure Barbadoes aloes are of a dark brown color, 
present a rough appearance when broken, and have a dis- 
agreeable smell. 

Alteratives. A class of medicines that act gradually and 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 195 

permanently upon the horse, by increasing the tone and 
vigor of the secreting, excreting, and absorbing system, 
without diminishing or destroying their power. (See 
Appendix.) 

Althea. Marsh mallows. This plant is generally used in 
the formation of emollient drinks, as it contains a large 
amount of mucilage. 

Alum. A mineral astringent, used to destroy proud flesh. 

Amaurosis. A disease of the eye, generally causing total 
blindness. It may be known by the pupil being large and 
open ; on passing the hand before the eye, the horse will not 
avoid it. 

Anasarca. That form of dropsy that affects the whole, or 
nearly the whole system, or, in other words, an effusion of 
serum into the meshes of the cellular tissue. 

Anastomosis. The communication of blood-vessels with 
each other, or their opening one into the other, by which 
means, when the passage of blood through an artery or vein is 
prevented by ligature, compression, or any other cause, the 
circulation is still kept up by means of the anastomosing 
vessels. 

Anatomy. The science that teaches the structure of the 
animal economy. 

Analysis. The resolution of compound bodies into their 
original or constituent principles. 

Anchylosis. The loss of motion in a joint. There are 
two kinds, called complete and incomplete. In the former, 
the joint has grown together so as to be immovable ; in the 
latter, some motion remains, and the rigidity is owing to the 
contraction and thickening of the ligaments. Anchylosis in 
the horse is not unfrequently a consequence of wounds or 
bruises ; the latter, causing an absorption of the fluids that 
nourish the joint, anchylosis is the result. In bad spavins and 
ringbones, there is frequently anchylosis of the hock and pas- 
tern joints. The author's attention has lately been called to 
a case of ringbone that had been operated upon by some 
person totally unacquainted with the nature of the disease. 



196 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 

The operation was performed in the most cruel and barbar- 
ous manner. The operator having never studied the anatomy 
of the parts, it could not be otherwise expected. On an ex- 
amination of the animal, ossiiic or bony deposits were found 
inside the hind legs, in the form of spavin ; deposits also ex- 
isted on the cannon bones, and on the pasterns, thus proving 
that the disease was incurable ; the general health was im- 
paired, the knees sprung, and the animal was pronounced by 
the owner to be worthless ; yet this specimen of inhumanity, 
the self-styled "doctor," had the audacity to state that he 
could perform a cure for the trifling sum of five dollars. The 
fact of his attempting to cure a constitutional disease by local 
means, under such unfavorable circumstances, shows that he 
was an ignoramus; and the barbarous manner in which he 
performed the operation shows that he was destitute of every 
particle of humanity. The author has digressed merely for 
the purpose of warning owners of domestic animals against 
trusting them, when diseased, in the hands of those who are 
unacquainted with their mechanism. 

Aneurism. A tumor filled with blood, communicating 
with an artery. It usually occurs from rupture of one of the 
coats of the artery, and dilatation of the cellular coat : it is then 
denominated true aneurism. When an artery is wounded, 
and the blood escapes into the surrounding tissues, it is called 
false aneurism. 

The general mode of curing aneurism is by tying a ligature 
around the artery ; the coats of the artery become united, and 
part of the artery obliterated ; the circulation is carried on by 
anastomosing vessels. (See Anastomosis.) Some aneurisms 
have been known to undergo certain natural changes, by 
which they have been spontaneously cured, thus proving 
that the vital power is more efficient " than an evil system 
of medication." 

Anise Seed. A mild carminative. It is much used in vet- 
erinary practice, and is one of the ingredients in cordial balls. 

Anodynes, Medicines that relieve pain, procure sleep, and 
lessen the irritability of the nervous system. 



DICTIONARY OP THE VETERINARY ART. 197 

Anthelmintics. Medicines that destroy worms, and are 
supposed to cause their expulsion from the animal. Many 
of the remedies recommended by veterinary writers would 
be more likely to kill the horse instead of the former ; they 
are calomel, antimony, &c. The proper method of prevent- 
ing the generation of worms in the alimentary canal, is to 
pay attention to feeding, watering, &c. 

Antimony. A corrosive mineral poison. It has been ex- 
tensively used in veterinary practice, and has entailed on the 
brute creation more diseases than it ever cured. There are 
numerous preparations of antimony, but they are all more or 
less destructive. Large quantities of this destructive mineral 
have been used on horses ; yet in some cases, where there is 
vital power enough in the animal to dispossess it from the 
system, no immediate unfavorable results were observed. 
Yet it is an agent of such diversified therapeutical powers, 
that the wisest of the faculty have never ventured to pre- 
scribe and fix limits to its action. 

Antiseptics. Medicines that correct and prevent putridi- 
ty ; the best and most efficient are charcoal, Peruvian bark, 
acetic acid, and bayberry bark. 

Antispasmodics. Medicines that are employed in spas- 
modic and convulsive disorders ; the most efficient are assa- 
foBtida, pennyroyal, or any of the mints, such as spearmint, 
catnip. The most powerful in spasm, or lockjaw, are lobelia, 
warmth and moisture, castor, musk, ginseng, and Indian hemp, 
or milk weed. 

Apoplexy. A disease which is often called staggers. 
(See part first.) 

Arm. a term applied to the upper part of the fore leg. 

Aromatics. Medicines that have a warm, pungent taste, 
and fragrant smell ; of this kind are cardamom seeds, cloves, 
and nutmegs, sweet flag, &c. 

Arsenic A destructive mineral poisoiL It has been used 
in many diseases of the horse, without the slightest benefit. 
Dr. White states, " so various are its effects, that he has 
known a very small quantity to terminate fatally." It was 



198 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 

formerly used as a local remedy in glanders ; but as the dis- 
ease is general, it could not possibly be cured by local reme- 
dies. 

Arteries. For a description, see Circulation, part first. 

Arteriotomy. The operation of opening an artery. 

Ascites. Dropsy of the abdomen. (See Dropsy.) 

Asthma. Supposed to originate in the muscles of respi- 
ration. (See Cough, Roaring, &c.) 

Astringents. Medicines that contract and condense 
muscular fibre. The principal are kino, catechu, oak bark, 
nutgalls, and bayberry bark. 

Atmosphere. The name given to an elastic invisible fluid 
which surrounds the globe ; it is composed of oxygen, nitro- 
gen, and a small portion of carbonic acid gas. In stables that 
are not ventilated, the vapor arising from the dung and urine 
combine with it, and render it unfit for respiration. 

Atlas. The first vertebra, or bone of the neck. 

Atrophy. A wasting of the body. 

Auricles. The two small cavities of the heart. (See 
Heart, ) 

B 

Backgalled. When accidents of this kind occur, the 
saddle or harness should be padded, or chambered, so as to 
remove pressure from the part ; sometimes they are difficult 
to heal, owing to the presence of morbific matter in the sys- 
tem. (For treatment, see Appendix.) 

Backraking. This is a name given by farriers to the 
operation of introducing the hand into the fundament, and 
emptying the rectum of its contents. The use of injections 
will, ere long, supersede this beastly practice. The most 
suitable injection to soften the fasces, is warm soapsuds. 

Back Sinews. The flexor tendons of the fore and hind 
legs are so named. They are frequently strained, or other- 
wise injured, by over exertion, or accidents. 

Ball. Bolus, or large pill. The mode of giving a ball is 
by drawing out the tongue to the right side, and holding it 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 199 

in the left hand, while an assistant stands on the left side and 
holds the mouth open. The ball is to be held by the finger 
and thumb of the right hand, drawn into as small a compass 
as possible, and passed as far as the horse's throat. This 
must be done by a quick motion of the hand, which should 
be kept towards the roof of the mouth, as there is more room 
for it in that direction. The most safe and efficient method 
of giving medicine to either horses, cattle, or sheep, is in a 
fluid form. 

Balsam. A name applied to several resinous substances, 
such as balsam of tolu, Peruvian balsam, balsam copaiba, &c., 
Canada or fir balsam ; the medicinal properties are stimulant 
and diuretic. 

Balsam Copaiba, or Capivi, is used for chronic cough ; the 
dose is about one ounce. 

Balsam of Sulphur. A preparation made by boiling 
sulphur and olive oil together, until united in the form of a 
dark-colored tenacious mass. This has been much esteemed 
by old farriers in obstinate coughs. When mixed with a 
small proportion of oil of anise seed, it has been thought more 
efficacious, and is then named anisated balsam of sulphur. 

Bandage. Strips of linen, cotton, or flannel, about three 
or four inches wide. They are serviceable in habitual swell- 
ings of the legs, in weakness of the fetlock joint. They 
are likewise used for the purpose of keeping on dressings, or 
assisting in uniting parts that are cut or lacerated ; they assist 
by pressure in expelling matter, or preventing the descent of 
ruptures, and as compresses for restraining bleeding, or 
hemorrhage. The mode of applying the bandage to the leg 
is as follows : the material, after being cut the proper width, 
must be rolled up, and the bandage fixed by taking two or 
three turns in the same place ; after which the roller may be 
carried round spirally, taking care that every turn of the 
bandage overlaps about two thirds of the preceding one. 
When the inequality of the parts cause the margin to slack, 
it must be reversed, or folded over ; that is, its upper margin 
must become the lower, &c. A bandage should be mod- 



200 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY* ART. 

erately tight, so as to support the parts without intercepting 
the circulation, and should be so applied as to press equally 
on every part. In bandaging a horse's leg, the roller should 
be applied from the upper part of the hoof to the knee ; in 
every case it is advisable to bandage from joint to joint, thus 
leaving the joint at liberty. When it is found necessary to 
bandage a joint, the bandage should be put on in the form 
of a figure 8. 

Barb. A general name for horses imported from Barbary. 
The barb, one of the most celebrated of the African races, is 
to be met with in Barbary, Tripoli, and Morocco ; it seldom 
exceeds more than fourteen hands and a half in height. The 
barb requires more excitement to call out his powers than the 
Arabian ; but when sufficiently excited, his qualities of speed 
and endurance render him a powerful antagonist to the 
Arabian. 

Bark. This name is generally applied to several different 
species of Peruvian bark, the yellow and the red. The 
active principle of the yellow bark is an alkaloid principle, 
called quinee, combined with a peculiar acid, called kinic, or 
cinchonic, in the state of an acid salt ; besides these, it con- 
tains an oily and a yellow coloring matter, tannin, kinate of 
lime, and woody fibre. Their value in treating diseases of 
the horse, consists in their tonic and astringent properties. 
It should be given to the horse in the form of infusion ; one 
ounce of powdered bark to a quart of boiling water. It is 
also useful to restore indolent ulcers to a healthy state. The 
best tonic for a horse is hydrastis Canadensis, (golden seal.) 

Bar Shoe. A particular kind of shoe, which is sometimes 
used to protect the frog from injury ; also in corns. (See 
Contraction, part first.) 

Bars of the Foot. (See Foot, part first.) 

Bars of the Mouth. Transverse ridges on the roof of 
the mouth ; they are most conspicuous, or full, in a young 
horse. When swollen, or fuller than usual, the horse is said 
to have the lam pas. (See Lampas.) 

Basilicon. a digestive ointment, composed of equal parts 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 201 

of olive oil, yellow beeswax, and common resin, (or rosin.) 
These are to be melted over a slow fire, and stirred until the 
mixture is quite cool. 

Bay. a bay color, in horses, is so named from its resem- 
blance to dried bay leaves. 

Biceps. The biceps is a double-headed muscle, which 
serves to bend a limb. 

Bile, or Gall. A bitter greenish fluid, secreted by the 
liver for the purpose of assisting digestion. In the horse 
there is no gall bladder, or receptacle for the bile ; it passes 
directly into the duodenum, or first of the small intestines, a 
few inches from the stomach. 

Bilious. Diseases are called bilious, when they depend on 
a morbid state of the liver. 

Bits. There are various kinds of bits in use ; among them 
are the snaffle and curb. A snaffle may be either plain or 
twisted, but the latter is apt to make the mouth callous ; it 
consists of two pieces, having a sort of hinge joint in the 
centre. When used for the purpose of breaking young colts, 
it should be made large, so as not to hurt the mouth. The 
form of the curb bit resembles somewhat the letter H. The 
bridle is fastened to the side pieces, which act as levers of 
diff"erent powers, according to the distance from the cross-bar, 
to which the bridle is attached. The humane man will never 
inflict unnecessary severity on the horse, and will avoid con- 
tinual strain on the reins or bridle, which, aside from the 
torture they inflict, tend to render the horse's mouth 
callous. The best form of bit, and the most simple, is the 
stiff", arched bit. The author has seen a very fine specimen 
of this article, manufactured by Messrs. Hannaford &. Ilsley, 
of this city. The centre piece is large and curved ; the 
checks are movable, and their upper ends curved outwards, 
which prevents their injuring the cheek bones. It is very 
important that a horse should be properly bitted ; many docile 
horses are rendered stubborn and unmanageable, by having a 
bit that is too narrow. Many young horses are injured while 
they are teething, and the mouth is tender, by bearing too 
26 



202 DICTIONARY OF THK VETERINARY ART. 

hard on the rein. The author would suggest a trial of an 
India rubber centrepiece, in such cases. 

Bite of any rabid animal. In most works on veterinary 
science, the writers recommend excision, or cutting out the 
bitten part, and afterwards cauterizing with the firing iron; 
but this method is very unsatisfactory, and only puts the 
animal to unnecessary torment. The morbid matter from a 
rabid animal is generally taken up by the absorbents, some- 
times in a few seconds, and the operation of cauterizing 
would then be of no avail. The treatment we recommend, 
is to dose the animal with a tea of lobelia ; half a pound of 
the herb and seed may be steeped in two quarts of scalding 
water, and given in doses of half a pint, at intervals of an 
hour. A large poultice of the same should be bound on the 
bitten part, and kept in contact with the parts, by bandages, 
and the poultice renewed every six hours, until all signs of 
poisoning disappear. The animal should be kept on scalded 
shorts, in moderate quantities. 

Black Water. This is sometimes a termination of red 
water. (See Red Water.) 

Bladder. The bladder is a musculo-membranous bag, 
situated, when empty, in the cavity of the pelvis. Its use is 
to contain the urine, which flows into it through the ureters, 
from the kidneys. It is divided into three parts, viz., the 
fundus or bottom, the body, and the neck. When fuh, the 
fundus of the bladder protrudes out of the pelvis, into the 
abdominal cavity ; it then receives a covering from the perito- 
neum. Its other coats are an internal mucous membrane, and 
an external muscular coat, formed of two distinct sets of 
fibres ; the one longitudinal, and the other circular. The 
former are thickest about the fundus, the latter about the 
neck or cervix, which, by this arrangement, is always kept 
closed, except during the time of voiding the urine. On 
opening horses that have died from accident, we sometimes 
find the bladder empty, and its muscular fibres so condensed, 
that it appears like a solid mass of small dimensions ; such is 
the contractile power of its muscular coat, by which, with 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 203 

some assistance from the abdominal muscles and diaphragm, 
the urine is expelled. The author has opened several horses 
that have died from lockjaw, and found the bladder distended 
to its utmost capacity, containing about a gallon and a half 
of dark-colored fluid resembling cofiee-grounds. In one case 
the muscular fibres about the neck of the bladder were lacer- 
ated by the over-distention and spasm of the neck of that 
organ. When horses are accustomed to drink too much 
water without being allowed to stale often enough at work, 
the bladder becomes overworked, and often paralysis, weakness, 
or local debility sets in, and the neck of the bladder becomes 
at length so relaxed as to be unable to offer sufficient resist- 
ance to the muscles that propel the urine into the urethra, so 
that it is constantly dribbling off as fast as it is secreted. 
This is termed incontinence of urine. 

Sometimes the irritability of the bladder, in the latter case, 
depends on the acrimony of the urine ; and whenever this is 
the case, attention to feeding, watering, &c., will remove it. 
Diseases of the kidneys and bladder are accompanied with 
tenderness over the loins, and a remarkable stiffness of the 
hind legs. Whenever the bladder is distended with urine, 
recourse should be had to the catheter. 

Palsy, or Paralysis, of the bladder is sometimes dependent 
on functional derangements, as stomach staggers, or injuries 
to the brain and spinal marrow. (For treatment, see the 
author's pamphlet.) 

Blasting. When cattle or sheep are first turned into lux- 
uriant pasture, after being poorly fed, they frequently gorge 
themselves with food, which, fermenting in the rumen, or 
paunch, so distends it with gas, that the animal is often in dan- 
ger of suffocation. The symptoms are most distressing; and, 
unless relief be speedily afforded, death very commonly en- 
sues. If the symptoms are very alarming, a flexible tube 
may be passed down the gullet : this will generally allow the 
gas to escape and aftord temporary relief, until more efficient 
means are resorted to ; these will consist in arousing the 
stomach and digestive organs to action, by stimulants and car- 



204 DICTIONARY OP THE VETERINARY ART. 

minatives, (see Carminatives,) and counteracting the tendency 
to putrescence by doses of charcoal or lobeha. Some prac- 
titioners recommend puncturing the rumen, or paunch ; but 
there is always great danger attending it, and at best it is only 
palliative, and the process of fermentation will proceed ; the 
gas may escape, but the materials that furnished it still 
remain. Youatt states, " A cow had eaten a large quantity 
of food, and was hoven. A neighbor, who was supposed to 
know a great deal about cattle, made an incision into the 
paunch ,• the gas escaped, a great portion of the food was 
removed with the hand, and the animal appeared to be con- 
siderably relieved, but rumination did not return : on the fol- 
lowing day, the animal was dull ; she refused her food, but 
was eager to drink. She became worse and worse, and on 
the sixth day she died j " thus proving that the remedy was 
worse than the disease. 

When animals are blasted in a moderate degree, the car- 
minative drink, and decoction of lobelia, will prove effectual. 
In all cases of hove, it will be advisable to give injections of 
Warm water, to which add a handful of salt, and the same 
quantity of charcoal. As a means of preventing the blast, it 
may be remarked, that animals should never be turned into 
any nutritive pasture while the dew is on the ground, or after 
l?ain. 

Bleeding. (See part first.) 

Blemishes. They consist of broken knees, loss of hair, 
cracked heels, false quarters, splents, windgalls, spavins, &.c. 

Blind, Moon. A disease of the horse's eyes, which is sup- 
posed to be the forerunner of cataract, and often ends in 
total blindness. 

Blindness. (See Eye.) 

Blister Fly. Cantharides, or Spanish fly, an acrid ani- 
mal poison. 

Bloodroot. Sanguinaria Canadensis, used to prevent the 
growth of fungus, or proud flesh, a substitute for caustic. 

Blood Spavin. (See Spavin.) 

Borax. A crystallized salt : when powdered and moistened 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 205 

with honey, it is a useful application for sore mouth and 
lam pas. 

BoTTs. Short reddish worms which are often found 
attached to the horse's stomach. Mr. Clark says, " that botts 
are not, properly speaking, worms, but the larvae of the gad- 
fly, which deposits its eggs on the horse's coat in such a man- 
ner as that they shall be received into his stomach, and then 
become botts. When the female fly has become impregnated, 
and the eggs are sufliciently matured, she seeks among the 
horses a subject for her purpose, and approaching it on the 
wing, she holds her body nearly upright in the air, and her 
tail, which is lengthened for the purpose, carried inwards and 
upwards. In this way she approaches the part where she 
designs to deposit the eggs, and suspending herself for a few 
seconds before it, suddenly darts upon it, and leaves the egg 
adhering to the hair by means of a glutinous liquor secreted 
with it. She then leaves the horse at a small distance, and 
prepares the second egg ; and poising herself before the part, 
deposits it in the same way ; the liquor dries, and the egg be- 
comes firmly glued to the hair. This is repeated by various 
flies, till four or five hundred eggs are sometimes deposited on 
one horse. They are usually deposited on the legs, side, and 
back of the shoulder — those parts most exposed to be licked 
by the animal : in licking, the eggs adhere to the tongue, and 
are carried into the horse's stomach in the act of swallowing. 
The botts attach themselves to the horse's stomach, and are 
sometimes, though less frequently, found in the first intestine. 
The number varies considerably ; sometimes there are not half 
a dozen, at others they exceed a hundred. They are fixed 
by the small end to the inner coat of the stomach, to which 
they attach themselves by means of two hooks. The slow- 
ness of their growth, and the purity of their food, which is 
supposed to be the chyle, must occasion what they receive in 
a given time to be proportionably small ; from which, perhaps, 
arises the extreme difficulty of destroying them by any medi- 
cine or poison thrown into the stomach." A large amount of 
opium, tobacco, and corrosive sublimate, sufficient to destroy 



206 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 

the horse, have from time to time been given ; and on opening 
the stomach, these animals have been found uninjured. " The 
presence of botts in the horse's stomach is not easily ascer- 
tained, as it is certain that great numbers have been found after 
death in the stomach, without appearing to have produced any- 
kind of inconvenience to the animal while alive. It does not 
appear that any effectual remedy has yet been discovered for 
botts." Mr. Blaine says " that he has kept them alive for 
some days in olive oil, and in oil of turpentine, and that even 
the nitrous and sulphuric acids do not immediately destroy 
them. At a certain season of the year, they detach them- 
selves from the stomach, and pass off with the excrement." 
A run at grass is the most effectual remedy. 

Bowels. (See Absorption of the Chyle, part j&rst.) 

Bow-legged. Defective conformation of the legs. 

Box, Loose. A loose box, as it is generally called, is a 
place wherein a horse is turned without being fastened to the 
manger or rack; such a place is useful to turn a horse into 
when he is sick, or when the mare is about foaling. 

Brain. The connection that exists between the brain and 
stomach by means of the eighth pair of nerves, or par vagum, 
is the cause of this important organ being often disturbed in 
its function. Thus it is that when the stomach is loaded with 
food, its function becomes deranged, and the brain is affected 
sympathetically. A diseased action is then set up, and all 
the functions become more or less deranged. A horse in 
this case will become dull and languid, and sometimes labor 
under symptoms of apoplexy. In consequence of this ner- 
vous communication between the stomach and brain, the latter 
organ is sometimes affected by the irritation of botts in the 
stomach. The best way to prevent apoplexy, staggers, &c., 
is, by attention to diet, exercise, (fcc. (See Feeding, Ex- 
ercise, part first.) 

Dropsy of the brain does not often occur to horses or cows ; 
but sheep appear to be more liable to the disease than other 
quadrupeds. The symptoms of the disorder in horses are 
variable. "In one case there was a considerable degree of 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 207 

dulness and heaviness about the head ; the pulse was not 
much affected, but there was loss of appetite. The animal 
appeared as if suffering much pain in the head, generally 
keeping it lower than the manger. These symptoms were 
followed by delirium, convulsions, and death. In another 
case, when probably the water had accumulated very gradu- 
ally in the ventricles of the brain, the horse appeared to be 
free from pain, except when the circulation was hurried by 
brisk motion, when he would fall down in violent spasms, the 
fit seldom lasting but a few minutes. This horse, being of 
scarcely any value, was destroyed, and upon opening the 
brain, about six ounces of water escaped." Sir George Mac- 
kenzie has described two kinds of this disease, which some- 
times happen to sheep : " the first consists of an accumu- 
lation of water in the ventricles of the brain; the other — 
which is most common — arises from animalculse, called hy- 
datides. In this case, the water is contained in cysts, or bags, 
unconnected v/ith the substance of the brain, on which it acts 
fatally by pressure. Very soon after water has begun to col- 
lect, either in the ventricles or cysts, the animal shows evi- 
dent and decisive symptoms of the disease. He starts, looks 
giddy and confused, as if at a loss what to do ; retires from 
the flock, and sometimes exhibits a very affecting spectacle of 
misery." 

Breaking. The breaking of young horses is a matter of 
great importance, and should never be intrusted to any one of 
a cruel or harsh disposition, as, under such a master, the very 
best tempered horse may be rendered vicious. They are often 
broken when much too young ; they are often found racing 
at three, and in constant work before they are four years old. 
This is one of the causes of contracted feet and lameness, that 
are continually presenting themselves to our notice. Farmers 
in general put their colts to work too young ; and although 
exercise may improve their growth and constitution, yet this 
advantage is more than counterbalanced by their being shod 
at a period when their foot is tender. 

Breeding. (See Breeding, part first.) 



208 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 

Bridle Hand. The left is called the bridle hand, in contra- 
distinction to the rightj which is termed the whip hand. 

Broken Wind. The origin of broken wind is supposed to 
be a morbid secretion from the membrane lining the windpipe, 
bronchial tubes, and ramifications ; the air-cells are some- 
times ruptured, and the air is entangled in the cellular sub- 
stance, or common connecting membrane. The bulk of the 
lungs is greatly increased, while their capacity for containing 
air is diminished. It is stated in Rees's Cyclopaedia, under the 
head of broken wind, '^ that after opening more than ten 
broken-winded horses, their lungs were uniformly found 
emphysematous. (See Emphysema.) This complaint is gen- 
erally considered incurable ; but it may often be alleviated 
by constant attention to diet." The animal should be fed on 
shorts, and green food if it can be procured, and boiled car- 
rots. When used, his exercise should at first be mpderate, and 
he should never be exercised immediately after feeding. If 
the horse shows any disposition to eat the litter, a muzzle 
must be provided. 

According to Mr. Richard Lawrence, " the most common 
appearance of the lungs in broken- winded horses is a general 
thickening of their substance, by which their elasticity is in 
a great measure destroyed, and their weight specifically 
increased. At the same time, their capacity for receiving air 
is diminished." Dr. White writes, " that he has examined the 
lungs of broken-winded horses without observing this general 
thickening of their substance : on the contrary, they have 
appeared superficially lighter and larger than in their nat- 
ural state. Two horses were purchased for the purpose of 
making experiments, and so badly broken winded as to be 
useless. In the first, the lungs were unusually large, and 
there was a considerable quantity of air in the cellular mem- 
brane ; but it was not ascertained whether the air had escaped 
from the air-cells, or had been generated within the common 
cellular membrane. The other horse was kept about a month 
in a field where there was no water and very little grass. 
When taken up, he appeared perfectly free from the disorder. 



DICTIONARY OB* THE VETERINARY ART. 209 

He was shot ; and upon examining the lungs, they had not the 
slightest appearance of disease." This proved the superiority 
of nature's remedies over those of man. The same author 
relates, that he purchased a broken-winded horse that was in- 
capable of working. By allowing him only a small quantity 
of hay sprinkled with water, giving mashes, mixed with a 
small quantity of oats, and only a small quantity of water, 
taking care at the same time that he had regular and moderate 
exercise, his wind became gradually better, and afterwards was 
perfectly free from the complaint. 

The author has examined the lungs of two horses which 
were said to be afflicted, for some time previous to death, 
with broken wind, without detecting a loss of contin- 
uity in their structure ; neither was their specific grav- 
ity diminished. Dr. C. M. Wood, of this city, suggests that 
we call broken wind acute or chronic diaphragmitis. The 
author is inclined to think, that this would give a better idea 
of the disease. 

Bronchia. (See Windpipe.) 

Bronchotomt. The operation of opening the windpipe 
for the purpose of producing artificial respiration, or to remove 
any substances that may have lodged in the upper part of the 
larynx. 

Burns are best treated by a mixture of equal portions of 
lime-water and linseed oil, the parts being frequently anoint- 
ed with the mixture. 

BuRs^ Mucosa. Mucous Bags, or Sacs. These are 
described as membranous sacs, containing a fluid similar to 
synovia, or joint oil, and interposed between tendons and the 
parts on which they move. In violent exertions these vas- 
cular membranes, which secrete and confine the synovia, are 
injured ; hence we have windgalls, bog-spavin, &c. 

BuTTERis. An instrument used by horse-shoers for par- 
ing the horse's hoofs. 

c 

C^cuM. The blind gut. So named because it is open at 
27 



210 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 

one end only. In the horse this part of the intestines is re- 
markably large. 

Calf, Diseases of. Many of the diseases of the calves 
originate in a disordered state of the stomach, either from tak- 
ing too much milk at a time, or from the milk not being suffi- 
ciently fresh, or being taken from a cow whose health is 
impaired. Whenever the stomach is disordered, either by 
the quantity or quality of the milk, it causes a variety of dis- 
orders, such as scouring, want of appetite, costiveness, colic, 
yellows, convulsions, &c. 

Calkins. A name given to the prominences on horses' 
shoes, which are turned downward for the purpose of prevent- 
ing their slipping. 

Calving. At the end of nine lunar months the period of 
the cow's gestation is complete ; but the parturition does 
not exactly take place at that time : it is sometimes earlier, at 
others later. " One hundred and sixteen cows had their time 
of calving registered : fourteen of them calved from the two 
hundred and forty-first day to the two hundred and sixty- 
sixth day, — that is, eight months and one day to eight months 
and twenty-six days ; three on the two hundred and seven- 
tieth day ; fifty-six from the two hundred and seventieth to 
the two hundred and eightieth day ; eighteen from the two 
hundred and eightieth to the two hundred and ninetieth 
day ; twenty on the three hundredth day ; five on the three 
hundred and eighth day ; consequently there were sixty-seven 
days between the two extremities. Immediately before calv- 
ing, the animal appears uneasy ; the tail is elevated ; she 
shifts about from place to place, and is frequently lying down 
and getting up again. The labor pains then come on, and by 
the expulsive power of the womb, the foetus, with the mem- 
branes enveloping it, is pushed forward. At first the mem- 
branes appear beyond the vagina or shape, in the form of a 
bladder of water : this soon bursts, the water is discharged, 
the head and fore feet of the calf are protruded (in natural 
labor) beyond the shape. The body next appears, and the 
delivery is complete. In a little time afterwards, some trifling 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 211 

pains take place, which separate the afterbirth, or cleansings ; 
and these being expelled, the process is finished. 

When the membrane breaks, and the fluid escapes early in 
calving, and before the mouth of the uterus is sufficiently ex- 
panded, the process is often slow, and it is a considerable time 
before any part of the calf makes its appearance. The prac- 
tice of hurrying the process by introducing the hand, or driv- 
ing the animal about when symptoms of calving appear, is 
very improper. It has been known in many instances to 
cause the animal's death. It sometimes appears that a wrong 
presentation takes place, and renders the calving impractica- 
ble without assistance. In such cases it is necessary to intro- 
duce the hand in order to ascertain the position of the calf, 
and change it when it is found unfavorable. When, for ex- 
ample, the head presents without the fore legs, which are 
bent under the breast, it cannot, in this position, be well drawn 
away without danger. In this case the calf should be gently 
pushed back in the uterus, placing the cow in the most favor- 
able position, and taking the opportunity for so doing while 
there are no pains nor straining. When the calf is pushed 
back, the fore legs are to be carefully drawn downward, in a line 
with the head, and brought out into the vagina. The author 
has known several cases, where parturition was seemingly dif- 
ficult, of a resort to force in extracting the calf; but it should 
be recollected that nature is never to be interfered with in the 
process of delivery, or in any of her operations, unless it is 
clearly ascertained that assistance is necessary. When much 
force is used in drawing the calf, and especially if the animal 
be rather fat, a disease of the womb is apt to follow, and 
puerperal fever sets in, which often proves fatal. Great mis- 
chief is also done by endeavoring to extract the calf without 
regard to its position in the uterus : it is sometimes so placed 
that delivery is not practicable until the position of the calf is 
shifted. When much force is used in drawing the calf, it 
sometimes happens that the womb falls out or is inverted, and 
great care is required in putting it back, so that it may remain 
in its situation. In doing so, there is an advantage derived 



212 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 

from placing the cow in such a position, that the hind parts 
may be higher than the fore. If any dust or straw remain 
about the womb, they should be carefully removed before the 
womb is put back. A linen cloth is then to be put under the 
womb, which is to be held by two assistants. The cow 
should be made to rise, that being the most favorable position, 
and the operator is then to grasp the mouth of the womb with 
both hands, and gently return it. When so returned, one 
hand is to be immediately withdrawn, while the other re- 
mains to prevent that part from falling down again. The 
hand at liberty is then to grasp another portion of the womb, 
which is to be pushed into the body like the former, and 
retained with one hand. This is to be repeated until the 
whole of the v7omb is put back ; if the womb does not con- 
tract, friction with a brush around the belly and back may 
excite the muscles to contraction : should this fail, the animal 
may have an astringent and aromatic drink, made by infusing 
three ounces of ground poplar bark in about three pints of 
hot water ; when cool, administer with a horn or bottle, tak- 
ing care, while pouring down the oesophagus, to let it fall 
gently and gradually ; by that means it will pass over the 
pillars of the oesophagean canal, and on to the third stomach; 
otherwise it would fall into the rumen, and defeat the object 
in view. 

Camphor. A narcotic vegetable poison. This medicine, 
says Dr. White, " is employed both internally and externally. 
It is given inwardly as an anti-spasmodic, as in lockjaw, 
when it is commonly joined with opium ; and as a febrifuge, 
or fever medicine, joined with nitre and antimonial powder." 
It is no wonder that Youatt and others say, " that the treat- 
ment of lockjaw in animals is very unsatisfactory ; " and that 
Gibson should confess, " that in the administration of these 
destructive agents there is great danger, and unless the horse 
is very strong, he may not recover from the experiment." 
The four articles above named are all more or less destructive, 
because they war against the living principle ; part act as a 
sedative, and the others as chemical agents. Is it not the duty 



DICTIONARY OP THE VETERINARY ART. 213 

of every man to rescue from such a destructive system of 
medication one of the noblest and most valuable specimens 
of God's workmanship in the quadrupedal creation ? 

Professor J. A. Gallup, in his institutes of medicine, says, 
" The practice of using opiates and anodynes to mitigate pain 
in any form of fever and local inflammations, is generally to 
be deprecated ; it is not only unjustifiable, but should be 
esteemed unpardonable," If these articles are destructive in 
the human being, they will prove more or less so in all organ- 
ized beings, in proportion to the power that resists them. 
Although large doses of poison have occasionally been given 
to the horse without destroying him, yet they must sow the 
seeds of future disease. 

Capped Hock. A swelling on the point of the hock, 
generally occasioned by blows : they seldom cause lameness ; 
but as they are a considerable blemish, an attempt should be 
made to reduce them by counter-irritants ; friction is also 
useful. 

Capsicum. In its pure state it contains tonic and stimulant 
properties. It increases the physiological or healthy action 
of the system. 

Capsular Ligament. The ligament by which two bones 
are joined together. It forms a complete sac round them, 
and serves to confine the synovia, or joint oil. 

Caraway Seeds. These are cordial and carminative. 
The dose is from one to two ounces. 

Carbon. Pure charcoal, unmixed with any foreign body. 
It is antiseptic and absorbent ; useful as a poultice in all 
putrid sores. 

Carditis. Inflammation of the heart. 

Caries. Ulceration, or rottenness of a bone. 

Carminatives. Medicines that correct flatulency, or expel 
wind ; the principal of these are the caraway and fennel 
seeds. 

Carotid Artery. A large artery that runs on each side 
of the neck, near the windpipe. The jugular vein runs im- 
mediately over the artery. Yet at the upper part of the neck, 



214 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 

they are at such a distance that there is no danger of wound- 
ing the latter in bleeding. 

Cartilage. Gristle. A smooth, elastic substance attached 
to bones. Cartilages are situated in parts where elasticity is 
required ; they render the parts connected with them capable 
of slight changes of form, and instant recovery, to accommo- 
date themselves to accidents and circumstances, without 
serious injury to themselves. There are also inter-articular 
cartilages ; that is, flat, smooth cartilages, between the ends 
of two bones. These, being covered with synovia, or joint 
oil, serve to facilitate the motion of the joint. 

Castor. A peculiar matter found in bags, near the rectum 
of the beaver. It is used as an antispasmodic, in doses of 
two drachms, (for a horse,) mixed in thin gruel. 

Castration. An operation often performed on horses, and 
other domestic animals. The best method of performing it 
is by means of the clams and ligature. 

Cataplasm, or Poultice. This application, when designed 
to promote suppuration, or formation of matter, is best made 
by mixing together equal parts of slippery elm and flax seed, 
pouring a sufficient quantity of boiling water on the mixture, 
to make it of the consistence of mush, and binding it on the 
part ; the bandage should not be so tight as to interfere with 
the return of blood by the veins. A poultice should always 
be renewed every twelve hours. 

Cataract. A disease of the horse's eye. A cataract may 
be partial or total. The partial cataract is known by specks in 
the pupil, which interrupt vision in proportion to their size, 
and according to their situation. In the total, or complete 
cataract, the whole of the pupil becomes of a white or pearl 
color. A horse's sight is least injured by partial cataract, 
when the speck is most remote from the centre of the pupil, 
and near to the upper margin. When a complete cataract 
takes place in one eye, the strength of the other becomes 
established, so that the horse soon accommodates himself to 
the loss. 

Catarrh, or Cold. This is, perhaps, a disorder more com- 



DICTIONARY OP THE VETERINARY ART. 215 

mon in horses than any other. The author attrioutes this 
(in this city) to the bountiful use of the Cochituate water. 
When the horse has just arrived from a journey, or is in a 
state of perspiration, the showering process, so much in fashion 
just now, is decidedly injurious. If the legs of the animal 
are sluiced with water, and he is afterwards suffered to stand 
where a current of air blows on him, he is likely to take cold. 
Horses accustomed to warm clothing, and warm stables, are, 
of course, most liable to cold. The symptoms are cough, 
dulness, want of appetite, discharge from the nostrils, fre- 
quently accompanied by sore throat, and difficulty of swal- 
lowing. 

Catarrh, Epidemic. The epidemic catarrh is so named 
from its spreading over a country as a general disorder, often 
for a considerable time. When the disease is so prevalent, it 
is supposed to depend on a certain state of the atmosphere. 

Catheter. A gum elastic tube, for the purpose of draw- 
ing off the urine. The one used for the horse is about four 
feet in length. 

Caustics. Preparations that destroy the part to which 
they are applied. 

Cellular Membrane. The substance by which various 
parts of the body are united to each other. The cells of 
which this structure is composed, communicate with each 
other ; which is proved by making a small opening in the 
skin of an animal, introducing a blow-pipe, and blowing 
through it, by which the adjacent skin will puff up ; if suf- 
ficient power were employed, the air may be thus forced all 
over the body. 

Cerebellum. The small brain. It is situated immediately 
behind the cerebrum, or large brain, and upon the origin of 
the spinal marrow. 

Chest. (See Thorax.) 

Chest Founder. (See Founder.) 

Chronic. A term used to denote a disease of long stand- 
ing, unaccompanied by fever or inflammation. 

Chyle. A milky fluid, formed by the action of the gastric, 



216 DICTIONARY OP THE VETERINARY ART. 

pancreatic, and bilious fluids. Chyle is absorbed and carried 
by the lacteals to the thoracic duct ; but, previous to its arri- 
val there, it passes through the mesenteric glands, where 
probably it undergoes some change. 

Cicatrix. The mark that remains after a sore, wound, or 
ulcer has been healed. 

Circulation of the Blood. (See Heart.) 

Clipping. Cutting the long, rough hair of a horse. It is 
chiefly done to improve the appearance of the horse. The 
author doubts its utility. (See article Hair, part first.) 

Clothing. A pernicious custom is often adopted of keeping 
horses clothed in the stable ; making no difference in the 
warmth of the clothes, whatever the season of the year, or 
the state of the weather, may be. (This custom is not so 
prevalent here as in England.) In a good stable, it is prob- 
able that even in winter it might be dispensed with ; and a 
horse will then be much less liable to take cold, when he 
happens to stand in a cold wind and rain. When a horse is 
moulting, or shedding his coat, light clothing might be useful ; 
and, at such periods, showering, or standing out in the rain, 
would be very injurious. In summer, the horse should have 
a net thrown over him to protect him from the flies. 

Clysters, or Clysters. A liquid preparation, forced into 
the rectum by means, of a syringe. (For preparation of 
clysters, see Appendix.) 

Coffin Bone, or Os Pedis. The bone which is enclosed 
by the hoof. 

Coffin Joint. (See Hoof.) 

Colic A very common disease in horses. It begins 
with an appearance of uneasiness ; he paws his litter ; some- 
times makes inefiectual attempts to stale ; stamps with his 
feet ; gathers up his legs, and lies down heavily, groans, and 
looks round to his flank ; lies down heavily again, as before, 
and rolls on his back. The body sometimes swells. If 
relief is not promptly afi"orded, all the above symptoms gradu- 
ally increase ; the pulse becomes quick, the breathing disturbed, 
and the pain is so great that a violent perspiration breaks out, 



DICTIONARY OF THK VETERINARY ART. 217 

and the horse becomes almost delirious, throwing himself 
about the stall, so that it is dangerous to come near him. 

Condition. The term is used to imply a horse being in 
perfect health. 

Conjunctiva. The external coat or membrane of the eye. 
(See Eye, part first.) 

Consumption. In consumption there is a gradual loss of 
flesh and strength, while the appetite is seldom impaired in 
the early stages. It is sometimes accompanied by a discharge 
from one or both nostrils, and a swelling of the glands under 
the jaw ; such cases are often mistaken for glanders. Consump- 
tion does not often take place suddenly, but is very insidious 
in its attack ; and it often happens, that the complaint is not 
much noticed till tubercles are formed in the lungs, and the 
mesenteric glands are diseased. When a horse is observed to 
lose flesh, his coat staring, his skin feeling as if fast to the 
ribs, he should be warmly clothed, and fed on scalded shorts, 
oats, and boiled carrots ; by proper attention to stable man- 
agement, he may gain flesh and strength, his coat will become 
smoother, and his skin looser. Should it now be the season 
of the year when good grass can be procured, this will perfect 
the recovery. 

Contagion. The mode in which a disease is communicated 
from one animal to another. It is derived from the word 
co?itact, or touch, and is used in contradistinction to infection, 
which implies the communication of disease by unwholesome 
miasmata, sometimes spreading to a very considerable dis- 
tance. 

Contraction. (See Contraction, part first.) 

Convalescence. A state of recovery from illness, or an 
approach to a state of health. 

Convulsions. Under this name Gibson has classed lock- 
jaw and staggers. Modern writers treat of these diseases 
under their respective heads. Calves are subject to convul- 
sive diseases, from indigestion, and the consequent formation 
of acid in the stomach. It is often occasioned by some bad 
quality in the milk they drink, when fed by hand. Taking 
28 



/218 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 

too much milk will often bring on the disorder. Carminatives 
and tonics generally afford relief; after which, it is necessary 
to be more attentive to the future mode of feeding, giving a 
little gruel occasionally. 

Cordials. Medicines are thus termed that possess warm 
and stimulating properties, such as ginger, caraway seeds, 
anise seeds, &c. 

Cornea. The outer transparent part of the eye. 

Corner Teeth. The outermost of the front teeth are 
thus named. 

Corns. (See part first.) 

Coronet Bone. Os corona. The second of the consoli- 
dated phalanges of the horse's foot. 

Coronet. The upper part of the hoof, where the horn 
terminates. 

Corrosive Sublimate. Among the poisons that are given, 
with a view of curing disease, corrosive sublimate seems 
to stand foremost in the destruction of vitality, and the pro- 
duction of incurable diseases. Dr. White remarks, " It is 
necessary to observe carefully its effects ,• for. whenever it 
takes off the appetite, or causes uneasiness of the stomach, or 
bowels, it should be immediately discontinued. A solution 
of corrosive sublimate in water has been employed as a lotion 
in mange, but is generally considered dangerous ; a fatal dis- 
order of the bowels having, in several instances, followed its 
use. Five cows, that were bathed with a solution of corro- 
sive sublimate in tobacco water, died soon after." 

Cough. A cough is sometimes the first symptorrrof a cold, 
or catarrh ; but there is another kind of cough, which accom- 
panies indigestion. Horses that eat too much hay, and drink 
a large quantity of water, often have chronic cough. This 
can be removed by proper attention to feeding. (See Feed- 
ing.) 

Cows, Disease of. The disorders of cows are not so 
numerous as those of the horse ; they are often brought on 
by feeding on improper food, or by being kept on low, marshy 
grounds. Cattle that are brought from a warm to a colder 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 219 

climate, and such as are naturally of weak constitutions, are 
most liable to disease. 

Cramp. A spasmodic affection of the muscles, either of a 
particular part, or of the whole body. In lockjaw, for exam- 
ple, the muscles of the jaw are at first chiefly affected ; but, 
gradually, unless relief is afforded, the spasm, or cramp, 
generally extends to the neck, limbs, and at length to all 
parts of the body. 

Crassamentum. Red globules, or coloring matter, of the 
blood, mixed with coagulable lymph. 

Cremaster. a muscle which surrounds the spermatic 
cord, as it passes out of the belly into the scrotum. Its use 
is to suspend and draw up the testicle. 

Crib Biting. A disagreeable and injurious habit, which 
some horses acquire ; it consists of laying hold of the manger 
with their teeth. It generally proceeds from indigestion. 

Cropping the Ears. The ear may be enclosed between 
the two parts of a carpenter's rule, which can be adjusted 
and held so as to give the ear any shape that may be re- 
quired. All that part outside the rule is then cut off with 
one stroke of a sharp knife, and then bathed with tincture of 
myrrh. 

Crupper. A strap affixed to the saddle, with a loop at the 
end, for the purpose of admitting the horse's tail. 

Cud. The food contained in the first stomach, or rumen, 
of a ruminating animal, which is returned to the mouth to be 
chewed at the animal's leisure. 

Cumin Seeds. A carminative, or cordial. 

Curb. A swelling of the horse's hock, generally caused by 
blows. 

Cutaneous Diseases. Diseases whose seat is in the skin : 
as the mange, for example. They are generally dependent 
on a vitiated state of the secretions, and a disordered state of 
the bowels. 

Cuticle, or Scarf Skin. A thin, insensible membrane, 
which covers and defends the true skin. It is this which 
forms the bladder raised by blistering. 



220 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 

Cutis. The skin, or hide, which lies under the cuticle. 
Besides the cuticle and skin, horses and other large animals 
have a muscular expansion, which lies immediately under the 
latter, called the fleshy panicle, by which the skin is moved, 
so as to shake off dust or flies, or any thing that hangs loose 
upon the hair. 

Cutting. A horse is said to cut, when he strikes the inner 
and lower part of the fetlock joint, in travelling. The usual 
mode of correcting this, is to make the outer side of the shoe 
higher than the inside. 

D 

Debility. Debility may be permanent or temporary. In 
the first, the constitution is naturally weak, or has been ren- 
dered so by improper treatment, or sickness ; the second 
generally arises from over-exertion, and, if the exciting causf 
be frequently repeated, terminates very commonly in a total 
decay of the constitution. Rest and kind treatment are the 
best cure for weakness induced by fatigue. The greatest 
attention should be paid to the degree of work that a horse 
is capable of enduring, as what may be salutary for him at 
one period may greatly exceed his strength at another ; and 
this generally depends on the mode of stable management. 
The common practice of working horses too early frequently 
results in debility. 

Decoction. The process of extracting the virtues of a 
substance by boiling it in water. The liquid so prepared is 
termed decoction. Almost all the medicinal properties of plants 
may be extracted by pouring boiling water over them. In 
boiling they lose their volatile properties. 

Deglutition. The act of swallowing. The power of 
swallowing is often impeded in the horse by sore throat, dis- 
temper, &c. This impediment is only of a temporary nature ; 
but there is another, which is of a more serious kind, and 
interferes with mastication, as well as swallowing. The 
grinding teeth of horses often wear down in such a manner, 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART, 221 

that the outside edge of the upper grinders irritates or wounds 
the cheek, and the inside of the lower grinders acts similarly 
upon the tongue, or the skin connected with it. Whenever 
a horse is observed to void unbroken oats with his dung, the 
teeth and cheeks should be examined. It will often be found 
necessary to rasp the outside edges of the upper grinders, and 
sometimes the inner edge of the lower ones. 

Demulcents. Medicines of a mucilaginous kind, which 
sheathe the mucous membranes when they are tender and 
irritable, and defend them from the action of what would 
otherwise injure them. Of this kind are marsh mallows, lin- 
seed tea, solution of gum arable. 

Dentition. The act of changing the teeth, which is going 
on from the third to the fifth year. During this period, the 
horse's mouth is apt to become tender, which renders it neces- 
sary to keep him for a short time on scalded shorts, or boiled 
carrots. 

Diabetes. An excessive discharge of urine, accompanied 
by thirst and debility. There are three outlets for the fluids 
of the body — the surface, the lungs, and the urinary passage. 
When either is deficient in action, one of, or both the others, 
must make up that deficiency ; so, excess in one produces 
deficiency in the others ; hence, in diabetes we often find a 
dry skin and staring coat ; and in excessive perspiration, the 
urine is scanty, whatever be the organs affected, or whether 
the one or the other be excessive or diminished. The indi- 
cations are, to equalize the action of these opposing or sympa- 
thizing surfaces, by restoring the diminished secretions, and 
cleansing and toning the organ whose action is excessive. 
All direct eff"orts to produce specific efi'ects, without regard to 
a balance of action through the whole animal, do more harm 
than good. 

DiAPHckiETics. Medicines that promote insensible perspi- 
ration, or excite moderate sweating. Of this class are lobelia 
and thoroughwort, given in infusion. 

Diaphragm, Midriff, or Skirt. A muscular and tendi- 



232 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 

nous expansion, which divides the cavity of the chest from 
the abdomen, or belly. 

DiARRHCEA, or PuRGiNG. In Profcssor Percival's lectures 
on diarrhoea, he states that "for the majority of cases brought 
to us, we are indebted to the groom, the farrier, and stable- 
keeper, who used to kill many horses by literally purging 
them to death. Thirty years ago, an ounce and a half or two 
ounces of aloes, occasionally combined with one or two 
drachms of calomel, composed the common purge ; and even 
now, among these people, nine, ten, and eleven drachms are 
by no means unusual doses. Young horses, on their first 
arrival in the metropolis, are all physicked ; they have given 
to them, indiscriminately, doses of aloes, every one of which 
would be sufficient to purge two of them ; the result is, that 
the light-carcassed, irritable subject is carried off at once by 
superpurgation, while another, or two, may linger in misery 
and pain from a dysentery that will end in gangrene and 
death, or be rendered more speedily fatal by the doses of 
opium, or some other powerful astringent,* which are so per- 
niciously resorted to on these occasions. There is another 
not uncommon cause of this disease, and that is continuous 
and excessive exertion. After having been ridden for many 
hours, a horse will often express irritation in the bowels, by 
frequently voiding his excrement, which will be found to be 

* Suppose the groom, farrier, &c., do give opium, are they not following 
in the footsteps of their great prototype, viz., Allopathy ? By-the-by, Cul- 
len tells us, " that opium is a narcotic and sedative, and that the natural 
tendency of such articles is to depress the vital powers, and deprive all 
parts of sensibility." He supposed, that when a sedative was applied in a 
moderate dose, the " vis medicatrix " took the alarm in order to throw off 
the noxious application, and that thus arose those peculiar symptoms of 
mcreased action ; but when the dose was given as above, " in fatal doses," 
lie contended that the conservative power of the system was silenced, and 
unable to offer any salutary resistance. From this we infer, that if you cut 
off a horse's tail it proves salutary, and excites ; but if you knock his brains 
out, it proves sedative. The true plan is to give antispasmodics, combined 
with charcoal and slippery elm, remove obstructions, invite action to the sur- 
face, &c. This is the true effect to be produced, and the only justifiable 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 223 

enveloped in a slimy or mucous matter, that is called by some 
molten grease." 

DiLUTENTs. Those substances that increase the fluidity 
of the animal economy. Water may be justly considered as 
the only dilutent. 

Director. A grooved instrument, made for the purpose 
of conducting the knife in open sinuses, and in several other 
operations of surgery. 

Dislocation. A displacement of a bone from its socket. 
A dislocation of the fetlock joint may be replaced, and kept 
in its position by bandages ; the horse should not take any 
exercise until it is completely healed. A dislocation of the 
stifle, or patella, must be reduced by bringing the horse's leg 
under the belly, and then depressing the outer angle of the 
patella, or stifle bone, with the hand, Avhich gives the muscles 
the power to draw the bone into its place. Generally speak- 
ing, dislocations are rare. 

Distemper. This name is applied to diseases that prevail 
at particular periods, and spread to a considerable distance. 
(See Epidemic.) 

Docking. Cutting ofi" part of the tail. If this is ever 
necessary, (and the author doubts it,) then the operation 
should be performed before the animal is two years old. 

Drastic. A term applied to purgatives that operate pow- 
erfully. 

Drenches, or Drinks. When it is necessary that any 
medicine should operate speedily, this is the best form in 
which it can be given. A bottle, with a short neck, is the 
best drenching instrument. In giving a drench, the tongue 
should be at liberty, the head moderately elevated ; the 
drench is then poured down moderately. The head is to be 
kept in an elevated position until the drench is swallowed. 
If the animal happens to cough while the drench is in his 
throat, the head should be immediately let down. 

Dressing. A term employed to designate medical applica- 
tions to a wound, or ulcer, and the operation of cleaning a 
horse. 



234 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 

Dropsy. This disease consists in a collection of serons or 
watery fluid, either in cavities, as the chest, belly, or ventri- 
cles of the brain, or in the cellular membrane under the skin. 
Dropsy is more a symptom of disease than a disease itself; 
but sometimes, on account of the violence and danger of the 
symptom, it is often treated as a disease. The proximate 
cause is a check to perspiration ; the remote cause is bleeding, 
or any thing that can debilitate the general system. 

Dropsy of the Chest. This is sometimes a consequence 
of disease of the lungs ; and when it happens, those important 
organs generally are so far disorganized, or injured, that 
there is very little chance of the animal's recovery. 

Dropsy of the Belly, or Ascites. The causes are the 
same as above ; the only difference is, that, from circumstan- 
ces predisposing the fluid is determined on the peritoneum, 
(see Peritoneum,) instead of the pleura. 

Duct. A membranous tube, or canal, through which cer- 
tain fluids are conveyed. Thus the lachrymal duct conveys 
tears from the eyes to the nose. 

Dung. By examining a horse's dung, we are enabled to 
judge of the state of his health. When the dung is hard, 
and in small knobs, and covered with slime, laxative medi- 
cines are beneficial ; and when it is passed in too great 
quantities, it commonly arises from too liberal allowance of 
food. If oats are voided whole, it will generally be found 
to be caused either by a defect of the teeth, or by a too vora- 
cious appetite, occasioning the food to be swallowed without 
mastication ; in which case the animal should be fed on 
shorts, or scalded food. 

Duodenum. The first intestine that comes from the stom- 
ach. (See Intestines.) 

Dura Mater. A strong membrane that invests the brain 
and divides it into two lobes. It likewise separates the large 
brain (cerebrum) from the small, or cerebellum. 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 225 



E 

Ear. The horse's ear is merely an organ for collecting 
sound ; consequently he has complete power over the muscles 
attached to them, and can turn them in different directions. 

Effluvia. Invisible vapors that arise from bodies. 

Effusion. The oozing out of serum, or coagulable lymph, 
from the blood-vessels. 

Embrocation. A liquid preparation for rubbing upon the 
skin, and generally used for strains, bruises, and enlarged 
glands. 

Emetic, Tartar. Tartarized antimony. A corrosive 
metallic poison. Dr. White relates, " From examining the 
stomachs of horses that have taken this mineral, I am satisfied 
that irreparable mischief may be done with it, and certain it 
is that a vast deal of unnecessary pain has been thus inflicted." 

Emphysema. Swellings which contain air. Such swell- 
ings are known by a kind of crackling noise, or sensation, 
when they are pressed with the finger. 

Emulgent Arteries. The arteries which convey blood 
to the kidneys. 

Encanthis. a disease of tlie inner corner of the eye. 

Encysted. A term applied to tumors which consist of a 
solid or liquid substance, contained in a sac, or cyst. 

Enteritis. Inflammation of the bowels. This is only a 
symptom of disease, and is the result of plethora, or the sud- 
den application of cold to the surface, the overloaded state 
of the stomach and bowels. Obstinate spasm will produce it. 

Epidemic Diseases which spread over a whole country 
at certain seasons, or any time. If many suffer in tiie same 
manner, it is called epizootic. There arc very few diseases 
which assume, in its latter or earlier stages, such a variety of 
forms ; perhaps depending on the location, and the peculiar 
state of the constitution. Youatt writes, " In 1711, an 
epidemic commenced, which, although it sometimes suspended 
its ravages, would visit new districts; it also appeared in a 
29 



226 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 

certain district, and confined itself to that location. In 1747, 
it appeared, and would seem that there was a strange caprice 
about it. It would select its victims, the best of the herd, 
around a certain district, and confine itself to that location 
for a short time ; then disappear for several months, return, 
and pounce upon this privileged spot. In some districts, it 
would attack the mouth and throat ; commencing with a loss 
of appetite and difficult respiration, terminating with a dis- 
charge of blood from the anus. Sometimes the animals will 
eat and work until they suddenly expire ; others will linger 
in dreadful agony." It appears that this malady is not infec- 
tious ; for the same author writes, " Cattle were in the same 
barn as those infected ; they ate of the same fodder that the 
distempered beasts had slavered upon, drank after them, and 
constantly received their breath and steam, without being the 
least affected. In 1756, it assumed a different form ; some 
cattle were taken all at once with violent trembling of every 
limb, and blood ran from the nose, and bloody slime from the 
mouth, and the animals died in a few hours," 

Epiglottis. The cartilage which covers the larynx, or 
top of the windpipe, at the time food or water is passing into 
the gullet. 

Epilepsy. Falling sickness ; fits. Horses, cats, and dogs, 
are subject to fits, which often depend upon an accumulation 
of water in the ventricles of the brain, or upon the irritation 
of worms in the stomach or bowels. During the present 
year, the author's attention was called to a horse, (the property 
of Mr. Downs, of this city ;) the horse was lying down, and 
at times appeared insensible ; convulsive struggling would 
take place occasionally. The muscles of the eye were affect- 
ed by spasm, and distorted ; the duration of the fit varied. 
As the disease progressed, the hind extremities were paralyzed, 
and the horse would struggle violently at intervals of fifteen 
minutes. On an examination, after death, nearly a peck meas- 
ure full of the long round worm was found in the small 
intestines. The author examined the brain of a horse that 
was said to die in a fit, and found about five ounces of water 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 227 

in the ventricles of the brain. The fits in horses do not 
exactly resemble the fits of the human body. 

Epitaxis. Bleeding at the nose. This sometimes occurs 
in glanders, and denotes a considerable ulceration within the 
nostrils. When it happens to a horse in health, it shows an 
unequal circulation of the blood. 

Epsom Salts. Sulphate of magnesia. A neutral salt, often 
employed as an aperient for cattle ; but it is very uncertain in 
horses, and is apt to gripe sadly. 

Eschar. A slough formed by the application of caustic. 

Excrescence. Any preternatural formation on any part 
of the body, as warts, wens, splents, spavins, &c. 

Exercise. (See part first.) 

Exostosis. An osseous tumor originating from a bone ; 
such as splent, spavin, ringbone, &c. Perhaps no animal is 
more subject to this disease than the horse ; and in no depart- 
ment of the veterinary science is there a greater need of 
reform than in the treatment of the disease now under con- 
sideration. Almost every man who knows any thing about 
a horse can detect a spavin, &:-c. ; but not one in a hundred 
can tell any thing about the true nature of the malady, or the 
indications to be fulfilled in the treatment ; and in conse- 
quence of a lack of knowledge on this subject many a poor 
animal has suff'ered immensely, who, if he was not deprived 
of the power of speech, would make the ears of his oppres- 
sors tingle with a tale of man's barbarity and inconsistency. 

The bony structure, being composed of vital solids, 
although studded with crystallizations of saline carbonates and 
phosphates, is liable, like other parts of the structure, to take on 
preternatural or morbid action, and may result from or ac- 
company constitutional idiosyncrasies, resulting from heredi- 
tary taints on the side of the dam or stallion. The most 
frequent causes of splent, spavin, &c., are undue acts of exer- 
tion on hard pavements, and the imposition of weight dispro- 
portioned to the strength of the animal : young horses are 
particularly liable to exostosis when severely worked or over- 
burdened. Any sudden or extraordinary efforts in backing 



228 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 

or suddenly pulling up at full speed, racing before the horse 
shall have arrived at maturity, while the joints are yet in 
a state of imperfection, very frequently lay the foundation 
of exostosis. The parts being sprained and taxed beyond 
endurance, disease is excited in the ligamentous substance, 
and extends itself to the periosteum and bones ; the ligaments 
often become ossified, and are rendered fixtures ; the perios- 
teum, being raised by bony accumulations, presents itself in 
the situation of splents, spavin, or ringbone. 

Sir A, Cooper divides exostosis, in reference to its seat, 
into two kinds — periosteal and medullary ; and again, as 
to its nature, into cartilaginous and fungous. "But," says 
Mr. Percival, "it is to that kind only which is situated 
between the shell of the bone and the periosteum covering it, 
that we have to attend in veterinary practice. On dissection 
we find the periosteum thicker than usual, with cartilage 
beneath it, and ossific matter within the cartilage, extending 
from the shell of the bone nearly to the internal surface of 
the periosteum, still leaving on the surface of the swelling a 
thin portion of cartilage unossified." 

When the accretion of these swellings ceases, and the dis- 
ease has been of long standing, they are found to consist on 
their exterior surface of a shell of osseous matter similar to that 
of the original bone ; consequently, when an exostosis has been 
formed in the manner here described, the shell of the original 
bone becomes absorbed, and cancelli are deposited in its place. 

" In the mean time, the outer surface of the exostosis ac- 
quires a shell resembling that of the bone itself. When the 
exostosis has been steeped in an acid, and by this means 
deprived of its phosphate of lime, the cartilaginous structure 
remains of the same form and magnitude as the diseased de- 
posits ; and as far as I have been able to discover, it is effused 
precisely in the same manner as healthy bone. 

" An exostosis, abstractedly considered, does not appear to 
occasion much inconvenience to the animal, except in the 
early stages. A ringbone, confined to the pastern bones, is 
of little consideration ; but should it show itself at or near 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 229 

the joint, it seldom fails to produce lameness, which is often 
of a permanent nature. Lameness, therefore, is not an inva- 
riable symptom of exostosis ; for most splents, and many 
ringbones, and even spavins, exist without lameness. When 
this disease invades ligamentous structure, however, lameness 
generally accompanies it — an effect we would refer to the ex- 
cessive tenderness of the part. Should the tumor interfere, 
either from its bulk or situation, with the motions of joints, 
muscles, or tendons, lameness is a concomitant, and often 
irremediable symptom." 

It appears that various constitutional and local remedies 
have been tried for the prevention and dispersion of exosto- 
sis, viz., " the actual cautery, ammonia, cartharides, caustic, and 
setons." The constitutional remedies are of the same destruc- 
tive nature, and have but too often aggravated that which they 
were intended to relieve : we do not believe that any specific 
treatment has ever had the honor of curing these forms of 
disease ; that course of treatment we have ever found the 
most satisfactory that is calculated to promote the general 
health by sanative means ; we cleanse the system, equalize 
the circulation, and excite healthy action to the parts by stim- 
ulants and counter-irritation, (if the parts are inactive;) poul- 
tices, fomentations, &c., if there is pain, or increased action. 
If this is done early, exostosis is easily arrested, unless an 
hereditary taint is manifest. 

" The removal of exostosis by an operation, we are told, 
has been performed with success, and no doubt there are 
cases in which it may safely be performed ; yet it cannot be 
successful on spavined horses, the natural termination of 
spavin being anchylosis of the bones of the hock, and inter- 
articular cartilage : a knowledge of this fact has led men to 
suppose that Nature has turned a somerset ; and they endeavor 
to set her right with the firing iron and the implements of 
death ;. whereas, if her intentions were aided, the result 
would prove more satisfactory. 

Extravasation. The escape of blood or other fluids from 
their proper vessels. 

Eye. (See part first.) 



23Q DICTIONARY OV THE VETERINARY ART. 



F 

Falling of the Yard or Penis. This disease sometimes 
happens to horses and bulls, in consequence of swelling, ex- 
crescence, and ulceration of the parts, sometimes of an obsti- 
nate or malignant nature. It may also be occasioned by too 
frequent sexual intercourse. It may also depend on weakness 
of the part ; and when this is the case, there is no ulceration 
nor excrescence about it. If it depend on debility, then tone 
up the whole animal, and wash the parts, first with Castile 
soap, then with cold water. If it result from ulceration, wash 
with weak vinegar and water, afterwards with a mixture of 
powdered charcoal and water. The latter may be thrown up 
the sheath with a common syringe or injection pipe. When 
the ulcers show a disposition to heal, a little powdered bay- 
berry bark will generally complete the cure. When excres- 
cences form on the sheath or inside of it, they should be taken 
off by applying a ligature tight around their base. 

Farcy. A disease of the lymphatics or absorbent vessels. 
Its most usual form is that of small tumors, or buds, as they 
are termed, which make their appearance in different parts of 
the surface, gradually become soft, or suppurate, and burst, 
and become a foul ulcer. Its cause may be found in any 
thing that will derange the general system, or produce debil- 
ity ; its proximate cause is immoderate work, inattention to 
diet, hot unhealthy stables, sudden changes of temperature, 
standing on filthy litter, &c. 

Fattening. (See part first.) 

Fauces. That part of the throat which lies behind the tongue. 

Feeding. (See part first.) 

Femoral Artery. The principal artery of the thigh. 

Femur, or Os Femoris. The thigh bone. 

Fetlock. A lock of hair at the lower part of the fore and 
hind legs. 

Fetlock Joint. (See Foot, part first.) 

Fever is a powerful effort of the vital principle to remove 



DICTIONARY OP THE VETERINARY ART. 231 

all obstructions to ordinary and proper action. The reason 
why veterinary practitioners have not ascertained this fact 
heretofore is, because they have been guided by the false prin- 
ciple that fever is disease. Let them but receive the truth of 
the definition we have given, then the light will begin to 
shine, and medical darkness will be rendered more visible. 

Fever, we have said, is an effort of the vital power to 
regain its equilibrium of action through the system, and 
should never be subdued by the use of agents that deprive 
the organs of the power to produce it. Fever will be 
generally manifested in one or more of that combination of 
signs commonly given as a description of fever, viz., increased 
velocity of the pulse, heat, redness, pain and swelling, thirst, 
obstructed surface, &c., some of which will be present, local 
or general, in greater or less degree, in all forms of disease. 
In what is called acute attacks, these signs are very mani- 
fest : in chronic cases, they are often faint ; but still they 
exist. When an animal has taken cold, and there is power 
enough in the system to keep up a continual warfare against 
obstructions, the disturbance of vital action being unbroken, 
the fever is called pure, or unbroken. The powers of the 
system may become exhausted by efforts at relief, and the 
fever will be periodically reduced : this form of fever is 
called remittent. It would be asburd to expect that the 
most accurate definition of fever would correspond, in all its 
details, with another case, as to expect all animals to be alike. 

There are many agents that obstruct vital action, and many 
an organ to be obstructed, which some have classed as distinct 
fevers ; for example, milk fever, puerperal fever, symptom- 
atic, typhus, inflammatory, &c. Our system teaches us that 
there is but one cause of fever, viz., the natural motive power 
of the system, and but one fever itself, viz., accumulated vital 
action ; hence the treatment must be physiological. 

Veterinary Surgeon Percival, in an article on fever, says, 
" We have no more reason, not near so much, to give fever a 
habitation in the abdomen, as we have to enthrone it in the 
head ; but it would appear from the full range of observation, 



232 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 

that no part of the body can be said to be insusceptible of 
inflammation [local fever ] in human fever, though, at the 
same time, no organ is invariably or exclusively affected. All 
I wish to contend for is, that both, idiopathic and symptom- 
atic fevers exhibit the same form, character, and species, and 
the same general means of cure ; and that were it not for the 
local affection, it would be difficult or impossible to distin- 
guish them. When we come to examine the accounts of dif- 
ferent authors on fever, and compare them one with another, 
we can hardly refrain from coming to the conclusion that 
their descriptions were originally derived from human medi- 
cine, and have been but variously modified to suit the pre- 
vailing doctrines of the day ; they have gone through a 
system of imaginary fevers, and regularly transferred the 
observations and language of ancient authors upon diseases 
of the human species to the constitution of quadrupeds." 

In the treatment of disease, and when fever is present, 
manifested by a determination of blood to the head, the ob- 
ject is to invite the blood downward and outward ; or, in 
other words, equalize the circulation by warmth and moisture 
externally, as in lockjaw, (which see, part second ;) mix a table- 
spoonful of alterative powder (see Appendix) in an antispas- 
modic drink, (see Artispasmodics ;) continue the drinks as 
occasion may require ; rub the legs diligently with a brush ; if 
they are still cold, anoint them with stimulants, (we use horse 
liniment ; tincture of capsicum will answer if the liniment 
is not at hand.) Bandage the legs with flannel, if the weather 
is cold ; this diverts the action of the available vital force to 
the surface and extremities ; when this is accomplished, a tea 
of thoroughwort will arouse the tepidity of the bowels. In- 
jections must not be overlooked. 

If disease assumes a malignant or putrid type, substi- 
tute distemper powder for alterative, and combine with anti- 
spasmodic drinks ginger and capsicum, in small quantities. 
There is no danger in the administration of the latter, 
either in malignant or epidemic disorders. 

In neat cattle, should fever be present, the eyes appear dull 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 233 

and watery, the muzzle dry, and rumination has ceased : then 
the blood, for want of room in the nutritive tissues, is forced 
upon the lungs, liver, spleen, brain, or other glandular tissues, 
and men have named the disease congestive fever. The 
author advises the reader not to feel alarmed about the fever, 
but set to work and relieve the oppression by the same means 
as above. Disease of the bowels, garget of the head and 
udder, will require fomentation and stimulants to the parts. 

Filly. A name given to a mare until she is two or three 
years old. 

Film. Opacity of the cornea. (See Eye, part first.) 

Filtration. Straining liquids through unsized paper; 
also through sand or porous stone. 

Firing. A severe operation often performed on horses, for 
spavins, curbs, ringbones, &c. Such barbarity should never 
be practised : it is a disgrace to this age of improvement. 
When discoveries are leaping on discoveries, and medical 
reform has germinated, shall we not permit the poor dumb 
brute to share the benefits of our investigations ? Every man 
who loves a horse, or wishes well to the cause of humanity, 
will say that a more safe and eliectual system of veterinary 
practice is necessary to rescue from the torture of the firing 
iron one of the noblest and most valuable quadrupeds in the 
world. 

" The rage of firing is very generally, and much too 
frequently adopted, and no doubt, upon most occasions, hur- 
ried on by the pecuniary propensity and dictation of the 
interested operator, anxious to display his dexterity, or, as 
Scrub says, ' his newest flourish ' in the operation ; and 
when performed, and the horse is turned out to grass, if taken 
up sound, I shall ever attribute much more of the cure to 
that grand specific, rest, than to the effects of his fire." (See 
Ta[)lin's Farriery, p. 83.) Hence the firing iron, like all 
other destructive agents, excites the system to rally her pow- 
ers and resist the encroachments of disease ; yet the process is 
like taking a citadel by storm ; the breaches that are made by 
the weapons of warfare (such are the firing iron, scalpel, lan- 
30 



234 DICTIONAKY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 

cet, and poison) can be traced, and leave unmistakable 
evidences of their encroachments. Instead of provoking the 
vital powers to action by such destructive enginery, we 
should afford Nature all the aid we can, but never interfere 
with her operations. 

Fistula of the Withers, " An obstinate disease of the 
horse's withers, or points of the shoulder, commonly produced 
by a bruise of the saddle." No wonder Dr. White calls it 
" obstinate," when the following treatment is recommended 
by him. "The scalding mixture — it consists of any fixed 
oil, (as lamp or train oil,) spirit of turpentine, verdigris, and 
corrosive sublimate. These are put into an iron ladle, and 
made nearly boiling hot ; and in this state the mixture is to 
be applied to the diseased parts, by means of a little tow 
fastened to the end of a stick ! It is necessary to prevent the 
mixture from flowing over the sound parts, as it would not 
only take off the hair, but cause ulceration of the skin." If 
this mixture will produce diseased action in the sound parts, 
we need not ask what will be the result when applied to parts 
already diseased. The author has cured many cases of fistula, 
by treating them as common abscesses, with the application 
of stimulating antiseptic and tonic poultices, (see Poultices,) 
and by a purifying course of treatment, with proper attention 
to diet, &.C. 

Fleam. An instrument with which horses and cattle are bled. 

Flesh. A common name for the muscles of the body. 

Flexor Muscles. The flexor muscles are those that bend 
one bone upon another. The muscles that serve to bend the 
leg, for example, are named flexors. 

Foaling. The bringing forth young in mares is not so 
often attended with difficulty as in cows, and they have 
seldom occasion for assistance. They should be placed in a 
situation where they may have shelter, and where they are 
free from danger. 

Fomentations. Fomentations are generally made by pour- 
ing boiling water on camomiles, burdock, poplar bark, &.c. 
For an emollient fomentation, ground slippery elm is preferred. 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 235 

In inflammation of the bowels, for example, it may be foment- 
ed with flannels wrung out in a thin mixture of slippery elm. 

Foot. (See part first.) 

Foot Rot. This name is applied to a disease in the feet 
of sheep. This disease often happens to such as are fed in low 
meadows, or where the grass holds the frost or cold dews for 
a considerable time. Probably a foul habit of body may be 
a predisposing cause. In the treatment of foot rot, we 
should endeavor to find out the cause, or causes, of the dis- 
order, and change the food or location of the sheep. If the 
disease is spread under the horny covering, all the superfluous 
horn should be carefully pared away, so that the dressing 
may be applied to the whole of the aff'ected parts. The 
dressing is composed of powdered lobelia, formed to the con- 
sistence of paste, with honey. 

Foul Feeders. Horses are so named that have depraved 
or vitiated appetites, eating foul litter and earth from the 
ground. 

Founder. A term expressive of the different forms of 
rheumatism in the horse. Veterinary writers describe three 
difl"erent forms of this disease, viz., founder of the body, 
chest, and feet. This is one and the same disease, only locat- 
ed in difl'erent parts, and may arise from the same general 
causes ; which consist in chilling the animal when exhausted, 
by which means the perspiration is obstructed, by much 
fatigue, and by violent and long-continued exertion : ex- 
posing the animal to cold wind or rain, or washing his 
legs and thighs, and sometimes his body, is often the cause 
of founder. Dr. White calls "founder a term expressive of 
the ruined state of the horse." And well he might call it 
"ruined." How many thousand animals have been ruined, 
not by the disease, but by the treatment! Here is a specimen 
of it. Dr. White says, " The horse was bled before I saw 
him : five quarts of blood were taken oft\ I desired he might 
be bled again, when half a pailful more was abstracted. In 
less than an hour I saw him again, and, finding that he was 
not relieved, took another half pailful, amounting in all to 



236 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 

four gallons ! The horse was sent home, and seemed to be 
doing well in a straw yard, though very weak and thin. [No 
wonder, after such a loss sustained by the vital powers.] At 
the end of three or four months, he began to lose his fore 
hoofs, and after declining some time longer, he died" — a 
victim to science. It is evident from experience and facts, 
that the above treatment renders the disease incurable, and is 
the true cause of death ; therefore, not suitable to the true 
ends to be accomplished. What, then, are the true ends to be 
accomplished ? To relax muscular structure, determine 
action to the surface, improve the secretions, and remove 
obstructions which disturb or repel vital action. This will 
equalize the circulation of the blood, when it will be found 
that there ivill be no necessity for diminishing its quantity. 
The inflammation, as it is termed, is always sufliciently 
controlled when the circulation of the blood is free and uni- 
versal. Therefore we of the reformed school, instead of 
withdrawing vital action, promote its equal and universal 
diffusion. 

Frog. The back part of the bottom of the horse's foot. 

G 

Galbanum. a gum resin, sometimes employed as an 
expectorant and antispasmodic ; the dose, three or four 
drachms. It is used, also, in the composition of warm adhe- 
sive plasters, such as gum and diachylon plaster. 

Gall. A common name for bile. 

Gall. A sore produced by pressure, or chafing of the sad- 
dle or harness. 

Gall Bladder. The horse has no gall bladder, or reser- 
voir for bile. A considerable quantity of bile, however, is 
formed by the horse's liver, and is conveyed by the hepatic 
duct into the first intestine, or duodenum. In the cow and 
sheep, the gall bladder is of considerable size. 

Ganglion. This term is applied to a natural enlargement, 
or knot, in the course of some of the nerves. 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 237 

Gangrene. An incipient mortification. In this stage of 
the disease, there is generally a remission of pain ; the part 
is deprived of vital force, by causes inducing a loss of tone. 

Garlic. It operates upon the horse as a diffusible stimu- 
lant and expectorant ; possessing, also, diuretic properties. 
The author considers garlic a valuable remedial agent in the 
treatment of any disease where the constitution has suffered 
through hard work, or ill usage. It is a general custom, on 
the eastern coast of China, to allow cattle to eat as much 
as they choose. They are never known to suffer any incon- 
venience from it ; on the contrary, they appear to thrive, and 
are scarcely if ever sick. The only objection to its long- 
continued use in cattle is, that it imparts an unpleasant flavor 
to the meat. It is considered by Gibson to be a valuable 
remedy in coughs. He advises two or three of the cloves or 
kernels, cut small, to be given in each feed, and observes that, 
by continuing this practice, with right and well-timed exer- 
cise and careful feeding, he has known many horses to recover, 
even when there has been a suspicion of their wind. 

Gastric Juice. A juice formed in the stomach for the pur- 
pose of digestion. 

Gastritis. Inflammation of the stomach. 

Gaunt Bellied. A term applied to a horse when he is 
drawn up in the flank. 

Gelatine. A component part of animal matter. 

Gelding. A castrated horse. Such horses are not so vig- 
orous as stallions ; the latter are freer from disease than geld- 
ings, and will do more work, and keep a better appearance, as 
to coat and flesh, upon the same quantity of food. 

Gentian Root. A good tonic for a horse : the dose is two 
or three drachms. 

Gestation. Being with young. The time of gestation in 
the mare is eleven months ; of the cow, nine months. 

Ginger. An aromatic root, possessing stimulant and car- 
minative properties. 

Glanders. A contagious disease peculiar to the horse, the 
ass, and the mule. Many persons suppose that glanders and 



238 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 

farcy are the effect of a specific poison in the blood ; but 
this theory is exploded. The following will show some 
light on the subject, for which we are indebted to R. 
Vines, V. S. : " All the symptoms of disease which constitute 
glanders and farcy, invariably depend on the unhealthy state 
of the system into which it is reduced or brought, and not, 
as is supposed, from a specific poison contained in the blood ; 
and these symptoms of disease are found to depend on, and 
arise from, a variety of causes ; whether they occur at the 
latter states or stages of common inflammatory diseases, such 
as strangles, common cold, distemper, disease of the lungs, 
dropsy, &c., or whether they arise independently of such 
causes ; for when the system is brought into an unhealthy state, 
and is more or less debilitated, from neglect, or by the improper 
treatment of any of these diseases, [many of them are im- 
properly treated, — ] farcy, or glanders, is the result. The 
diseases of every animal will, therefore, assume a character 
according to the state of the system." Mr. Percival, V. S., 
says, '' The state of the body, or constitution, will always have 
considerable influence on the character and tendency of dis- 
ease. In horses whose bodies are, and have long been, in an 
unthriving and unhealthy condition, a common swollen leg 
will occasionally run into farcy ; and a common cold or 
strangles, or an attack of influenza, be followed by glanders. 
In other cases, such unfortunate sequels will supervene with- 
out any ostensible or discoverable cause." The great fault of 
those who have employed their talents in the investigation of 
the subject (glanders) is, that they take hold of the wrong end 
of it : they are engaged in attempting to discover tlie •'' specific 
poison," where none exists, when their time would be more 
profitably engaged in studying the principles of a system 
of medication that would rid the system of these early 
exciting causes, viz., common colds, &c., and thus prevent 
this great bugbear, glanders. The author can at any time, 
within a period of a few months, and without the assist- 
ance of " specific poison," manufacture a case of genuine 
glanders out of the following materials : A horse would be 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 239 

selected — and many such could be found in the city of Bos- 
ton — whose general health shall be impaired; let the surface 
be obstructed by standing in a shower of rain, without any 
thing to protect the animal from the pelting storm ; then put 
him into a stall near the door, where a current of cold air 
will pass the hind extremities : he remains in this situation 
during the night. On the following morning, the animal 
appears dull, and is off his feed. It is soon ascertained that 
he has taken cold : now treat him according to the kill-or-cure 
practice : " If there is difficulty of breathing, and the throat 
is sore, — or, in other words, the usual symptoms, — the first 
thing to be done is, to bleed largely, until the horse faints. 
He should then be put into a cool place. It is often necessary 
to repeat the bleeding two or three times. If the throat is 
very sore, blister the part." (See Cantharides.) The secre- 
tions now become impaired, there is loss of appetite, the coat 
stares ; there is a dull, sleepy appearance about the animal ; 
the discharge from the nostrils now assumes an acrimonious 
and putrid character, which, acting chemically on the mem- 
brane of the nose, constitutes ulceration : the latter corrode 
the cartilage and bones, and glanders is the result. Now we 
will view it in another form. The animal has taken cold • 
(see Catarrh ;) the lungs — from previous disease, and the 
subsequent inhalation of impure air in a hot and crowded 
stable — are incapacitated, and their power to purify and 
vitalize the blood is destroyed ; hence we have deposits of 
morbific matter on the mucous membrane, which corrode, 
ulcerate, and finally attack the substance of the lungs, and 
tubercle is the result, which may terminate in glanders. The 
expectoration, or passage of acrimonious humors through the 
nostril of the horse from the lungs, does, in its passage, irritate 
the schneiderian membrane at a point where it is in immediate 
contact with ossific or cartilaginous structure, and sufficiently 
accounts for the ulcers found in the nostrils in the above case. 
We do not hesitate to say that glanders can he produced with- 
out infection^ or contagion, and that a common cold or catarrh 
neglected, or improperly treated, will often terminate in glan- 



240 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 

ders. Mr. Vines, V.S., states, " that the practice of physicking 
horses, and exposing them to wet and cold, when they have 
common catarrh, will produce confirmed glanders." 

According to the testimony of Mr. G. Fenwick, V. S., of 
London, " Glanders is a symptom of tubercles on the lungs in 
nine times out of ten ; " hence, when a horse has taken cold, 
and the surface is obstructed, the prudent owner will endeavor 
to force a crisis ; that is, to open the pores of the skin, and 
promote perspiration. This can be done by the use of 
warmth and moisture externally, and the administration of 
warm antispasmodic drinks. This will relieve the stricture 
of the surface, and permit the egress of morbific matter, 
which would otherwise be thrown on the lungs, or kidneys. 
If there is not sufficient power in the system to determine 
action to the surface, then administer diffusible stimulants. 
Mr. Youatt remarks, " Improper stable management is a more 
frequent cause of glanders than contagion. The air which is 
necessary to respiration is changed and empoisoned in its pas- 
sage through the lungs ; and a fresh supply is necessary for 
the support of life. That supply may be sufficient barely to 
support life, but not to prevent the vitiated air from again and 
again passing to the lungs, and producing irritation and dis- 
ease. The membrane of the nose, possessed of extreme sen- 
sibility, is easily irritated by this poison. Professor Coleman 
relates a case v/hich proves to demonstration the rapid and 
fatal agency of this cause : " In the expedition to Cluiberon, 
the horses had not been long on board the transports, before it 
became necessary to shut down the hatchways : the conse- 
quence of this was. that some of them were suffocated, 
and that all the rest were disembarked either glandered or 
farcied." In a close stable, the air is not only vitiated by 
breathing, but there are other and more powerful sources of 
mischief The dung and the urine are suffered to remain, 
fermenting and giving out injurious gases. 

Glands. Soft, spongy substances in various parts of the 
body, which serve to secrete particular humors from the 
blood. They are vulgarly called kernels. 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 241 

Gleet. A discharge of a mucous fluid from the urethra, 
vagina, or nostrils. 

Glotti . The upper part of the larynx, or top of the 
windpipe. The sensibility of this part is so great, that if any 
substance happen to fall into the larynx, the most painful 
and distressing symptoms are produced ; and unless the ex- 
traneous matter be expelled by coughing, or removed by an 
operation, (bronchotomy) a fatal termination will be the con- 
sequence. 

Gorged. A terra applied to cattle with an overloaded 
stomach. When they are in this state, they are said to be 
blasted, blown, or hoven ; probably from the quantity of car- 
bonic acid gas that is generated, and by which thie stomach 
is so distended that cattle often die in consequence of it. 
When cattle are put into a pasture, which abounds in 
nutritious food, to which they have been unaccustomed, or 
have an improper quantity given them, they frequently fill 
the paunch to such an extent that they are incapable of rumi- 
nating : hence, the food remaining in a warm situation, the 
combined action of heat and moisture generates the gas. 

Granulations. A term applied to the little red, grain-like, 
fleshy bodies, which arise on the surface of ulcers and suppu- 
rating sores. Their use is to fill up cavities, and approximate 
the sides. 

Grease. A swelling of the horse's heels, and discharge 
of stinking matter. (For treatment, see Appendix.) 

Gripes. (See Colic.)* 

* Scientific Treatment of Colic, or Gripes. " On tlie 5th Sept., 
1824, a young bay mare was admitted into the infirmary with symptoms of 
colic, for which she lost eight pounds of blood before she came in. The 
following drench was prescribed to be given immediately: laudanum and oil 
of turpentine, of each, three ounces, with the addition of six ounces of 
decoction of aloes. In the course of half an hour this was repeated ! But 
shortly after she vomited the greater part by tlie mouth and nostrils. No 
relief having been obtained, twelve pounds of blood were taken from her, 
and the same drink was given. In another hour this drench was repeated ; 
and, for the fourth time, during the succeeding hour ; both of which, before 
death, she rejected, as she had done the second drink. Notwithstanding these 
ol 



242 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY? ART. 

Gristle. A name commonly given to cartilage. (See 
Cartilage.) 

Grogginess. a horse is said to be groggy, when he has a 
tenderness, or stiffness, about the feet, which causes him to 
go in an uneasy, hobbling manner. 

Gullet, or (Esophagus. A muscular and membranous 
tube, by which the food, &c., is conveyed from the mouth to 
the stomach. The upper part, or funnel-like cavity, is named 
pharynx. The gullet passes down the neck behind the 
windpipe, along the back bones through the diaphragm, and 
terminating in the stomach. 

Gums. The fleshy parts of the sockets of the teeth. 

H 

Habit. By this term is meant the disposition, or tempera- 
ment, of the body or constitution, whether natural or acquired. 
The term hahit is also applied to any vice, as starting, kick- 
ing, rearing, &c. All bad habits, whether of the body, con- 
stitution, temper, or disposition of animals, may be in some 
measure corrected, if not entirely put a stop to, by proper 
attention to breaking, breeding, and stable management. 

Halter Cast. Owing to the improper length of the 
halter, the horse is apt to get his fore leg across it, falls 
down, and sometimes injures himself considerably. 

Ham. This is the name given to the muscular part of 
the hind leg, terminating in the great tendo Achillis, or ham- 
string. 

active measures were promptly taken, she died about three hours after her 
admission." (See Clarke's Essay on Gripes.) It appears that the doctors 
made short work of it. Twelve ounces of laudanum, and the same of 
turpentine, in three hours ! But this is secundum artem. This is called 
skilfiil treatment, and justifiable in every case where the symptoms are 
urgent. 

Had the relaxing and stimulating plan, practised by us, been resorted to, 
and in a proper time and manner, it would probably have saved the poor 
brute. We have attended a large number of the same sort of cases, and 
have not yet lost the first. 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 243 

Hand. The division in the standard for measuring horses 
is thus named. A hand is four inches. 

Haw. (See Eye, part first.) 

Hay. (See Feeding, part first.) 

Heart. (See part first.) 

Heel. A term apphed to the back part ot the termination 
of the hoof. 

Hemlock. A narcotic vegetable poison, deriving its dele- 
terious properties from an alkaline principle, called conia. 
It has been known to kill many horses, who have partaken 
of it. 

Hemorrhage. A flow of blood from any part of the body, 
in consequence of the rupture of an artery or vein. Hemor- 
rhage from external injury is most readily stopped by taking 
up the bleeding vessel, and tying it with saddler's silk ; but 
when this cannot be done, the bleeding may generally be 
stopped by pressure, or styptics. (See Styptics.) 

Hepatitis. Inflammation of the liver. 

Hide-bound. When horses are out of condition, and have 
harsh dry coats, the skin will be contracted and found tight 
about the ribs. It is a symptom of disease, and shows that 
the general health is impaired. 

Hip-shot. This is known by one of the hip bones being 
lower than the other. It generally depends on a fracture of 
the OS innominatum, or small part of the hip bone ; the part 
having formed an irregular kind of union, so that the bone on 
that side is shorter than the other. 

Hock, or Hough. The horse's hock is composed of six 
bones. These bones are all connected together by very strong 
ligaments, which prevent dislocation, but allow a slight degree 
of motion among them. The surfaces that are opposed to 
each other are thickly covered by elastic cartilage, and by a 
membrane secreting the synovia, or oily fluid, which guards 
against friction. These bones are so strongly bound together 
as almost to defy dislocation. 

Hoof. (See plate 4, part first.) 

HooF-BOUND. A dry, brittle, and morbid state of the foot. 



244 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 

A want of vital action, occasioned, says Dr. White, " by in- 
flammation," which he calls disease. Now, it is evident that 
no vital action, as that of fever and inflammation, can be 
properly termed disease. The only action that can be prop- 
erly termed disease, is the chemical action manifested in 
suppm-ation and gangrene. This is the great popular error 
that we are laboring to overcome. It is that of attributing 
disease and death to the action of the powers of life. When 
a part is become diseased, especially the foot, (for from it the 
blood has a kind of up-hill work to perform, in returning to 
the heart by the veins,) there is a low state of vitality ; very 
little can be accomplished by the vital powers, amounting 
only to a low form of inflammation. And, of course, the 
chemical power of decomposition, always present and never 
tired, gets the advantage and decomposes the part ; we then 
have thrush, which if improperly treated, the hoof falls ofi" 
by the process of decomposition, or, in other words, mor- 
tification. It becomes separated from the living parts, for 
want of inflammation, or vital supremacy, over chemical 
agency ; and then the loss of the hoof is strangely attributed 
to inflammation, or the vital power, which did all it could to 
prevent such a termination. 

Hoof Casting. A partial, or complete separation of the 
horse's hoof from the sensitive foot. (See plate 5, part first.) 

HoosE. A term used by cow doctors. It signifies a 
cough, either chronic or acute, with which cattle are aff'ected 
from exposure to cold winds or rain. 

Horehound. a bitter vegetable, used in horse practice as 
a tonic and expectorant. 

HovEN. (See Blasted.) 

Hydatid. A thin bladder containing a fluid resembling 
water, and nearly transparent. It is found in different ani- 
mals. In sheep, it occasions a disease named gid, or giddi- 
ness ; the hydatid being found in one of the ventricles of the 
brain, or in its convolutions. On account of the pressure it 
makes on the brain, it disturbs the functions of that important 
organ, especially when the sheep are hurried or driven. 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 245 

Hydrocele. Dropsy of the testicle and its appendages. 

Hydrophobia. Canine madness. 

Hydrothorax, or Dropsy of the Chest. Mr. Percival 
informs us, " that the objects to be pursued in the treatment 
of hydrothorax are twofold : first, we are to diminish any 
excess of action that may show itself in the sanguineous 
system,* and thereby lessen the effusion of fluid into the 
chest ; and secondly, by increasing the action of the absorb- 
ent system, effect the removal of what is already accumulat- 
ed."! Most surgeons re-commend early tapping in dropsy. 
The operation may be performed with the common trocar and 
canula. The best place for the introduction of the instru- 
ment, is the space between the eighth and ninth ribs, close 
to their cartilages ; not between the latter, lest the pericar- 
dium be punctured. Here, making the skin tense with the 
fingers of the left hand, the instrument, with its point directed 
upwards and inwards, may, with a little rotary movement, 

* In plain English, abstract blood. This not only diminishes the san- 
guineous system, but every other function or system. The regulars have 
tried bloodletting to their hearts' content ; their patients have been rowelled, 
blistered, calomelized, turpentinized, and hellebored, yet they have never 
been able to preserve life, " except two solitary cases in Mr. Sewell's prac- 
tice ;" for Mr. Percival tells us, in his lectures, that "he never saw a case 
terminate favorably." Is not this a proof that our brethren are on the wrong 
track ? We are told that the proximate causes of dropsy are, " debility, and 
an obstructed perspiration ; " and tliat it may result from " loss of blood, 
diarrhoea, diabetes, and other circumstances that rapidly exhaust the sys- 
tem." Hence the processes of cure are just the means calculated to produce 
the disease. The true indications in the treatment are, to Avarm and relax 
the surface, and promote perspiration ; for whatever checks it, stops the 
egress of morbific matter from the system, and, of course, determines it 
upon the internal surfaces. Diffusible stimulants may be given, to keep 
up the action on the surface. The general health must be improved. 

f The action of the absorbent system never was, nor never can be, excited 
when the lancet is cooperative. Absorption is a physiological result, and 
cannot be excited by agents that act pathologically. The balance between 
exhalation and absorption is lost, in consequence of which, more fluid is 
poured out than is taken up : hence, if we excite the exhalents to throw off 
the morbid fluids from the surface, there will be less for the absorbent to 
take up, and the chances of success will be greater. 



046 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART, 

gradually be thrust in, until the resistance to its entry sud- 
denly ceases ; when the trocar should be withdrawn, and the 
canula at the same time pushed onwards, lest it slip out. If 
the flow of water suddenly ceases, a small whalebone probe 
should be introduced through the pipe. 



IcHOR. A thin, acrimonious discharge from ulcers, or dis- 
eased parts. 

Icterus. Jaundice, or yellows. 

Idiosyncrasy. A peculiar constitution, or temperament. 

Ileum. The last portion of the small intestine. It termi- 
nates in the large intestine, or blind gut, named caecum. 

Imposthume. a collection of matter, or pus, in any part. 

Incontinence of Urine. A continual dripping of the 
urine from a horse's sheath. (For treatment, see Appendix.) 

Indigestion. (See Remarks on Feeding, part first.) 

Inflammation. Inflammation and fever are one and the 
same thing. When fever is confined to a small part, it is 
called inflammation. (See Inflammation, part first.) Dr. 
White, although an advocate of the popular error, viz., blood- 
letting, makes some very sensible remarks on the subject. 
If men, generally, would, carry out these principles, they 
would prevent a great loss of property. " It must be obvi- 
ous, that when an animal is laboring under general inflamma- 
tion, or fever, in consequence of a suppression of the 
natural discharges, whether it be perspiration, urine, or dung, 
he cannot be cured merely by the abstraction of blood ; for, 
however large the quantity abstracted, that which remains 
will be impure, or acrimonious, and unfit for carrying on a 
healthy action. It is absolutely necessary to restore the 
natural discharges by means of suitable medicines, unless that 
be effected by an efl"ort of nature, which is not an uncommon 
occurrence, especially when the animal is supplied with some 
bland fluid, such as bran water or thin bran mashes. The 
morbid matter sometimes runs ofi" by the nostrils, sometimes 



lyiGTIONART or THE VETERTWARr ART. 247 

by the kidneys or bowels, and sometimes by a general relaxa- 
tion of the skin, and the body is thus restored to health." 
From the above we are led to the conclusion, that after all, 
Nature is the most efRcient doctor, and that man should be 
her servant, to procure what she wants, merely to be used in 
her own way. 

Influenza. Epidemic catarrh. Catarrhs, or violent colds, 
attended with sore throat, and a thin, watery discharge from 
the eyes and nose. It appears to be infectious, seldom making 
its appearance without attacking several horses in the same 
stable. The horse should subsist on warm gruel, and have a 
blanket thrown over him, and a drink of hyssop tea. As soon 
as the surface of the body is relaxed, and becomes moist, the 
catarrh will disappear. 

Infusion. (See Decoction.) 

Injection. A term sometimes applied to clysters. 

Inosculation. The running of arteries and veins into one 
another, or the inter-union of the extremities of arteries and 
veins. 

Inspiration. The act of drawing air into the lungs. 

Integument. Any common covering of the body : it gene- 
rally includes skin, muscle, and membrane. 

Intercostal. A term given to parts situated between the 
ribs : thus we have intercostal muscles, &c. 

Interfering. (See Cutting.) 

Intermittent. A name given to disorders that appear to 
go off at certain periods, and return after some interval. 

Intestines. (See Chymification, part first.) 

Intus-susception. This is occasioned by one portion of 
the bowels being forced down within the other. 

Iris. That part of the eye by which the light admitted 
to the retina is regulated. 

Irritability. All muscular parts possess the property of 
contracting, or shrinking, when irritated, and are therefore 
endowed with irritability. 

Issues. (See Rowels.) 

Itching. Itching in horses is generally a consequence of 
foul feeding, and may be occasioned by mange. 



248 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 



Jaundice. In jaundice, the natural course of the bile is 
perverted, and reabsorbed into the circulation. 

Jaw, Locked. (See Lockjaw.) 

Jejunum. Part of the small intestine is thus named from 
its being generally found empty. 

Joints. A joint is formed, generally speaking, by the 
heads of two or more bones. These ends are covered by a 
layer of cartilage or gristle, which is of a yielding nature. 
There is formed within the joint a slippery fluid, called syno- 
via, or joint oil. The ends of the bones, thus covered with a 
smooth, yielding surface, so slippery that they move freely on 
each other without suff'ering from friction, are then firmly 
tied together by a strong substance, named ligament, which 
completely surrounds the head of the bones : this is termed 
capsular ligament. In some joints we find an additional liga- 
ment within the capsular ligament, or cavity : thus, in the hip 
joint, a strong ligament connects the head of the thigh bone 
w'ith the socket that receives it. 

Joints are subject to disease, either from external injury, or 
from long-continued exertion of them. In the former, the 
capsular ligament is penetrated, and a discharge of synovia 
ensues. Mr. Percival remarks " that, in many cases of open 
joint, (commonly called so,) there is no division nor injury 
whatever of the capsular ligament ; but merely the exposure 
of some bursa mucosa placed between the joint and the ex- 
ternal wound : the discharge is of the same kind as in the 
former case, and we can only determine which it is by carefully 
probing the wound. Most of all we are likely to make this 
mistake in the shoulder joint and hock, when heat and swell- 
ing are present. From the acute sensibility of ligamentous 
parts when inflamed, the system quickly, and almost invaria- 
riably, sympathizes ; so that, in all severe cases of this nature, 
symptomatic fever supervenes, the pulse becomes accelerated, 
the horse heaves at the flanks, refuses his food, and shows 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 249 

symptoms of the most affecting suffering. It must be borne 
in mind that, although a joint be not open in the first 
instance, subsequent sloughing may expose its cavity. Now, 
the ordinary effects of disease in the synovial membrane are, 
first, a preternatural secretion of synovia, — hence the pro- 
fuse discharge observed in these cases ; second, an effusion of 
adhesive matter into the cavity of the joint ; third, a thick- 
ening of the synovial membrane, a conversion of it into a 
substance resembling gristle, and an effusion of adhesive mat- 
ter, and probably serum, into the cellular substance around, 
by which the external parts and those of the joints are firmly 
cemented together. In the latter stage the disease commonly 
extends itself to the cartilaginous surfaces ; they exfoliate, leav- 
ing the extremities of the bones denuded, to grate on each 
other as often as the joint is moved. The bones, in their 
turn, throw out deposits from their ends around the joint — a 
process that ultimately ensues, and anchylosis is the result." 

The indication to be fulfilled is to promote adhesion by 
bringing the edges together, and confining them in contact 
either by taking a few stitches, or shaving the hair off around 
the parts, and applying strips of adhesive plaster. The parts 
may have a pledget of lint bound on, moistened with healing 
balsam ; and if the limb will admit of it, a splint may be 
bound to the back part of it. so as to prevent all possibility 
of flexion. If union cannot be produced by this means, the 
parts may be poulticed with astringents. (See Appendix.) 
The object is to close the joint, and promote granulation. 
If the parts are inactive, sprinkle the surface of the poultice 
with charcoal and capsicum. In a case that came under the 
author's care in this city, and one in which there was no hope 
of its healing by the first intention, tlie tincture of capsi- 
cum was daily injected : this, together with tonic, stimulat- 
ing, astringent poultices and fomentations, completed the cure. 
In cases where the external wound is large, and there is much 
heat, pain, and loss of motion, poultices of a relaxing and 
lubricating nature should be used ; such are lobelia and 
slippery elm. A severe injiuy of this kind may be converted 
32 



250 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 

into a simple wound by the combined influence of these rem- 
edies. The horse should be kept at rest, on a light diet of 
scalded food, and an occasional dose of alterative powder. 
(See Appendix.) 

When lameness is manifest without heat or swelling, and 
there is reason to suppose that the animal has been over- 
worked, rest and proper attention to diet will be all that is 
necessary. When the case is one of long standing, a run at 
grass may effect a cure, unless there is reason to suppose that 
the articulatory surfaces of the bones are diseased ; we are 
not supposed to do more for these subjects that alleviate their 
sufferings, or, what amounts to the same thing, diminish their 
lameness : restoring them to soundness is out of the question. 

Jugular Veins. The large veins of the neck, where a 
horse is bled. * 

K 

Kernels. A common name for glands : thus the parotid 
glands, situated beneath the ear, are termed the kernels under 
the ear, and the submaxillary glands under the jaws, the ker- 
nels under the jaws. 

Kidneys. (See Glandular Secretions.) 

Kino. An astringent gum resin. 



Lacteals. Absorbent vessels which convey the chyle from 
the bowels into the thoracic duct. 

Lameness. The cause of lameness in horses is often very 
obscure, and can only be discovered by a patient and careful 
examination. A slight degree of lameness often passes unno- 
ticed ; or, if it be observed, the owner too often persuades 
himself that it will pass off. It is always the most prudent 
plan to lay up a horse the moment he is observed to be lame, 
and submit to the inconvenience of doing without his services 
until he is cured. When lameness is caused by wounds or 
bruises, the injured part is generally discovered without diffi- 
culty, though pricking, in shoeing, is not always so easily 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 251 

seen. All lameness from injuries within the hoof is often 
detected with difficulty. Slight lameness is most readily seen 
by making the horse trot gently, without giving any support 
to the head by the bridle or halter, and without urging him 
with the whip : the lameness is then seen by his dropping 
harder and dwelling longer on the sound leg than on the lame 
one, in order to favor the latter ; and this, when the lameness 
is at all considerable, is attended with a corresponding motion 
of the head, which drops a little whenever he steps on the 
sound limb. An experienced observer can at any time distin- 
guish lameness merely by seeing a horse walk out of the 
stable. It often happens, in very severe lameness of one or 
both fore feet, that the horse, when led out, will appear to be 
lame in the hind feet also : this is occasioned by the animal 
endeavoring to favor the fore foot or feet by throwing the 
bulk of his weight on the hind legs. In all cases of lame- 
ness, unless the cause is so evident as to render it unneces- 
sary, it is proper to examine the foot carefully in the first 
place ; and it should never be forgotten that swelling, heat, 
and tenderness of the fetlock joint, or even the leg, may arise 
from an injury to the foot. In lameness of the foot, the 
affected foot will be warmer than the other. Considerable 
relief may almost always be afforded in foot lameness by 
keeping the feet moist, or pasturing the animal in soft meadow 
land, or by stopping the bottoms of the feet with cow-dung 
and clay ; by paring them when necessary. We sometimes 
find, on examining a lame foot, that there is an enlargement 
immediately above the coronet, at the heels and quarters, and 
that this enlargement feels hard and bony. This is termed 
ossification of the lateral cartilages; it is more distinctly seen 
by comparing it with a sound foot. In lameness of the foot, 
there is sometimes a crack in the horn towards the heels, 
extending from the coronet a little way down the hoof: this 
happens sometimes after a horse has been travelling. This is 
named a sand-crack. When the seat of lameness is in the 
fetlock joint, some degree of heat or swelling will be per- 
ceived. As the horse stands, he will be observed to favor the 



252 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 

joint. Lameness of the back, sinews, or flexor tendons of the 
leg, is easily perceived by the heat and tenderness of the part. 
(See Strains.) 

Lampas. a swelling and sometimes tenderness of the roof 
of the mouth, adjoining the front teeth. When the part is 
tender, and prevents the horse from feeding, he should be fed 
on scalded shorts for a few days ; during that time, the mouth 
may be washed twice a day with an infusion of powdered 
bayberry bark. Two ounces of bark may be infused in one 
quart of boiling water : after macerating for one hour, it wall 
be fit for use. 

Larynx. The upper part of the trachea or windpipe. 

Lax. (See Scouring.) 

Laxative. Medicines that purge gently; the most simple 
and safe is linseed oil. 

Ligaments are strong, elastic membranes, connecting the 
extremities of the movable bones. 

Ligature. Twine, thread, or silk, waxed, for the purpose 
of tying arteries, veins, or other parts. 

Light. (See Stable Management, part first.) 

Lights. A common name for lungs. 

Lily. The root of the white lily is frequently used for 
poulticing. 

Linseed, or Flaxseed. An excellent emollient drink is 
made by pouring two quarts of boiling water on four ounces 
of linseed, and suffering it to stand in a warm place for a short 
time. It is useful in cold, catarrh, and in diseases of the 
kidneys or bladder. 

Liquorice. The root, dried and powdered, is used for the 
same purpose as the last article. 

Lobe. A portion of the lungs and liver is thus named. 

Lockjaw. This disease is too well known to require a 
particular description. It is evidently a disease of the volun- 
tary nerves, — other parts becoming sympathetically affected, 
— and often arises from a wound of a tendon, or nerve : it 
occasionally follows nicking, or docking. Mr. Youatt tells us, 
" This is one of the most fatal diseases to which the horse is 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 253 

subject." For the information of our readers, we will detail 
the treatment recommended by the above author. We pre- 
sume that every man of common sense will come to the con- 
clusion that the disease could not be otherwise than fatal 
under such unwarrantable barbarity. We have no personal 
disrespect for Mr. Youatt : it is the system of treatment 
recommended by him that we war against ; a system that has 
killed more than it ever cured. Mr, Youatt observes, " The 
rational method of cure would seem to be, first to remove the 
local cause ; but this will seldom avail much. The irritation 
has become general, and the spasmodic action constitutional. 
The habit is formed, and will continue. It will, however, be 
prudent to endeavor to discover the local cause. If it be a 
wound in the foot, let it be touched with the hot iron, or 
caustic, and kept open with digestive ointment. If it follows 
nicking, let the incision be made deeper, and stimulated by 
digestive ointment ; and if it arise from docking, let the op- 
eration be repeated higher.* In treating the constitutional 
disease, efforts must be made to tranquillize the system : and 
the most powerful agent is bleeding, [Yes, most power- 
ful to kill.] Twenty pounds of blood may be taken away 
with manifest advantage. There is not a more powerful 
means of allaying general irritation ; the next thing is to 

* " First, to remove the local cause ; but this will seldom avail much." 
Then why torture the poor brute ? We need not trouble ourselves about 
the particular nerve affected to enable us to relieve a sympathytic disease, 
when we have a medicine — lobelia and milkweed, or Indian hemp — that 
will relax every nerve in the animal. " If it be a wound in the foot, let it 
be touched with the hot iron," This is a means better calculated to injure 
than relieve. We should apply, at once, the means that are known to acton 
the whole nervous structure, " If it follows nicking, let the incision be 
made deeper ; and if it arise from docking, let the operation be repeated 
higher." What beautiful philosophy this is! — make one disease, to cure 
another. Is it strange that " this is one of the most fatal diseases ? " Is it 
not a wonder that any live ? Must not their escape be attributed to the con- 
servative power of the system, in spite of the violence done ? When Mr. 
Youatt recommends cutting the tail a little higher, to cure a disease that 
was produced by the same operation, — viz., docking, — he puts the author 
in mind of the man who filed the edge of his razor, to sharpen it. 



254 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 

resort to physic. Here, again, that physic is best which is 
speediest in its operation ; the Croton nut has no rival in this 
respect ; the first dose should be half a drachm, and the med- 
icine repeated every six hours, in doses of ten grains, until it 
operates.* The bowels, in all these nervous aifections, are 
very torpid. 

" Then, as it is a diseased action of the nerves, proceeding 
from the spinal marrow, the whole of the spine should be 
blistered three or four inches wide. (See Cantharides.) 
Having bled largely, and physicked, and blistered, we seek for 
other means to lull the irritation ; and we have one at hand, 
small in bulk and potent in energy, — opium (!)f Give at 
once a quarter of an ounce, and an additional drachm every 
six hours." 

The best method, we know of in the treatment of lockjaw, 
is, first, to apply a poultice to the foot, (if it has been wound- 
ed,) consisting of about six ounces of lobelia, four ounces of 
skunk cabbage, two ounces of capsicum, powdered ; mix them 
with a suitable quantity of meal sufficient for two poultices, 
v/hich should be renewed every twelve hours. After the 
second application, examine the foot, and if suppuration has 
taken place, and the matter can be felt, or seen, a small punc- 
ture may be made, taking care not to let the instrument pene- 
trate beyond the bony part of the hoof. Next stimulate the 
surface to action, by vrarmth and moisture, as follows : take 



* In the first part of this paragraph, Mr. Youatt observes, " the most power- 
ful agent to tranquillize the system is bleeding." So say the butchers when 
they bleed the ox, and conduct the process till no blood remains. 

f This is a narcotic vegetable poison, and although large quantities have 
been occasionally given to the horse without apparent injury, experience teach- 
es us that poisons in general — notwithstanding the various modes of their 
action, and the difference in their symptoms — all agree in the abstraction 
of vitality from the system. Dr. Eberle says, "Opiates never fail to operate 
perniciously on the whole organization." Dr. Gallup says, " The practice of 
using opiates to mitigate pain is greatly to be deprecated. It is probable 
that opium and its preparations have done seven times the injury that they 
have rendered benefit on the great scale of the civilized world. Opium is the 
most destructive of all narcotics." 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 255 

about two quarts of vinegar, into which stir a handful of 
lobelia ; have a hot brick ready, {the animal having a large 
cloth, 0?' blanket, thrown around him,) pour the mixture gradu- 
ally on the brick, which is held over a bucket to prevent 
waste ; the steam arising will relax the surface. After repeat- 
ing the operation, apply the following mixture around the 
jaws, back, and extremities : take, of cayenne, skunk cabbage, 
and cypripedium, (lady's slipper,) powdered, of each, two 
ounces, boiling vinegar two quarts ; stir the mixture until 
sufficiently cool, rub the mixture well in with a coarse sponge ; 
this will relax the jaws a trifle, so that the animal can manage 
to suck up thin gruel, which may be given warm, in any 
quantity. This process must be persevered in ; although it 
may not succeed in every case, yet it will be more satisfactory 
than the bloodletting and poisoning system. No medicine is 
necessary; the gruel will soften the fasces sufficiently ; if the 
rectum is loaded with fasces, give injections of an infusion of 
lobelia. 

Lumbar Muscles. Muscles of the loins within the body, 
and in the region of the kidneys. These muscles are some- 
times injured in violent exertions, and the kidneys often par- 
ticipate in the injury. (See Strains.) 

Lungs, or Lights. The organ of respiration. (See Res- 
piration, part first.) 

Luxation. A partial displacement of the bones forming a 
joint. 

Lymph. (See Blood.) 

Lymphatics. (See part first.) 

M 

Maceration implies soaking or steeping any substance in 
water, or other fluids, so as to soften, dissolve, or separate it 
from some other parts with which it is combined. 

Mallenders. a scurfy kind of eruption on the back part 
or bend of the knee joint. 

Mange. A disease which manifests itself in the skin, and 



256 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARr ART. 

causes a horse to be perpetually rubbing himself. Cattle, 
sheep, and dogs are also subject to mange. It is a well- 
known fact, that horses are very apt to become mangy, if 
kept long in the stable without grooming ; yet the disease 
may arise from causes independent of a neglected skin, though 
it seldom attacks a well-cleansed animal. Mr. Percival ob- 
serves, " It seems that mange may be generated either from 
immediate excitement to the skin itself, or through the 
medium of that sympathetic influence which is known to 
exist between the skin and the organs of digestion. We 
have, it appears to me, an excellent illustration of this in the 
case of mange supervening upon poverty — a fact too notorious 
to be disputed, though there may be diiferent ways of theo- 
rizing upon it." 

Mr. Blaine says, " Mange has three origins — filth, debility, 
and contagion." 

Owners of horses must bear in mind, that mange can be 
communicated by the brush or comb used about a mangy 
subject ; the pustules on the surface contain infectious mat- 
ter. The author has been very successful in the treatment 
of this disease, by the daily use of the alterative powder and 
mange ointment. (See Appendix.) 

Marasmus. A decay or wasting of the whole body. 

Marshmallows. a plant used for making emollient drinks 
and fomentations. 

Mash. A mash is made by pouring boiling water on bran, 
or shorts, then covering the buckets until sufficiently cool for 
use. Mashes are excellent for sick and convalescent horses, 
and such as have not sufficient exercise to keep them in 
health. 

Masseter. The name of a muscle of the cheek, by which 
mastication is performed. 

Mastication. (See part first.) 

Materia Medica. A catalogue and description of the 
various articles used in medicine. 

Maxilla. The jaw. 

Maxillary. Belonging to the jaw ; as the maxillary arte- 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 257 

lies and glands. The glands under the jaw are named sub- 
maxillary glands. 

Mediastinum. A duplicature of the membrane named 
pleura, by which the cavity of the chest is divided into two 
parts. 

Medicine. Mr. Clark, veterinary surgeon, of Edinburgh, 
says, "Medicine is often given to the poor brutes unneces- 
sarily, and, of course, mischievously. If a man, or horse, be 
in a state of health, what more is required, or how can they be 
rendered better ? Health is the more proper state of the ani- 
mal body, and it is not in the poroer of inedicine to make it 
better, or to preserve it in the same stated 

Dr. White says, "The custom of giving medicines too 
frequently is a bad one ; the constitution adapts itself to it, 
which circumstance renders medicine inefficacious when 
necessary, or, at least, it greatly reduces the effects." 

If a horse is in health, the proper way to promote it is to 
proportion the food to the labor. 

Dr. White continues, "Medicines are given to the horse 
under the title of alteratives. These alteratives are composed 
oi antimony, mercury, sulphur, nitre, aloes, salts,^^ {generally 
altei'ing had for worse. ) 

Mr. Clark says, " that sulphur not only opens the body, 
but the skin also, and therefore should be used with cau- 
tion, as horses are very apt to catch cold on too liberal a use 
of it." 

Salts bring on great sickness, and sometimes violent purg- 
ing, and, instead of promoting the secretions, occasion great 
dryness of the skin. 

" Aloes given in small quantities, by way of alteratives, 
and too frequently repeated, weaken the stomach, so as to 
bring on a lax, or what is called a washy habit of body. 

" Antimony should always be rejected, if coarse and black, 
like gunpowder." (See White's Farriery, p. 559.) 

The above author says, " It is amazing what different kinds 
of trash is forced down horses' throats : the following is a 
striking instance : A gentleman, in London^ was greatly 
33 



258 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 

prejudiced in favor of vinegar as a cure in many diseases. 
His favorite horse was taken ill in very warm weather, and 
as he thought vinegar was a cooling article, he ordered a pint 
to be given to his horse at once. It was no sooner given than 
the horse lay down, stretched himself out, and died." 

Medulla Oblongata. The commencement of the spinal 
marrow, within the cranium. 

Membrane, Mucous. This membrane is folded into all the 
orifices of the animal, as the mouth, eyes, nose, ears, lungs, 
intestines, bladder, &c. ; in fact, into every cavity that has a 
direct communication with the external surface. Its structure 
of arterial capillaries, venous radicles, nervous projections, 
&c., is similar to the skin, and is considered a duplicate of the 
external surface. Its most extensive surfaces are those of the 
lungs and intestines. This membrane furnishes from the 
blood a fluid called mucus, to lubricate its own surface, and 
protect it from the action of materials taken into the system. 
The skin and mucous membrane are a counterpart of each 
other. If the action of the skin is suppressed, the mucous 
membrane performs a part of its office ; thus a cold, which 
closes the pores of the skin, stops perspiration, which is now 
forced through the membrane, producing discharges at the 
nose, eyes, &c. 

Serous membrane. Of this kind are th6 pleura and perito- 
neum : they are distributed in all parts of the system, lining 
muscles, tendons, and tendinous sheaths, the ends of mova- 
ble bones, (fcc. ; in short, wherever there is need of the pro- 
tection of parts against friction. They secrete from the blood 
a fluid called serum, for the purpose of afl'ording this protec- 
tion. The excessive discharge of fluids into cavities lined 
by serous membrane, constitutes the difl"erent forms of dropsy. 
There are other membranes, viz., adipose, which secrete the 
fat of the body; synovial, which secretes synovia, or joint 
oil ; and cellular membrane, or tissue, is the common connect- 
ing substance of most parts of the body. 

Mesentery. A thin membrane by which the bowels are 
held together, and over which the lacteals, or chyle vessels, 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 259 

pass. Besides the chyle vessels, there are considerable veins 
and arteries passing over the mesentery. The arteries are 
distributed to the bowels, and the veins terminate in the vena 
porta, or great vein of the liver. 

Metacarpus. The metacarpus of the horse consists of 
one great bone, commonly named the cannon, shank bone, 
or fore leg, and two small bones, or splent bones, attached by 
ligaments to the back part of the cannon bone, rather towards 
the sides. The suspensory ligament passes down on the back 
part of the cannon bone, and between the two splents. The 
flexor tendons, or back sinews, pass down over the suspensory 
ligament. When the bones only of the fore leg are spoken 
of, they are termed metacarpus. They begin at the knee, 
and end at the fetlock joint. 

Metatarsus. The hind leg, between the hock and fet- 
lock joints. 

Metatarsal Bones. The hind cannon, or shank bone, 
with the two small splent bones attached to it. The large 
blood-vessels and nerves, in this situation, are also named 
metatarsal. 

Miasmata. Poisonous effluvia. 

Midriff. (See Diaphragm.) 

MoLAREs. The name of the grinding teeth. 

Molten Grease. A name which Mr. Blaine has given to 
dysentery. 

Mortification. A part deprived of vital force, by causes 
inducing a loss of tone. Bloodletting and poisons of all 
kinds tend to diminish vitality, and, of course, are calculated 
to produce gangrene. 

Moulting. Casting the coat. In spring the old coat is 
shed, or thrown off, and the horse gradually improves in 
spirit, and in appearance ; but, during the change, he is more 
liable to take cold. In the latter part of the year, the coat 
becomes longer and coarser, and loses its healthy gloss ; at 
the same time, the horse often becomes weak, sweats readily 
upon moderate exercise, and is often incapable of performing 
his usual labor. This is more especially the case with horses 



2^0 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 

that have been hard worked and badly fed. At both these 
periods it is necessary to take particular care of horses, and 
work them moderately. A horse, when moulting, should not 
be exposed in the stable to a current of air, but kept in a 
ventilated stable. Warm clothing is improper. 

Mucilage. A solution of gum, or any thing that partakes 
of the nature of gum. Gummy or mucilaginous drinks are 
useful in internal disease ; the cheapest is an infusion of lin- 
seed or marshmallows ; but the best, perhaps, is a solution of 
gum arable. 

Mucous Membranes. (See Membrane.) 

Mucous. Many of the secretions of the body are of a 
mucous nature. 

Mucus. A fluid secreted by mucous surfaces. 

Muscle. The parts that are usually included under this 
name, consist of distinct portions of flesh, susceptible of con- 
traction and relaxation. 

Musk. A powerful odorous substance, whose medical vir- 
tues are chiefly antispasmodic. 

Myrrh. A gum resin of a fragrant smell and bitter taste. 
It is given internally, as a tonic, in doses of one or two 
drachms. Tincture of myrrh is sometimes applied to wounds, 
ulcers, and sinuses. 



N 



Nag. a name sometimes applied to road horses, and such 
as have been docked, in contradistinction to those that have 
long tails, or are used in harness. 

Narcotics. Medicines which stupefy, relieve pain, and 
promote sleep. There are, however, two different ways to 
eff"ect these objects, and, of course, two diff'erent characters of 
remedies to be used for the purpose. The popular method is 
to administer opium, whose natural tendency is to depress the 
vital powers, and deprive them of sensibility. All mixtures, 
in any form, that contain opium, though soothing for the 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARy ART. 261 

present, are ultimately and surely pernicious. The true plan 
is to give antispasmodics, (See Antispasmodics.) 

Nares. The nostrils. 

Necrosis. The mortification and separation of a portion 
of dead bone from the other parts of the bone. 

Nephritics. Medicines that act on the kidneys. 

Nerves. We have already observed that the brain consists 
of two portions : one large, called cerehrum, and one small, 
called cerebellum. There are three pairs, or columns, of 
nervous matter proceeding from the brain, through the back 
bone, or spinal column : these disperse themselves into 
branches and twigs, and are distributed over the system. 

By a great number and variety of experiments upon living 
animals, Dr. Bell and others have proved beyond dispute, that 
the nerves of the anterior (towards the belly) columns are 
distributed to all the voluntary muscles, and designed to pro- 
duce voluntary motion ; that those of the posterior, or 
towards the back, are distributed to all the sensative tissues, 
and designed to convey to the brain all the impressions 
derived from the presence of external objects. These two 
arrangements are styled the nervous system of external rela- 
tion. By similar experiments it was discovered that the two 
lateral or side columns of nervous matter are distributed to 
the muscles concerned in the act of respiration. 

Lastly, seated principally among the thoracic and ab- 
dominal viscera, there are large quantities of nervous matter, 
having only slight connection with the sensative and mo- 
tive nerves. This system has many knotty appearances, from 
the union and distribution of its fibres ; these are again dis- 
tributed to different parts. These are called plexuses, and the 
whole structure is called the sympathetic nerve. It is some- 
times named the nerves of nutrition. 

Dr. Curtis observes, " It has long been a subject of inquiry 
what is the modus operandi of nervous action. Some have 
supposed that the nerves are solid cords that vibrate, like the 
strings of musical instruments; others, that they are sheaths 
containing a subtile fluid, that darts through them as electricity 



262 DICTIONARY OF THE VETEBINARY ART. 

does through metallic wires ; others suppose that the motion 
is that of electricity itself. My own opinion is, that it is 
based on the principle of elasticity. It is well known that, 
if any number of ivory balls be suspended in contact, and in 
a direct horizontal line, and a blow be struck on the first in 
the direction of all the rest, all remain at rest except so many 
at the other end as exactly equal the momentum of the blow. 
These fly off" from the rest. If the blow be equal to one 
ball, only one ball flies off". Now it would be the same if the 
balls were confined in a tube, were the tube ever so crooked, 
as is proved by the hydrostatic balance of fluids in crooked 
water-pipes. I believe that the nerves are sheaths filled with 
extremely elastic globules of matter, and the impressions, or 
momenta, communicated to one end are transferred to the 
other, not by the locomotion of the whole globule, but by 
the elastic spring of its centre. If the impression be made on 
any of the intermediate globules, the result is the same. It 
is remarkable that in whatever part of a nerve the impression 
is made, the eff"ect produced is referred to the extremity." 
(See Distribution of Nerves, part first.) 

Nerving, Nerve Operation. It consists of cutting out a 
portion of the nerve which supplies the foot, either just above 
the fetlock joint, which is named the high operation, or in 
the pastern, which is called the low operation. In the former 
the sensibility of the foot is supposed to be entirely destroyed, 
and in the latter only partly so. Dr. White observes, serious 
mischief, such as the loss of the hoof, has sometimes followed 
the higher nerve operation. 

" After the division of a nerve, the extremities of the divid- 
ed portion retract, become enlarged and more vascular ; but 
especially the upper portion ; and coagulable lymph is eff"used, 
which soon becomes vascular. In a few days the coag- 
ulable lymph from each portion becomes united, and anasto- 
mosis forms between the blood-vessels ; the lymph gradually 
assumes a firmer texture, and the number of the blood-vessels 
diminishes, and the newly-formed substance appears to con- 
tract, like all other cicatrices, so as to bring the extremities 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 263 

of the divided portions nearer and nearer to each other. It 
is difficult to determine, from an experiment on the limb of an 
animal, the exact time at which the nerve again performs its 
functions after being divided. In eight weeks after the divis- 
ion of the sciatic nerve, I have observed a rabbit to be in some 
degree improved in the use of its leg ; but at the end of 
eighteen weeks it was not perfect. When the nerves of the 
leg of a horse are divided just above the foot, they are suffi- 
ciently restored to perform their functions, in some degree, in 
six or eight weeks ; but it must be observed that these nerves 
are only formed for sensation, and it is very different with 
the nerves of nutrition, voluntary motion, &c. ; the reunion is 
sometimes accomplished by granulations. Secondly, I would 
observe, that punctures and partial divisions of nerves heal in 
the same way as when there has been a total division; and 
that, even on the first infliction of the wounds, the function 
of the nerves is very little impaired." (See Swan's work 
on morbid local affections.) 

Mr. Sewell finds, "that in cases of entire section of a 
nerve, sensation returns in about two months ; but in others, 
in which a portion of nerve has been excised, that the period 
of restoring feeling can by no means be foretold : in one of 
his own horses, he ascertained that there was no sensibility in 
the foot, even at the expiration of three years ; and in some 
others, after a longer interval, the organ appeared to be 
wholly destitute of feeling." 

Nicking. An operation often performed on horses, to raise 
the tail, and make them carry it more gracefully, or rather to 
suit the taste of man. 

Nippers. The two front teeth, above and below, have 
been thus named. 

Nitre. An indirect diuretic. It causes a large secretion 
of urine, but does not provide for the excretion. The author 
has in his possession the bladder of a horse, the muscular 
fibres of which are lacerated, in consequence of over distention 
of that organ from the use of nitre. Dr. White remarks, " I 
have seen a dpse of four ounces given, which occasioned 



264 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 

alarming symptoms, and appeared to have a poisonous 
effect." 

Nostrils. The nostrils are sometimes diseased, as in 
glanders. 

Nutrition. (See part first.) 



Oats. According to Sir H. Davy's analysis, , oats contain 
742 parts of nutritive matter out of 1000, which is composed 
of 641 mucilage, or starch, 15 saccharine matter, and 87 
gluten, or albumen. New oats are difficult of digestion. 

Oblique Muscles. The muscles of the abdomen, or belly, 
are thus named. There are four of them : two external and 
two internal. Some of the muscles of the eye are also named 
oblique muscles. 

Occiput. The back part of the head. 

CEdema. a watery or dropsical swelling. 

(Esophagus. The tube passing from the mouth to the 
stomach. 

Ointments. Unctuous substances of the consistence of 
butter ; when made considerably thinner by the addition of 
oil, they are termed liniments ; but when their solidity is in- 
creased by wax, rosin, &c., they are termed plasters. 

Olecranon. The head of the bone named ulnar, (see cut,) 
in the horse ; it affords a powerful lever for the triceps exten- 
sor cubiti muscle to act upon, in straightening the fore arm 
upon the humerus. (See Skeleton.) 

Olfactory Nerves are spread over all the interior of the 
nostril, and constitute the sense of smell. 

Omentum. The omentum, or caul, is a double membrane, 
containing within its folds a considerable quantity of fat, in 
the human body and many animals. But in the horse this 
is never seen ; nor does the omentum contain much fat ; what 
there is lies in the region of the stomach. 

Opacity. A want of transparency in those parts of the 
eye named pupil, or cornea. 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 265 

Opiates. (See Narcotic.) 

Opium. A narcotic vegetable poison, Mr. Coleman 
"thought, from some experiments made at the veterinary 
college, that opium has no apparent influence over the ner- 
vous system of the horse, and that it does not alleviate pain." 
Dr. White says, " I think that opium, as to its eftect on the 
horse, does not possess that soothing anodyne, and soporific 
quality, for which it is justly distinguished in human medi- 
cine." Opium always tends to depress the vital organs in 
proportion to its quantity. 

Opodeldoc, or Soap Liniment. A solution of soap and 
camphor in spirits of rosemary. 

Optic Nerve. The nerve on which sight depends. 

Orbit. The socket of the eye is thus named. 

Organic A disease is said to be organic when any par- 
ticular organ of the body is affected. 

Ossification, Ligaments and cartilages sometimes become 
bony, especially those ligaments which unite the splent to the 
cannon bones, and the lateral cartilages of the foot. 

Ovaries. Two appendages to the womb, or uterus, which 
are cut out in the operation of spaying. 

Overreach. A horse is said to overreach, or overlash, 
when he wounds the fore heel with the hind foot. 

Overwork. Many of the diseases of horses originate in 
overwork. 



Pace. The peculiar manner of motion, or progression. 
The natural paces of the horse are, the walk, trot, and gallop, 
to which some add the amble. 

Palate. The upper part or roof of the mouth. 

Palliative. Medicines and operations by which diseases 
appear to be relieved, but not cured. However desirable 
palliatives may be in the diseases of the human body, they 
are seldom satisfactory in the diseases and lameness of horses. 

Palpitation. Beating of the heart against the breast 
bone, or ribs. 

34 



■2@6 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 

Palsy, or Paralysis. A loss of muscular power, or an 
inability to move any part of the body. 

Pancreas, or Sweetbread. A glandular substance situ- 
ated in the abdomen, near the stomach. It secretes the pan- 
creatic juice. (See Nutrition, part first.) 

Pannicle, br Fleshy Pannicle. A thin muscular cover- 
ing attached to the skin of brute animals, by means of which 
they are enabled to shake it, and get rid of flees, &c. 

Panton Shoe. A contrivance for expanding contracted 
feet ; but like all other mechanical contrivances, they are use- 
less or pernicious. 

Paps. When young horses are cutting their teeth, and 
sometimes after that period, the excretory ducts of some of 
the salivary glands under the tongue become enlarged. These 
are named paps. They should be touched with a solution 
of alum, and the animal fed on mashes. (See Mash.) 

Papillary. Pap-like ; or rather like small or minute paps. 
A term applied to small elevations on different parts of the 
body, whether morbid or natural. Those little eminences on 
the internal surface of the leaves or laminas of the cow's 
third stomach, or many plus, are termed papillary. 

Par Vagum. The eighth pair of nerves are thus named. 

Paracentesis. The operation of tapping, for the purpose 
of giving vent to water collected in the chest, abdomen, &c. 
It has frequently been performed on animals without any 
benefit. 

Parietal. The bones that form the sides of the skull are 
thus named. 

Paring. Cutting the hoof, in order to prepare it for the 
shoe. (See Shoeing.) 

Parotid Glands. Two large glands situated under the 
ears ; they secrete saliva, which is conveyed by a duct into 
the mouth. 

Paroxysm. The periodical accession, or the periodical in- 
crease, of a disorder. 

Parturition. The act of bringing forth young. 



DICTIONARY OP THE VETERINARY ART. 267 

Pastern. The part between the fetlock joint and the 
hoof. (See cut of the foot, part first.) 

Pastern Nerve. The nerve from which a portion is cut 
out in the operation of nerving. 

Pasture. Pastures in elevated situations are the best for 
horses. 

Patella. The knee-pan of the human body, and the 
stifle of the horse. (See Skeleton.) 

Pathology. The doctrine of diseases. 

Paunch. The common name for the first stomach of the 
cow. 

Pectorals. Medicines that relieve cough, and other dis- 
eases of the lungs. 

Pectoral Muscles. The muscles of the breast. 

Pelvis. The basin, or that cavity wherein is lodged the 
bladder, uterus, and the rectum. 

Penis. The yard or male genital organs. 

Perforans Tendon. The innermost of the back sinews, 
or that which goes to the back sinews. 

Pericardium. The heart bag. (See Heart, part first.) 

Pericranium. The membrane that is closely connected 
with the bones of the head. 

Periosteum. The investing membrane of the bones. 

Peristaltic Motion. That motion of the muscular coat 
of the bowels, which causes the food and excrement to pass 
through them. 

Peritoneum. The membrane which forms the external 
coat of the bowels, and some other of the viscera of the 
abdomen ; it is, therefore, named the peritoneal coat of the 
bowels. It lines, also, the internal surface of the belly. 

Peritonitis. Inflammation of the peritoneum. Diseases 
of the peritoneum are very rare in horses ; and when treated 
on the depleting, antiphlogistic principles of allopathy, gen- 
erally terminate fatally. When the physiological equilibrium 
is interrupted, and inflammation of the peritoneum ensues, 
the available vital force is concentrated upon a small region 
of the body. The true indication is, to invite this force 



268 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 

away from that region, and to distribute it over the general 
system, that it will not be excessive any where. This mode 
of relief we call equalizing the circulation : the allopaths 
term it counter-irritation ; they concentrate it in one spot, in 
the form of rowel and blister, their own works will show 
with v/hat success.* Our principles teach us to accomplish 
the object by the stimulating influence of medicated vapor, 
enemas, nervines, and a mucilaginous diet. Whenever the 
disease is treated by the abstraction of blood, it generally 
terminates in dropsy. 

Perspiration. The fluid which is secreted by the vessels 
of the skin. Perspiration is a highly important discharge in 
horses and other animals. The best medicine to promote 
sweating in the horse, is a tea composed of lobelia, capsicum, 
and pennyroyal. 

Pharynx. The upper part of the oesophagus, or gullet. 

Phlegm. A mucous liquid thrown up from the lungs. 

Phrenic Nerve. A nerve that passes through the thorax, 
over the heart, to the diaphragm. 

Phrenitis. Inflammation of the brain. 

* Mr. Percival details a case of peritonitis, after the usual symptoms in 
the early stage had subsided. " The horse's bowels became much relaxed : 
suspecting that there was some disorder in the alimentary canal, and that 
this was an effort of nature to get rid of it, I promoted the diarrhoea by giv- 
ing mild doses of cathartic medicine, in combination with calomel ! " Nature 
did not require such assistance : warm drinks, composed of marshmallows, 
or slippery elm, would have been just the thing. 

" On the third day from this, prolapsus ani (falling of the fundament) made 
its appearance. After the return of the gut, the animal grew daily duller, 
and more dejected, manifesting evident signs of considerable inward disor- 
der, though he showed none of acute pain ; the diarrhoea continued ; swelling 
of the belly and tumefaction of the legs speedily followed : eight pounds, 
of blood were drawn, and two ounces of oil of turpentine were given inter- 
nally, and in spite of another bleeding, and some subordinate measures, 
carried him off [the treatment we presume] in the course of a few hours. 

" Dissection : a slight blush pervaded the peritoneum ; at least the parie- 
tel portion of it, for the coats of the stomach and intestines preserved their 
natural whiteness. About eight gallons of water were measured out of the 
belly. The abdominal viscera, as well as the thoracic, showed no marks of 
disease " 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 269 

Physic. In stable language, the terra is applied to purga- 
tive medicines. 

Physiology. That branch of medical science which de- 
scribes the functions of every part of the body. 

PiA Mater. A delicate membrane, that closely invests the 
brain. 

Pitch, Burgundy. A resin obtained from fir; it is used in 
the composition of plasters and charges. 

Placenta. The afterbirth. 

Plate Vein. A large vein that runs from the inside of the 
fore leg to the chest. 

Plethora. A fulness of vessels. Horses are often brought 
into this state from overfeeding, and want of sufficient exer- 
cise. It is known by heaviness, dulness, unwillingness to 
work. The urine is high colored, and the dung generally 
hard and slimy. The cure consists in the reduction of the 
quantity of food, warm mashes, and regular exercise. 

Pleura. The membrane which covers the lungs so closely 
as to appear a part of their substance. 

Pleurisy, Pleuritis. Inflammation of the pleura. 

Plexus. A network of blood-vessels or nerves. 

Pneumonia. A general term for inflammation of the lungs. 

Poisons. Articles which impede or destroy the vital oper- 
ations. Some people proclaim that all food is poison ; that 
the difl'erence in the eflect produced lies in the quantity given. 
We deny this : good corn, oats, and hay, whose nature is to 
nourish and support the animal, can never be a legitimate 
cause of disease. Its excess in quantity, and its chemical 
decomposition for want of digestive power, are all of true 
food that can prove injurious. On the other hand, experience 
teaches us that opium, arsenic, corrosive sublimate, tobacco, 
and calomel are inimical to the animal organization, and will 
never change their chemical equivalents. A grain of arsenic 
Avill always be a grain of that poison, and can be detected 
after death : the same applies to opium. A very few grains 
of opium injected into the carotid artery of a dog, killed him 
in four minutes ; when the same quantity Avas injected into a 



270 BICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 

vein, the animal lived twenty-five minutes. When injected 
into the bladder, it required a larger quantity to destroy life. 

Again : one drop of the oil of tobacco applied on the 
tongue of a rabbit killed him instantly ; one drop applied to 
the same organ of a cat, threw her into convulsions ; two 
drops placed on the tongue of a squirrel killed it instantly. 
Hence it does not require much penetration in order to 
decide what is, and what is not, poison. Animals often get, 
apparently, well, although large quantities of the above 
poisons have been given. This is no proof that the poisons 
cured them. In the early stage of disease, the constitution 
can bear more violence — bloodletting and poisoning — than 
when it becomes debilitated. This explains the reason why 
large quantities of opium may be given to a horse at a certain 
time, without any perceptible effect ; at another time, one half 
the quantity will destroy him. 

Poll-Evil. An obstinate disease, which often happens to 
horses. It generally proceeds from a blow received upon the 
poll or back part of the head. (See Appendix.) 

Porta, The name of the great vein of the liver. 

Poultice, or Cataplasm. The emollient poultice may be 
composed of equal parts of slippery elm and flaxseed. The 
intentions to be answered by poultices are relaxation and 
stimulation. To relax a part, add to the above emollient 
lobelia ; when it is necessary to stimulate, use cayenne. 
Poultices that are designed for foul ulcers, in addition to the 
above articles, should contain at least one third powdered char- 
coal. (See Appendix.) 

Prevention of Disease. It is an old, but true, saying, 
that prevention is better than cure ; and we may safely add, 
less expensive. 

Pricks, or Pricking. In shoeing a horse, the nail is some- 
times driven in a wrong direction, and the sensible parts are 
wounded : he is then said to be pricked. When a horse has 
been slightly pricked, and the nail immediately withdrawn, it 
may not be followed by lameness ; but when the wound is 
considerable, matter will form : if the matter is not let out by 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 271 

paring away the horn, it quickly spreads under the horny sole, 
and upwards through the laminated substance of the foot, and 
breaks out at the coronet. (See Coronet.) To prevent this, 
the parts, as soon as the accident has happened, should be 
bathed with healing balsam. If the horse goes lame for sev- 
eral days, a poultice must be applied to promote suppuration. 

Prim^ ViiE. The first passages, or stomach, and first intes- 
tines. 

Probang. An instrument for removing any obstruction in 
the oesophagus or gullet. It consists of a rather flexible rod, 
covered with leather, with a round, smooth nob at one end. 

Probe. An instrument for examining wounds. 

Prolapsus. The falling down of a part, as of the uterus 
or fundament. 

Psoas Muscles. The muscles that lie under the loins. 
These muscles are sometimes injured in strains of the loins. 

Pulmonary Diseases. Diseases of the lungs. 

Pulmonary Vessels. The blood-vessels and air-vessels of 
the lungs, which consist of the pulmonary artery and vein, 
and the bronchia, or branches of the windpipe. 

Pulse. The beating of the arteries. The horse's pulse is 
most conveniently felt in that part of the carotid artery which 
passes under the angle of the lower jaw. 

Puncta Lachrymalia. Two orifices near the inner corner 
of the eye, through which the tears pass. 

Pupil. The apple of the eye. 

Pus. The white matter formed by the process of suppuration. 

Pylorus. The inferior portion of the stomach. 

Q 

Quarter III, or Quarter Evil. There is a variety of 
names given to this disorder, such as joint murrain, or garget, 
black quarter, quarter evil, black leg, blaine in the tongue. 
The causes of this disease are generally too liberal an allow- 
ance of food ; or a sudden transition from poor keep to lux- 
urious and nutritious diet. In some cases the energy of the 



272 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 

body is lessened by exposure to cold and wet ; hence the quarters 
and feet swell, and it is this circumstance which has given rise 
to the name by which the disorder is commonly known. The 
approach of this complaint is generally indicated by the ani- 
mal separating himself from his companions ; by his appear- 
ing dull, listless, and heavy, and by his refusing food. The 
more immediate symptoms are lameness, and swelling of the 
hind quarters, and occasionally of the shoulders or back. 
These swellings, when pressed, make a crackling noise. (See 
Emphysema.) The mouth and tongue are frequently found 
blistered in this disease. A spare diet, and keeping the animal 
in a dry barn, are strictly to be attended to, with an occasional 
dose of Distemper Powder, (see Appendix) and clysters of thin 
gruel and common salt. By this means the disease may be 
subdued. If the disease first appears in the foot, a charcoal 
poultice must be applied. 

R 

Rack Bones. The vertebras of the back. 

Radius. The bone of the forearm. 

Raking. (See Back Raking.) 

Rectum. (See Intestines.) 

Red- Water. This disease often attacks cows, and is 
named from the red appearance of the urine. The following 
article, written for the Albany Cultivator, will give the reader 
our views of the malady. The name is given to it from the 
appearance of the urine, being only a symptom of general 
derangement. " The ounce of nitre," recommended in the 
article alluded to, " would act as an indirect diuretic, and make 
the powerful animal weak ; it might, also, change the appear- 
ance of the urine : at best, it would only be treating symp- 
toms, and could not possibly contribute any thing towards 
the cure. The observing man will recognize a derangement 
of all the functions, a vitiation of every secretion, and a loss 
of vital power. We lay it down as a fundamental principle, 
that those who treat symptoms alone never cure disease, for 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART, 273 

the animal often dies a victim to the treatment instead of the 
malady. 

" This form of disease is considered to be epidemic ; yet all 
animals are not likely to be attacked, although exposed to the 
same atmospheric influence ; for if there is a perfect physio- 
logical equilibrium between the solids and fluids, the nervous 
system, and the circulation, then the animal is safe. The 
indications to be fulfilled in the treatment of the disease, are to 
excite the liver and intestines to action, which are in a tor- 
pid state ; next, to change morbid action ; and lastly, to tone 
up and invigorate the whole system. There is every reason 
to believe that this malady will yield just as readily as any 
other to the proper remedial agents. Your correspondent quotes 
from a work published in this city, that ' red-water is most 
common in cows of weak constitution, a general relaxation, 
poor blood. &c., that the urine is brown and tinged with 
yellow.' " 

This shows that the system abounds in morbific matter, and 
Nature is making an effort to rid herself of it, and will do so 
unless you interfere by using remedies opposed to the vital 
principle. Many of the drugs used to cure red-water would 
kill a well animal, whatever they might do the diseased. '* In 
a few days a natural diarrhoea comes on, and the animal is 
better." This is the manner in which nature attempts to 
cure : the diarrhcea carries off a large amount of morbific fluid, 
which could not remain in the system without producing seri- 
ous consequences. " After the diarrhoea, the animal often gets 
well." Here Nature speaks in a language too plain to be mis- 
understood ; we must open the sluices of the body. One 
pint of linseed oil should be given, and its operation assisted 
in a few hours with injections of warm soap-suds, each in- 
jection containing a spoonful of powdered ginger ; after the 
bowels are evacuated, the Distemper Powder — sold by Messrs. 
Stimpson & Reed, 26 Merchants Row, Boston — is the only 
article we use in this form of disease. The animal should 
be allowed a drink composed of boneset and pennyroyal, one 
ounce of the former to two of the latter; infused hi half a 
35 



274 DICTIONAKY OF THE VETEKINAKY ART. 

bucket of boiling water. The diet should be light and nour- 
ishing, as gruel, mashes, &c. 

Respiration. The act of breathing ; which includes in- 
spiration, or the taking in of air by the lungs, and expiration, 
or the act of discharging it. 

Ringbone. A bony excrescence on the lower part of the 
pastern, generally, but not always, causing lameness. 

Roaring. A disease which takes its name from the wheez- 
ing noise the horse makes in breathing, when put into quick 
motion. It is supposed by most veterinary writers to be 
caused by an effusion of lymph in the windpipe. Our own 
view of the subject is, that it is owing to a contraction of 
the bronchial tubes. 

Rosemary. The essential oil of this shrub is a useful in- 
gredient in stimulating liniments. 

Rot. a disease of sheep, resembling pulmonary consump- 
tion, complicated with dropsy. Its causes are flooded lands 
and unsubstantial food. 

Rowels. These are considered as artificial abscesses, or 
drains. They act on the principle of making one disease 
cure another — a principle that will not stand the test of com- 
mon sense. 

Rumination. Chewing the cud. 

Rupture. A swelling caused by the protrusion of some 
parts of the bowels out of the cavity of the abdomen, into 
a kind of sac, formed by that portion of the peritoneum 
(which see) which is pushed before it. 



s 

Sacrum. That part of the back bone from which the tail 
proceeds. 

Saliva. Spittle. 

Salivation. A profuse and continued flow of saliva. 

Sand Crack. A perpendicular crack on the side or quar- 
ter of the hoof. 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 275 

Sanies. A bloody, or greenish matter, which is sometimes 
discharged from foul ulcers. 

Sarsaparilla. An infusion of equal parts of sarsaparilla 
and sassafras is useful for animals when the blood is loaded 
Avith morbific agents. 

Scapula. The shoulder blade. 

Scarf Skin. (See Cuticle.) 

Scarification. An incision of the skin with a lancet. 

SciRRHus. An indolent, hard tumor. 

Sclerotic Coat. (See Eye.) 

Scouring. A scouring, or purging, is common among all 
our domestic animals. It is not a disease, but only a symp- 
tom of a loss of equilibrium, which may proceed from im- 
proper food, exposure to the cold and rain, which of course 
includes a loss of caloric, or heat. There is no general rem- 
edy, or one more speedy and effectual in the onset, than mu- 
cilaginous drinks composed of slippery elm, combined with 
injections of the same. Warmth and moisture to the surface, 
and antispasmodics, (which see,) combined with astringents, 
(barberry bark is the best, in doses of half a tablespoonful 
every six hours,) will seldom fail to effect a cure. 

Scratches. Troublesome sores about the heels, depending 
on morbific agents in the system, for the cure of which, see 
Appendix. 

Scrotum. The bag, or covering of the testicles. 

Secretion. The word secretion is used to express that 
function. 

Serum. The watery part of the blood. 

Sesamoid Bones. Two small bones on the back part of 
fetlock joint. 

Sinew Sprung. A term sometimes applied to strains in 
the back sinews. 

Sitfast. a horny kind of scab, which forms on the skin 
in consequence of a saddle-gall. 

Skin. (See Cutis.) 

Slipping. (See Abortion.) 

Sole. (See Foot, part first.) 



276 DICTIONAKY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 

Spasm. An involuntary and continued contraction of mus- 
cles ; thus lockjaw depends on a spasmodic contraction of 
muscles. 

Spavin. A disease of the horse's hock, which generally 
causes lameness. Spavins are of two kinds : the bone, and 
the bog, or blood spavin. The former consists of a bony 
enlargement of the inside of the hock joint, towards the 
lower part ; the latter, of a soft, but elastic tumor towards the 
bend of the joint. Mr. Percival remarks, " Notwithstanding 
our confessed inability to cure this disease, we are often 
called on to treat it, as to the removal of it by means of a 
chisel, file, or saw. Although the practice is exceedingly com- 
mendable in cases of common exostosis, it is not so well 
adapted to spavin ; those who employ such means seldom fail 
to leave the parts ultimately in a worse state than they found 
them. Our most successful remedies are such as come under 
the denomination of counter-irritants." 

Spermatic Cord. The vessels, &c., by which the testicles 
are suspended, consisting of the spermatic artery and vein, 
the vas deferens, or seed duct, cremaster muscle, and cellular 
membrane. 

Sphincter. A name given to muscles whose fibres are 
arranged in a circular direction, and whose office is to shut 
up the parts to which they are attached ; such are the sphinc- 
ter of the neck of the bladder, and the muscles which close 
the fundament. 

Spine. The spine of the neck and back is composed of 
many small bones named vertebrEe. Seven belong to the neck, 
eighteen to the back, six to the loins, five to the sacrmri, and 
in the tail there are about thirteen. 

Spleen, or Milt. A soft substance, of a long, oval form, 
and purple color. It seems to be a reservoir for the blood 
that may be designed for the secretion of bile in the liver. 

Splents. These are bony excrescences, which grow on 
the inside of the shank bone. 

Staggers. This is named from the staggering gait of the 
animal. It may be brought on by the horse eating too greedily, 



DICTIONARY OP THE VETERINARY ART. 277 

swallowing his food when imperfectly chewed, or eating 
freely of food that is difficult of digestion. Horses of rather 
an advanced age and weak digestive organs, when improperly 
fed, or when a large quantity of meal is allowed, are very 
. liable to apoplexy, or staggers. The disease is generally 
symptomatic of derangement of the stomach, indigestion, 
and over-distention of the digestive organs. 

Sternum. The breast bone. 

Stifle Joint. This joint is composed of the bones called 
OS femoris, tibia, and patella. (See Frontispiece.) 

Stopping. A mixture of clay and cow-dung is employed 
for the purpose of stopping horses' feet, and keeping them 
moist. 

Strains. For all kinds of strains rest is the best remedy ; 
sometimes they require poultices, fomentations, &c. The 
latter will be indicated by pain and swelling. 

Stubs. When a horse is wounded by a splinter of wood, 
about the foot or leg, he is said to be stubbed. 

Styptics. Medicines which stop bleeding. The most 
effectual method of stopping bleeding, is to tie the wounded 
vessel. 

SuDORiFics. Medicines which excite sweating. It is very 
difficult to sweat a horse, except the process be assisted by 
warmth and vapor externally. Lobelia, pennyroyal, and 
capsicum promote the insensible perspiration ; they must be 
given in infusion to the amount of half a bucket or more. 

Sulphur. Used in cutaneous diseases as an alterative. 

Sweetbread. (See Pancreas.) 

Synovia, Joint Oil. A mucilaginous fluid formed within 
joints, to render motion easy, or diminish friction. 



Tansy. A medicine used to expel worms. 
Tar. Common tar is used as an astringent for horses' 
feet. 



^78 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 

Tartar, Cream of. Used on horses to promote the secre- 
tion of urine. 

Tenaculim, a kind of hook, for taking np an artery. 

Tendo Achillis, The great tendon, which is fixed or 
inserted into the calcaneum, or projecting bone of the hock. 

Tendon. The white shining extremity of a muscle. 

Tenesmus. Continual efforts to void dung, without any 
discharge. 

Tent. A piece of lint, or tow, smeared with ointment, 
and thrust into a sore, in order to prevent a too hasty and 
superficial healing. 

Thoracic Duct. The trunk of the absorbents. (See 
Absorbents, part first.) 

Thrush. A disease has lately prevailed to a great extent 
in the New England States, which deserves some consider- 
ation. It is called thrush, and is supposed to be a disease of 
the horse's frog, consisting in a discharge of matter from its 
cleft, or division ; sometimes the other parts of the frog are 
also affected, — become soft, ragged, and incapable of afford- 
ing protection to the sensitive frog, which it covers. We 
cannot agree with many writers, that thrush is a strictly local 
disease ; for after it has passed through the difi"erent stages, 
viz., inflammation, suppuration, &c., the whole system takes 
up the diseased action, either by sympathy or irritation. 
Hence the reader will see the folly of depending on local 
agents, in the form of ointments, for the cure of the disease, 
in which all the organs are more or less concerned. 

The internal remedies we recommend are alterative pow- 
ders ; remove the cause, if any exist, in the form of bad 
ventilation, poor diet, hard work, partial grooming, or the 
sluicing of cold water on the legs. Let the animal have bran 
mashes, with a few boiled carrots, every night. 

The local remedies consist in paring away the ragged or 
uneven parts of the frog ; then wash the surface with castile 
soap and lukewarm water ; afterwards with a solution of 
common salt, in the following proportions : one tablespoonful 
Liverpool salt to a pint of rain water ; then apply a small 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 279 

portion of hoof ointment in the cleft of the frog; let the 
whole surface be covered with tow, then upon the tow place 
a flat piece of wood, about the width of the frog, — one of 
the ends passing under the toe of the shoe, the other extend- 
ing to the back part of the frog, and bound down by trans- 
verse slips of wood, the ends of which are to be placed 
under the shoe. The moderate pressure thus applied, will 
contribute materially to the cure and to the production of 
solid horn. This dressing must be repeated daily. If, after 
this treatment, matter should discharge, the heel contract, 
and the horn soften, then apply a poultice of Indian meal, 
with half a tablespoonful of cayenne pepper on the surface, 
■washing the foot, as above, every night. 

Tibia. The bone of the horse's thigh ; that is, the bone 
between the hock and the stifle. 

Ticks. Insects that infest sheep and other animals. A 
strong infusion of lobelia will destroy them. 

Tongue. The tongue is a muscular substance, composed 
of fibres variously arranged, by which it is rendered capable 
of that diversity of action which we observe ; it has also 
several muscles attached to it. The small bone, to which it 
has a muscular attachment, is named os hyoides. 

Tonics. Medicines that augment the strength of the body, 
such as gentian, wild cherry, poplar bark, &c. 

Training. By the word training is meant, putting a horse 
in that state in which all the functions of the body are in 
equilibrium. In order to bring a horse into this desirable 
state, we refer the reader to articles Feeding, Exercise, &c., 
part first. 

Tubercles. Small tumors that sometimes suppurate and 
discharge pus ; they are often found in the lungs. 

Tumor. A swelling on any part of the body. Tumors 
are of various kinds ; sometimes caused by bruises, or other 
accidents ; at others, arising without any visible cause. 

Tunic A coat, or membrane, investing a part ; such as 
the tunica vaginalis of the testicle. 

Turgescence. An over-fulness of the vessels in any part. 



280 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 

Turmeric. Turmeric root, an aromatic stimulant, some- 
times used in jaundice or yellows. 

Twitch. An instrument made by fixing a noose, or cord, 
to the end of a stick ; this is put on the horse's upper lip and 
twisted rather tight, which makes him stand quiet during an 
operation. 

Tympany. A distention of the abdomen by air. 

Typhus. Putrid fever. 



u 

Udder. The udder is a glandular body, wnose office is 
to secrete milk. It is divided, in the cow, into four quarters ; 
each of which has an excretory duct, or teat, whose office is 
to facilitate the extraction of milk. At the extremity of each 
teat is a contrivance for the purpose of retaining the fluid 
contained in the udder, until it becomes much distended ; 
when, if not drawn off, it flows spontaneously, and the animal 
is thereby partly relieved of her burden. Sometimes the udder 
swells and becomes sore, and is often caused by improper 
feeding. As there is great sympathy existing between the 
stomach and udder, whatever deranges the former will also 
affect the latter, through- the medium of sympathetic action. 
In this case, the cow should be drenched with a tea of penny- 
royal and thorough wort, and fed on gruel. The udder should 
be fomented with an infusion of mullein leaves. Should the 
swelling continue and appear painful, the following embroca- 
tion may be used : linseed oil and lime water, equal parts, 
mix. If an abscess forms, and matter can be felt, it should 
be opened at its most depending part, so that the matter may 
run freely off. 

Ulcers. There are quite a variety of ulcers to be found 
in animals ; the most of them will heal by the application of 
a mild astringent, or tonic, such as an infusion of barberry bark, 
or the tincture of capsicum. If it be foul or callous in any 
part, then powdered bloodroot will be proper. 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 281 

Ureters. Two small tubes by which the urine is conveyed 
from the kidneys to the bladder. 

Urethra. A membranous and muscular tube by which the 
urine is conveyed from the bladder ; it is of considerable 
length in the horse. 

Urine, Excessive Discharge of. (See Diabetes.) 
Urine, Incontinence of. (See Incontinence.) 
Uterus. The womb. The uterus of the mare is very 
unlike that of the human subject, in whom it consists of one 
bag, rather of an oval shape, somewhat resembling a pear ; 
but in the mare and other quadrupeds, it has a body and two 
branches, called its horns. The uterus terminates in the va- 
gina by a narrow portion, called the neck, or mouth of the 
womb. The extremities of these horns have tubes attached 
to them, which, from the name of the discoverer, are called 
Fallopian tubes ; one end of each is expanded, and has a 
fringed kind of edge : this is named the fimbria of the Fallo- 
pian tube. The Fallopian tube is very tortuous in its form ; 
and that end which proceeds from the horn of the uterus is 
extremely small ; but the other, which is slightly attached to 
the ovarium, is considerably larger. The ovarium is an ob- 
long body, about the size of a small hen's egg. The ovaria 
— for there are two of them — are composed of a number of 
transparent vesiculae, called ova, (eggs;) each ovum is sur- 
rounded with cellular membrane ; and when the ovum is im- 
pregnated and passes into the uterus, it leaves a mark which 
is named corpus luteum. 

Uvula. In the human subject, the small flesh-like sub- 
stance hanging in the middle and back part of the throat is 
thus named. In the horse this is of a very different form. 
The uvula completely closes the opening to the pharynx, 
though it readily yields to the passage of food, or any liquid, 
towards the gullet ; it prevents, also, there turn of any thing 
to the mouth, even the air which is expired from the lungs, 
unless it be thrown aside by a violent effort, as in coughing. 
It is on this account that, when the horse is affected with 
nausea, or has the action of the stomach inverted, — which 
36 



282 , DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART, 

sometimes happens, though very rarely, — the contents of the 
stomach will be discharged through the nostrils ; but if the 
horse happens to cough during the process, some part will be 
discharged by the mouth. 

Y 

Vagina. The passage from the external pudendum, or 
shape, to the mouth of the womb. 

Yalerian. The root of valerian is used as an antispasmodic ; 
its virtues have been underrated by writers on veterinary 
medicine. 

Veins. The motion of the heart is known to communicate 
momentum to the blood through the veins. Mr. Percival 
says, " We are not to reject the power of the heart altogether, 
merely because the blood flows with a uniform stream in 
the veins ; for the absence of pulsation in them is no proof 
that the motion of the blood is not influenced by the contrac- 
tions of the heart ; the extreme division which this fluid 
undergoes in its circulation through the capillaries, and the 
tortuosity and complication of the numberless small veins, 
account for the regular and uninterrupted stream which we 
meet with in the larger branches. To prove that this is the 
explanation of the fact, if you open a vein that has free and 
direct communication with the extremity of an artery, (its 
capillary structure,) the blood will flow from it with the same 
pulsatory motion, as if the artery itself had been penetrated ; 
but if the vein be one of large size, remotely situated from 
any arterial communication, or if it be one that springs from 
the union of numerous capillaries, that smooth and even 
stream, with which the blood circulates in the trunks, will be 
observable here. These facts, then, lead us to conclude that 
the force of the heart is not sufficient of itself to propel blood 
through the venous system. 

From the collected accounts of writers on this subject, it 
seems highly probable, that the blood flowing in the veins 
receives additional momentum from the reaction of the 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 283 

capillaries, and that it is further urged on by some contrac- 
tile force resident in these vessels themselves. That the 
blood is advanced in its course by the action of those mus- 
cles contiguous to veins furnished with valves, is, without 
doubt, well founded, as far as an occasional auxiliary is con- 
cerned, as the common operation of bleeding demonstrates ; 
for it is in consequence of muscular pressure upon the veins 
about the head, that the motion of a horse's jaw accelerates 
the flow of blood through the jugular vein : as such, how- 
ever, it cannot be ranked among the essential causes of the 
blood's motion in them. 

Ventricle. One of the cavities of the heart. (See 
Heart.) 

Vermifuge. Medicines that destroy or expel worms. 

Vertebra. The bones of the neck and spine. 

Vertigo. A slight degree of apoplexy. 

Viscera. The plural of viscus, a term applied to the in- 
ternal organs, as the lungs, bowels, &c. 

VivEs. A swelling of the parotid gland, which is situated 
between the ear and the angle of the jaw. 

Vulva. A name given to the external parts of generation 
in females. 



w 

Wall Eyes. A horse is said to have a wall eye, when 
the iris is of a light or white color. 

Warbles. Small, hard swellings on the horse's back, 
caused by the pressure, or heat, of the saddle. 

Warts. Spongy excrescences which arise in various parts 
of the body. 

Water. (See Watering, part first.) 

Wens. Hard tumors, of various sizes, in diflerent parts of 
the body. The most eff'ectual method of removing them is, 
to dissect them out, together with the cyst, or bag, in which 
they are formed. The skin is then to be stitched up, and 
treated as a common wound. 



284 DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 

Whirl Bone, or Rounb Bone. The hip joint is thus named. 

Wind. The most effectual method of bringing a horse to, 
is to give him regular exercise. (See Feeding, Exercise, &c., 
part first.) 

WiNDGALLs. Elastic tumors on each side of the back sin- 
ews, immediately above the fetlock joint ; they are often 
caused by hard work, or trotting on hard roads, at too early an 
age. There are various operations recommended, such as 
firing, blistering, &c. ; but the remedy is generally worse than 
the disease. Rest, bandaging, and the occasional use of lini- 
ment, is all that can be done with safety. 

Withers. The part where the mane ends is thus named 
in the horse. 

Worms. The stomach and bowels of horses are liable to 
be infested with different kinds of worms ; but as the same 
treatment is proper, of whatever -kind they may be, it is 
needless to enter into a particular description of them. (See 
BoTTS.) Many articles are recommended by veterinary writ- 
ers, for the purpose of ridding the animal of these pests, viz., 
antimony calomel, turpentine, either of which would be just 
as likely to kill the horse as the worms. The true indica- 
tions to be fulfilled are to tone up the stomach and digestive 
organs. (See Worm Powder, in the Appendix.* 



Y 

Yard, Fallen. (See Falling of the Yard.) 

Yard, Foul. The horse's penis sometimes requires to be 

washed with soap and water, in order to free it from mucous 

matter and dirt. 

* Dr. J. Hinds says, " Since tlie worms are not always to be killed, even 
by strong poisons, (calomel,) nor brought away by brisk purgatives, reason 
dictates, and nature beckons us to follow her course in affording to the horse 
a run at grass ; if that is impossible, adopt the means nearest thereto that 
lie within our reach." If calomel is a poison, — and thousands declare it is, 
— then it must entail a disease more formidable than the one it is intended 
to cure. 



DICTIONARY OF THE VETERINARY ART. 285 

Yellows. This disease is indicated by a yellowness of 
the membranes that line the eyelid, and the inner parts of 
the lips and mouth. In this disease, the natural course of 
the bile is perverted ; it becomes absorbed into the circula- 
tion, and thus tinges the membranes and fluids of a yellow 
color. The excrement is generally of a lighter color than 
usual. The disease may be produced by a want of tone in 
the liver, caused by obstructing the surface. 



APPENDIX. 

DESCRIPTION OF THE ORGANS OF DIGESTION IN 

THE OX. 

(Esophagus^ or Gullet. — This tube extends from the mouth 
to the stomach, and is the medium through which the food 
is conveyed to the latter organ ; this tube is furnished with 
spiral muscles, which run in different directions. By this 
arrangement, the food can ascend or descend at the pleas- 
ure of the animal. The inner coat of the gullet is a con- 
tinuation of the same membrane that lines the mouth, &c. 
The gullet passes down the neck, on the left of the wind- 
pipe, until it reaches the diaphragm, through which it passes, 
and terminates in the stomach. The food, having undergone 
a slight mastication by the action of the teeth, is formed into 
a pellet, and, being moistened by the saliva, passes down the 
gullet, by the action of the muscles, and falls immediately 
into the paunch, or rumen : here the food undergoes a process 
of maceration, or trituration. The food, after remaining in 
this stomach some time, and the whole mass having been 
submitted to the action of heat and moisture, passes into 
another division of the stomach, called the reticulum, the 
inner surface of which abounds in cells ; at the bottom and 
in all parts of them, there are glands which secrete from the 
blood, and furnish for the use of this portion of the stomach, 
a quantity of mucus. This stomach possesses properties 
similar to those of the bladder and stomach of the horse, viz., 
that of contracting upon its contents. In the act of con- 
tracting, it squeezes out a portion of the semi-masticated food 
which comes within the reach of the ascending spiral mus- 
cles, is embraced by them, and thus ascends the gullet, and 
passes into the mouth for remastication. The second stomach 



APPENDIX. 287 

again receives a portion from the paunch, which passes into 
the stomach in the manner just described. 

Rumination and digestion are mechanico-vital operations, 
and can only be properly performed when the animal is in a 
physiological or healthy state. 

Now, a portion of the food, we just observed, had ascended 
the gullet by the aid of the spiral muscles, and entered the 
mouth ; it is again submitted to the action of the grinders, 
and a fresh supply of saliva; it is at length swallowed a 
second time. It is now of a softer consistence, and better 
adapted for assimilation. Instead of falling, as at first, direct- 
ly into the paunch, it continues on to the third division of the 
stomach, called the manyplus, or manifolds. This division 
of the organ abounds internally in a quantity of leaves, 
called lamiuEe. Some of these are attached to the upper and 
lower portion of the division, and also some of the lamina3 
float loose, and penetrate into the oesophagian canal. The 
lamina3 have numerous projections on their surface, resem- 
bling those papillae on and around the base of the tongue. 
The action of this stomach is one of alternate contraction 
and expansion ; this motion is jointly communicated to it by 
the action of the diaphragm, and its own peculiar arrange- 
ment. It will be readily perceived, that by this arrangement 
the food is submitted to a sort of grinding process. The 
papillae, or prominences, present a rough and hard surface, 
sufficient to grind down the food, unless it be of too fibrous 
a nature, such as fox-grass, corn-stalks, «fcc. These articles 
make sad havoc in this and other organs, owing to their un- 
yielding nature. They overtax the digestive organs ; debility 
ensues ; sympathetic action is set up, and a general derange- 
ment follows. 

The farmer, as Gov. Briggs observes, " is ignorant alike of 
the disease and the remedy." The neighbors are called in; 
down go castor oil, aloes, gin and molasses, in rapid suc- 
cession. He has got inflammation of the insides, says one ; 
give him a half pound of salts : no sooner said than done ; the 
salts are hurried down, and, of course, find their way into the 



288 APPENDIX. 

paunch. These, together with a host of nostrums too 
numerous to mention, are tried without effect ; all is commo- 
tion within ; fermentation commences ; gas is evolved ; the 
animal gives signs of woe. As a last resort, paunching, 
bleeding, &c., follow, and the animal dies under the treat- 
ment. A case similar to this came under the author's notice 
a short time ago. A cow had been indisposed for several 
days. A man, professing to understand the treatment of dis- 
ease in domestic animals, was sent for ; after giving the 
usual remedies, without success, he administered a mixture 
of hog's lard and castor oil. He stated that the object was 
to wake up the cow's ideas ! but, unfortunately, he awoke the 
wrong ideas, for the cow died a few hours afterwards. 

For the information of our readers, we will give two speci- 
mens of the recipes used and recommended by the worldly- 
wise for horses. 

" To cure a Stifled Horse. — Take one gallon of urine, a 
small handful of junk tobacco, b..->il down to one quart, then 
add two ounces of oil of spike, one ounce of oil of amber, 
two of honey. Ruh the stifle hard with the mixture, and 
dry it thoroughly in with a red-hot fire shovel " {\) (See 
Green Mountain Freeman, of Nov. 29. 1849. 

Our own views of this subject are, that it is the relics of a 
cruel and barbarous system. The only part}'- that would be 
likely to derive benefit from the operation, would be the man 
from whom the shovel was purchased. 

Another J from the same Paper. — " For lameness of the 
shoulder, apply alum salt to the part affected, and rub up and 
down the shoulder with a brick." (!) 

The fourth division of the stomach of the ox is called 
abomasum. It somewhat resembles the duodenum of the 
horse, and is the true digestive stomach ; it is studded with 
numerous nerves, blood-vessels, and glands. It is a laboratory 
admirably fitted up by the Divine Artist, and is capable of 
carrying on the chemico-vital process as long as the animal 
lives, provided the healthy functions are not impaired. The 
glands alluded to secrete from the blood a powerful solvent 



APPENDIX. 289 

called the gastric juice, which is the agent in reducing the 
food to a fluid, called chyle : this, however, is accomplished by 
the united agency of the bile and pancreatic juice ; both these 
fluids are conveyed into the abomasum by means of small tubes 
or canals. The nutritious portion of the food is taken up by 
the lacteals and absorbents, (in the same manner as we have 
already described in the horse ;) it then passes on to the tho- 
racic duct, and enters the circulation. The feculent matter 
passes along the intestines, accumulates in the rectum, and is 
voided at the will of the animal. 

The spleen or melt, is an oblong, dark-colored substance, 
attached to the paunch. It is composed of blood-vessels, 
lymphatics, and nerves, united by cellular membrane. It ap- 
pears to serve as a reservoir for the blood that may be designed 
for the secretion of bile in the liver. 

The liver is a dense gland, composed of two lobes, situated 
below the diaphragm, or skirt, extending to the right side. 
There is a large vein enters the liver, called vena porta^ or 
gate vein. The blood that passes from the intestines, instead 
of returning directly to the heart, accumulates in the vena 
porta ; the latter ramifies into innumerable small vessels, 
through the substance of the liver, from which the bile is 
secreted ; the blood then passes on to the heart. 

The bile, having been secreted from the blood, accumulates 
in the gall bladder, where it is kept for future use. When 
the healthy action of the fourth stomach is interrupted, the 
bile is supposed to be reabsorbed, enters the circulation, and 
invariably produces yellowness of the eyes ; the disease is 
then termed yellows, jaundice, &c. Sometimes the passage 
of the bile into the fourth stomach is obstructed by calculi, 
or gall-stones ; they have been found in great numbers in 
oxen. 

The pancreas is composed of a number of lobules, or glands ; 
a small duct proceeds from each ; they unite and form a com- 
mon canal, which proceeds towards, and terminates in, the 
fourth stomach, where it assists in the process of digestion, as 
already stated. 

37 



290 APPENDIX. 

The intestines assume the same names as those already 
described in the horse. They are more capacious, and of a 
greater length, than those of the horse. 

Internal and External Relatio7is. — Through the instrumen- 
tality of the nervous structure, there is constantly a sympathy 
kept up between the different parts of the animal ; whenever 
any part is affected, the corresponding part feels the influence. 
Thus the external surface is opposed to the mucous and serous 
membranes, as of the lungs, alimentary canal, pleura, and 
peritoneum ; so that if the function of either of these be di- 
minished, or excessive, or suspended, that of the correspond- 
ing, or antagonistic, will soon become excessive, or suspended, 
and the restoration of the lost function is the only true way 
to effect a cure ; hence we repeat what has already been 
stated in part first. 

The indications of cure are, to relax, contract, stimulate, 
and furnish the animal with proper materials for nutrition : 
this constitutes the whole modus operandi of the medical art. 

For example, if the animal is suffered to feed in wet situa 
tions, the feet and external surface become cold ; and hence 
catarrh, garget, and fluxes, the only sure cure for which is to 
remove the animal to a dry, warm situation. Restore the lost 
function by rubbing the surface, and by the application of 
warmth and moisture ; if there is not enough vitality to equal- 
ize the circulation, administer warm antispasmodics, (which 
see.) If the feet are chilled by standing in damp pastures, 
the circulation of the blood is interrupted, and it will accu- 
mulate in the cranium or abdomen. 

Again, if the manyplus is distended with food, the animal 
will appear dull and sleepy, and the proper correction is to 
dilute the accumulated mass with warm stimulants. 

If a mass of hardened food is suffered to remain in any part 
of the stomach for want of power in the digestive organs to 
assimilate it, then irritation is the consequence, and inflam- 
mation follows. The reader must remember that inflamma- 
tion is the concentration of the available vital force too much 
upon a small region of the body, and that it is invited there 



APPENDIX. 291 

by irritation. Now, the most rational way to proceed is, to 
remove the cause of irritation, (no matter whether the stomach 
or bowels are involved.) and invite the blood to the surface 
by counter-irritants, (see list of medicines,) and distribute 
it over the general system, so that it will not be excessive 
any where. This mode of relief is termed counter-irri- 
tation. The popular method is to concentrate vital action to 
a certain spot in the form of a blister, composed of canthar- 
ides, which is generally worse than the form of irritation they 
wish to relieve. We do it by inviting action to all parts of 
the surface, and of course, through all other parts of the 
body, through the relaxing influence of our medicines. 
There is generally but little difficulty in producing an equi- 
librium of action ; the great point is to sustain it. When the 
blood accumulates in a part, as in inflammation of the bowels, 
the sensibility of the part is so highly exalted that the least 
irritation calls it back again ; hence we recommend bland teas 
and mucilage of slippery elm to sheathe the surfaces from 
irritation. 

Horn-Ail in Cattle. — On applying the hand to the horn or 
horns of a sick beast, an unnatural heat or coldness is felt ; this 
enables us to judge of the degree of sympathetic disturbance ; 
and here, reader, permit us to enter our protest against a cruel 
practice, that is much in fashion, viz., that of boring the horns 
with a gimlet, for it does not mend the matter one jot. The 
gimlet * frequently penetrates into the frontal sinuses which 
communicate with the nostril, and where mucous secretion, 
if vitiated or tenacious, will accumulate. Sometimes pus is 
formed in these sinuses, resulting from common catarrh or 
hoove ; the gimlet often penetrates the sac in which the pus 
is contained, and matter follows the withdrawal of the instru- 
ment, and the operator sagely concludes that he has hit the 
right spot. Should the animal by any means recover within 
the space of a week or two, the recovery is strangely attrib- 

* When the horns are bored in a transverse direction, and the gimlet 
passes between the horn and ossific structure, it enters the sinus, and the 
buiir^lei, meeling with no resistance, conckides that the horn is hollow. 



292 APPENDIX. 

uted to the boring process. An author whose name has 
escaped our memory, recommends '' cow doctors to carry a 
gimlet in their pocket." We say to every man, Lead your- 
selves not into temptation : if you put a gimlet in your pock- 
et, you would be likely to slip it into the cow's horn. Some 
men have a kind of instinctive impulse to bore the cow's 
horn ; of course we allude to those who are unacquainted with 
the nature of the malady. It is no more a disease of the 
horns than it is of interrupted secretion, absorption, &c., 
finally, the whole mucous membrane. Horn-ail — as it is 
improperly termed, for it is only a symptom of derangement 
— may result or accompany common catarrh, also that of an 
epidemic form ; the horns will also feel unnatural if there is 
a determination of blood to the head : this might easily be 
equalized by stimulating the external sm'face and extremities : 
a general temperature would be the result. The horns will 
generally be found hot whenever the vascular structure in 
the immediate vicinity is distended beyond its physiological 
state, on account of the ingesta and egesta — what passes in 
and out — not being duly proportioned : the blood-vessels then 
become expanded and hot, and febrile symptoms follow ; and 
this loss of equilibrium may result from suffering the animal 
to wallow in filth, or be exposed in damp situations, thereby 
constricting the surface, and driving the circulation to the in- 
ternal organs. 

If the insensible perspiration is checked, then it is deter- 
mined to serous and mucous membranes, and results in hoove, 
or catarrh, abscesses, dropsy, congestions, hemorrhage, diarrhoea, 
&c. Thus, in some cases, the dry and contracted state of the 
surface determines the fluids that would naturally go there to 
the internal canal, as the kidneys, producing red water, or to the 
bowels, producing diarrhoea ; but first confines morbific mat- 
ter in the system, and from it abscesses are formed ; some- 
times in the udder, called garget ; at other times in the 
frontal sinuses, called horn-ail. In most cases, abscesses 
will determine towards the external surface, as on the udder, 
and be discharged ; or to the mucous, as in those of the 



APPENDIX. 293 

head, which are generally discharged by the nostril, if not 
interrupted by the gimlet and officious meddling. 

The mucous membrane is a duplicature of the skin, and is 
folded into all the external orifices of the animal, as the 
mouth, ears, nose, lungs, stomach, intestines, and bladder; but 
not being exposed to the action of external agents, it is not 
so strong or thick as the skin. It performs nearly the 
same office as the skin. If the action of one is suppressed, 
the other immediately commences the performance of its 
ofSce : thus a common cold, which closes the skin, immediately 
stops insensible perspiration, which is now forced through the 
mucous membrane, producing a discharge from the nose, eyes, 
bowels, &c. ; so, when great derangements of the mucous 
membranes exist, debilitating perspiration succeeds. It is 
evident that a proper attention to pasturing, stall-feeding, 
and due consideration of the comfort and convenience of the 
animal, would prevent horn, as well as any other ail that neat 
cattle are often attacked with. If the horns are cold, it is 
indicative of disease in the lungs, liver, or intestines; if they 
are hot, the fluids are determined to the brain. 

Mr. Lawson thus discourseth on the diseases of cattle : 
"It is much to be lamented, that few men of requisite knowl- 
edge and experience have written on this subject. The reci- 
pes usually recommended are perplexing from their number, 
useless, or, rather, pernicious, from the heterogenous ingredi- 
ents they contain, and far too expensive for general use. 

" It should be considered that animals living in a state of na- 
ture, regulated by the experience and reason of man, would 
be almost wholly exempt from disease ; that their appetites, 
unlike our own, may be held under a constant control ; that 
their diseases result purely from the negligence or erroneous 
treatment of their owners. They are either exposed too 
much to the rigors and changes of the weather, or they are 
gorged with food, denied a sufficient quantity, or supplied 
with such as generally proves injurious. Hence we learn the 
chief causes of their maladies. 

" Learn to prevent them, instead of undertaking the tedious, 



294 APPENDIX. 

unsuitable, and hopeless task of learning to cure them. Of 
all things, let the proprietors of cattle renounce forever the 
insane folly of offering premiums for curing incurable dis- 
eases, and the hope of providing medicines, which, by a sort 
of miraculous operation, will enable men to continue in the 
habit of exposing their animals to the constant risk of such 
diseases." 

In addition to these remarks. Dr. White says, " Almost all 
the diseases of cattle arise either from exposure to wet and 
cold weather, from their food being of a bad quality, or defi- 
cient in quantity, or from being changed too suddenly from 
poor, unwholesome keep to richer pasture. It is necessary to 
observe, also, that the animal is more liable to be injured by 
exposure to wet and cold, when previously enfeebled by bad 
keep, old age, or any other cause ; and particularl)'' when 
brought from a mild, into a cold, situation, I have scarcely 
met with a disease that is not attributable to a chill. The 
foolish, expensive, and dangerous medicines prescribed in 
works on cattle doctoring must have ruined and destroyed 
many a valuable animal. These books — referring to Clater, 
Downing, &c. — are written in the old style of quackery, 
and display the grossest ignorance of the subject, which is 
attempted to be concealed under a multitude of unintelligible 
words." 

The author has been consulted in several cases of disease 
misnamed horn-ail. lu the case referred to, there were slow 
fecal movements or constipation ; the conjunctiva of the eye 
was injected with yellow fluid, and of course a deficiency of 
bile in the abomasum, or fourth stomach. The indications 
were, to promote a healthy action through the whole system, 
stimulate the digestive organs, remove obstructions, and pro- 
duce counter-irritation on the external surface. The follow- 
ing certificate — which was received from Deacon Osgood, a 
highly respectable farmer of Lancaster, Massachusetts, — will 
show the result of the treatment : — 



APPENBIX. ' 295 

" Lancaster, Oct. 9, 1848. 
" Messrs. Stimpson & Reed : — In July last, I had a valuable cow attacked 
with what is commonly called horn-ail, which so reduced her that in a short 
time she was unable to stand. I administered all the remedies within my 
knowledge ; but she continued to grow worse, and I thought she must die. 
The medicines prepared by Dr. Dadd were then recommended to me by a 
friend who had used them, and so sanguine was he that they would relieve 
her, that he procured some, and wished me to use them, which I did with 
surprising eifect. I applied the Liquid Blister a few times, rubbing it in 
between the horns, and at the same time gave a Physic Ball ; and in three 
hours afterwards the cow was able to get up alone. I then gave the Distem- 
per Powder, and she soon got entirely well. Dr. Dadd's medicines I think 
are invaluable to farmers and others dealing in cattle, and only require to be 
known to be extensively used PETER OSGOOD." 



A LIST OF 

DADD'S HOESE AND CATTLE MEDICINES, 

SOLD BY 

STIMPSON & REED, No. 26 Merchants Row, 
BOSTON. 

Also, at Dadd's Horse and Cattle Medicine Depot, 
Nos. 1 & 2 Haymarket Square, Boston. 

"WITH DIRECTIONS FOR USING THE MEDICINES, AND REMARKS 

ON VARIOUS DISEASES, THE PROPER 

METHOD OF CURE, &c. 



For tlie convenience of those who have not the time, or means, to make 
themselves acquainted with our system of practice, we manufacture various 
kinds of medicine for the prevention and cure of disease ; they have been 
before the public but a short time, and have generally given satisfaction. 
These compounds are manufactured under the superintendence of the under- 
signed, who has had ample opportunities of making himself acquainted witli 
veterinary practice, and who has endeavored to obtain a correct knowledge 
of the modus operandi of therapeutical agents to the cure of disease, and 
■whose chief object has been to combine those agents, that, when given in 
small quantities, are capable of exciting and increasing the natural func- 
tions, without diminishing or destroying their power. 

Every description of medicine, used for horses or cattle, can be procured, 
with suitable directions for their use. 

Persons shipping horses can be supplied with every requisite for the 
voyage. 



PREPARED BY 

GEO. H. DADD, M. D. 



practitioner of the physiological practice of veterinary 

MI 

do 



MEDICINE A.ND SURGERY. 



LIST OF MEDICINES AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 

Physic Balls. These are useful in constipation. They are not intended 
to act as a powerful cathartic, for, as Dr. Gregory observes, " purgatives, 
besides being uncertain and uncontrollable, often kill from the dangerous 
debility they produce." These balls are a combination of relaxent, tonic, 
and stimulant properties, and can generally be used with safety. 

Alterative Powder. This is a valuable condition powder, and is the result 
of many years' practical experience. It may be used with success in vertigo, 
staggers, and all complaints depending on impaired digestion ; also in 
cutaneous diseases, viz., mange, scabby eruptions, scratches, humors, &c. 
It may also be given as a palliative in those incurable diseases, termed 
glanders and farcy. It is highly recommended for rot, murrain, and diseases 
of sheep and cattle. Price 50 cents per box. 

The following has been received from the Postmaster at South Woburn, 

Sept. 22, 1849. 

Dr. Dadd. Dear Sir: — At the request of a friend, I called at your office 
to procure a box of Alterative Powders, for which I paid 50 cents. I now 
take this opportunity to add my testimony in favor of its astonishing and 
beneficial results. One month ago, my horse, which I value highly, was 
poor in flesh, with a staring coat and scurfy, but by the use of the above 
powder is now seventy-five pounds heavier, with a clear skin and glossy 
coat; this, I am prepared to say, is entirely the result of your powder. If 
I should be asked which I should prefer to keep my horse healthy, clean, and 
fat, a box of your powders, or five bushels of the best grain, I should say 
the former. My opinion is that the powder acts on the system safer and 
better than any other treatment can. Yours, &c. 

N. A. RICHARDSON. 



Boston, Oct. 8, 1849. 
Dr. Dadd. Sir: — In answer to your inquiry concerning my horse, I 
would remark that I paid the sum of $21 to a horse doctor, without the least 
appearance of any benefit being derived, and that the box of Alterative 
Powder, obtained from you, esta,blished the health of my horse in a short 
time. I shall be happy, at any time, to recommend your medicine to my 
friends. E. S. CONVERSE. 



New York, Mv. 29, 1848. 
This is to certify that I have used Dr. Dadd's Alterative Powders, and can 
highly recommend them to the public, as I have tried them, and they have 
had good success. I have no hesitation in saying they are invaluable, and 
what are much needed in this large city. I have also tried some of his other 
compositions, and can highly recommend them also to the public. 

MOSES C. BROWN, 
No. 93, 24th street, N. Y 

Worm Powders. For the removal of worms from the intestinal canal, 
where, from their presence, they are productive of serious consequences, 



APPENDIX. 299 

preventing the proper assimilation of the food, destroying the appetite, and 
causing the animal to lose flesh, and become incapable of continued exer- 
tion. These powders are not intended as a direct vermifuge to kill and 
expel worms directly, yet they do so in some cases. [See certificate from A. 
B. F. Hildreth, Editor of Family Gazette.) They act indirectly by toning 
up the digestive organs and preventing the food from running into fermen- 
tation. Price 50 cents per package. 

There are no infallible symptoms by which the presence of worms, in the 
bowels, can be readily distinguished from intestinal irritation, or indigestion, 
for the latter will be attended with similar symptoms as above. 

The author was called in the month of March, 1848, to make a post mor- 
tem examination of a horse. The owner stated, that the animal had been 
treated for a disease of the kidneys, and that the hind extremities were 
paralyzed some hours before death. There was no emaciation, tucked up 
belly, or staring coat ; the lungs, spleen, kidneys, and pancreas, were in a 
healthy state. On making an incision into the small intestines, a large 
number of the teres, or long, round worm, were found ; these were traced 
to the duodenum, and finally, about six were found in the stomach : in all, 
about a peck was taken away. Some writers suppose that worms are bred 
by the mucus in the alimentary canal, and others that they always exist, and 
are necessary to healtli. I have examined the intestinal canal of many 
animals, and am fully convinced that no such creatures can be discovered 
in healthy animals. The proper treatment consists in imparting healthy 
action to the digestive organs, which the Worm Powders generally accom- 
plish, and sometimes result in the expulsion of the worms. {See following 
certificate.) 

Bradford, Vt., Aug. 1, 1849. 
Messrs. Stimpson & Reed: — I take much pleasure in expressing my 
high opinion of Dr. Dadd's horse and cattle medicines. I know several 
instances in which they have been used with much benefit ; but I will merely 
relate my own experience with using the Worm Powder. Some time last 
season your travelling agent left me a pamphlet, giving a list of Dr. Dadd's 
horse and cattle medicine, together with remarks on the causes, symptoms, 
and treatment of diseases in horses and cattle. This pamphlet I perused 
with some care. Last winter, my horse betrayed various symptoms, such as 
occasional coughing, restlessness in tlie stall, frequent biting of his sides, 
&c., which led me to believe he was troubled with worms. I procured a 
box of Dadd's Worm Powders, and was four or five days in feeding tliem to 
him. I then had occasion to drive him some six or eight miles, and soon 
noticed, from the frequent evacuations, that he was under the operation of 
physic ; and by more particular observation I discovered that an infinite num- 
ber of worms, from three to six inches long, were ejected — not whole, but 
cut into innumerable shreds. From that time my horse had an increased 
appetite, began to thrive, and has done well ever since. Yours truly, 

A. B. F. HILDRETH, 

Editor of Family Gazette. 

Diuretic, or Urine Powders, for all obstructions of the kidneys, bladder, or 
urinary organs. These powders are celebrated for promoting the secretion 



300 APPENDIX. 

and excretion of urine, and inducing a healthy action of the parts. When 
the urine is thick and turbid, deficient in quantity, or voided with difficulty, 
a few doses will generally give relief. These powders tone up and strengthen 
the secreting organs, equalize the general circulation, promote perspiration, 
and determine morbific matter to the surface. It is the only medicine that 
can be used with any chance of success in hydrothorax, or an effusion of • 
serum in the cavity of the chest ; in dropsy of the abdomen ; or in cases of 
swelled legs, oftentimes caused by an effusion of water into the cellular 
tissue. They may be given with safety to all kinds of animals. Price 50 
cents per package. 

Charlestown, Jan. 12, 1849. 
Dr. Dadd. Sir : — You desired me to send you word what effect the 
*' Urine Powders " and " Healing Balsam " had on my cows, one of which 
was troubled with bloody milk, and the other with a large bunch on the 
udder. I gave the powder according to your directions, in the first case ; the 
bloody discharge was arrested in a few hours, and no traces of it remain. 
And in the latter, the swelling commenced decreasing in size shortly after 
the first dose. The animal, which was wounded sobadly inthe side, is quite 
well. The " Healing Balsam " acted like a charm, and from what I have 
witnessed of the good effects of your medicines, I am safe to say that as soon 
as they are known they will be extensively used. 

Yours, with respect, 

E. S. WALDEN. 

Heave Powder, for heaves, pneumonia, thick wind, chronic cough, roaring, 
bronchitis, catarrh, and all diseases of the respiratory organs, general debil- 
ity, and loss of condition, There are no diseases that produce such disas- 
trous eflTects as those enumerated ; and there is no known remedy that has 
been able to grapple with the dire foe with such extraordinary success, as 
Dadd's Heave Powder. Abundant testimonials are in the hands of the pro- 
prietors, sufficient to establish the fact beyond a doubt. 

These powders promote and maintain an equilibrum between the secreting 
organs, and are offered to the public with entire confidence, being free from 
all deleterious articles. A single trial will satisfy every one of their efficacy. 
Put up in packages, at 50 cents and 25 cents each. 

Rochester, N. H., Dec. 29, 1848. , 
Sir : — Having a horse severely affected with the heaves, a few weeks 
since, I called on you and purchased a box of "Heave Powders," (Dr. 
Dadd's,) which I administered according to the directions, with the most 
satisfactory result. They gave immediate relief, and completely cured the 
complaint in a few days. The horse is now perfectly well, with no appear- 
ance of disease. I consider the Heave Powder a most valuable medicine, 
and would recommend it to all having occasion for an article of the kind, as 
eminently worthy of confidence. SAMUEL MESERVE. 

To S. J. BiLnisGs, Druggist, Great Falls, N. H. 



Boston, Aug. 8, 1849. 
This is to certify, that I have a horse which Avas afflicted for over one year 
■with heaves, and that I used Dr. Dadd's Heave Powder for a short time, 



APPENDIX, 301 

which has cured him entirely. I may add, that I have had considerable 
experience in the practice of horse medicine, and have never found anything 
that would act with such surprising- benefit, in so short a time. 

JOHN FREEMAN, 

Boston, Mass. 



Lancaster, July 25, 1848. 
Messrs. Stimpson & Reed. Gents: — Last winter, a young horse of 
mine was attacked with a bad coug'h and shortness of breath ; for the cure 
of which I followed the directions of a horse doctor, until he pronounced 
him incurable, and in consumption. I then heard of the medicine sold by 
you, and prepared by Dr. Dadd, which I procured and used with entire suc- 
cess. The cough and shortness of breath were relieved, and I now think 
the horse well. The articles I used were Heave Powders and Liquid 
Bhster. JOHN THURSTON. 

Horse Liniment, for rheumatism and sciatica, sprain of the muscles or 
tendons of tlie back, stifle, lameness, enlarged joints, and lameness of every 
description. In the absence of acute symptoms it may be safely depended 
on, as it has never yet failed of giving satisfaction. The basis of this prep- 
aration was first used in combination, by the celebrated G. Bott, of Notting- 
ham, since which time the author has made valuable additions, which his 
experience in the physiological practice has rendered him competent to do. 
With the valuable additions that have been thus made, it is with the greatest 
confidence that we ask the public to give it at least one trial ; we have never 
in a solitary instance, known the purchaser to be disappointed. 

In old chronic cases of the human family, when every other article has 
failed of affording relief, try Dadd's Horse Liniment. 

New York, April 14, 1849. 
Dr. Dadd : — A short time since, a valuable horse of mine was taken 
lame, and, after using almost all the liniments sold here, I procured and used 
some of your Liquid Blister and Liniment, which has helped him so much 
that I feel assured he will soon be entirely well. I have also used your 
Alterative Powders, and can recommend them as good medicines. 

Yours, HENRY H. BROWNELL, 

34 Canal street, N. Y. 

Distemper Powder. This is a truly valuable article to the farmer and 
stable-keeper ; for, if given occasionally, during the spring and summer 
months, it will prevent distemper in every form ; it will, if given in season, 
arrest malignant epidemic, catarrh, which often terminates in glanders. In 
black tongue, horn-ail in cattle, rot in sheep, and red water in cows, it is 
invaluable. Price $1 per bottle. 

Extract of a Letter from the Hon. Daniel JVcbster. 

Marshfield, Aug. 17, 1849. 
Dr. Dadd. Dear Sir: — I was sorry to be absent when you called this 
morning, as I should have been glad to see you. 

In relation to the subject of your inquiry, I am happy to say that the 



303 APPENDIX. 

medicine * which you furnished to Mr. Whitinw proved very effectual for the 
curing of my sheep. The disease was brought into the flock by an import- 
ed Leicester buck. It did great injury, and produced considerable loss, but 
has quite disappeared. 

If you shall be equally successful in the treatment of the diseases of which 
so many fine cattle have died within three or four years, you will do the 
farming and cattle-growing interests great benefit. 

With respect, yours, 

D. WEBSTER. 

Healing Balsam, for saddle galls, cuts, wounds, bruises, and foul ulcers, 
for horses or cattle. For description, see directions. Price 50 cents per 
bottle. 

Hoof Ointment, for horses or cattle. This valuable remedy is the only 
article recommended by the faculty of London and Edinburgh ; for the sim- 
ple reason, that it does not evaporate so readily as many preparations in use. 
It is used with great success in brittle hoof, sand crack, lameness from bad 
crack, fever, and contraction of the foot ; it preserves the elasticity of tlie 
crust, and allows the sole to descend to its proper position. Those who own 
oxen, should never be without this article, for their feet are constantly 
exposed to injury from rough roads and bad shoeing. Price 50 cents per 
bottle. 

Ointment, for mange, scratches, old sores, and all diseases of the skin. It 
is a well known fact, that horses or cattle are very apt to become mangy, if 
kept long in the stable without grooming ; yet these diseases may arise from 
causes independent of a neglected skin, but they seldom trouble a well- 
cleansed animal. This is an important subject to the stable-keeper, for dis- 
eases of the skin produce derangement of functions in the stomach and 
bowels. Price 50 cents per bottle. 

Ointment, for promoting the growth of hair. For horses or cattle, when- 
ever a blemish is produced, either by accident or design, this ointment will 
promote the perfect growth, and restore it to the original color in a few days. 
Price 50 cents per bottle. 

Directions to those who use DadcVs Horse and Cattle Medicines. 

Endeavor to ascertain, and remove, the direct or exciting causes of dis- 
ease ; they may be found in improper ventilation of the barn, or stable, 
damaged food, over-feeding, want of cleanliness, over-exertion, and many 
other causes too numerous to mention, but equally important to the farmer 
and stable-keeper. 

N. B. Whenever the dry powders are administered in the food, the latter 
should be wetted, to absorb the fine particles. 

Liquid Blister. This is useful in all cases where it is necessary to pro- 
duce counter-irritation. It will be found very useful in chronic enlargement 

* The medicine above referred to by Mr. "Webster, was Distemper Powder and 
Mange Ointment. 



APPENDIX. 303 

of the joints, inflammation of the kings or intestines, putrid sore throat, 
mortification of the extremities, frost-bitten parts, and as a counter-irritant 
in horn-ail. Price 75 cents per bottle. 

Liquid Blister. This is not what its name indicates, (a blister,) for we 
would not have the reader suppose that blistering a part will assist us to cure 
disease ; it is, more properly speaking, a counter-irritant. 

Dadd's Chart of Veterinary Reformed Practice, being a synop- 
sis of the diseases of horses, cattle, and sheep, with their causes, symptoms, 
and treatment. Price 37^ cents bound, 25 cents unbound. No stable- 
keeper, or farmer, should be without this valuable guide. 

RECOMMENDATIONS IN FAVOR OF DR. DADD'S MEDICINES. 
[From the New York Ledger.] 

We take pleasure in referring our readers to the advertisement of Messrs. 
Stimpson & Reed, of Boston. 

These gentlemen are offering some of the best medicines for the cure of 
diseases incidental to animals, (and to the horse especially,) that have ever 
been introduced in this country. The discoverer of these valuable medi- 
cines is the celebrated Dr. Dadd, whose reputation is so well established as 
a skilful practitioner, that it needs no encomium at our hands. The doctor 
has spent many years in the study of veterinary practice, and has also availed 
himself of the researches of the reformers in medicine ; he has commenced 
a new practice, which will prove of the greatest advantage to tiiose who 
heretofore have despaired of curing their horses and cattle. 



Clintonville, Feb. 22, 1848. 
Dr. Dadd. Sir : — We have used your medicines now about four months, 
and they have given us perfect satisfaction in every case, and we can con- 
fidently recommend them. WHITCOMJB & HOLMAN, 

Livery Stable-Keepers. 



Newton, (Upper Falls,) Kov. 10, 1848. 
This is to certify, that one of my horses, a few days ago, was very severely 
attacked with colic, and was entirely cured in a few hours by the use of Dr. 
Dadd's medicines. The case was a very severe one ; the horse being in 
great distress, and, in all probability, must have died in a short time, had I 
follov.-ed the directions of the numerous advisers v>\\o were present, assert- 
ing that nothing short of bleeding coidd save him; but having used Dr. 
Dadd's medicines v/ith entire success, in bad cases of heaves, 1 had confi- 
dence in them, and procured the cordial drink, and gave it ; also used the 
Liquid Blister, which relieved at once, and saved the life of my horse. I 
earnestly recommend all persons, who have sick horses, to use Dr. Dudd's 
medicines, believing that they will give entire satisfaction, and save manv 
valuable horses. DAVID CORRILL. 



[From the Merchant's Ledger, New York.] 
Dadd's Chart of Veterinary Reformed Practice. By George 
H. Dadd, M. D. We have received from the worthy publisher the above 
Chart. It contains a " synopsis of the diseases of liorses, cattle, and sheep, 
with their causes, symptoms, and treatment." The author, from education 
and a thorough knowledge of the subject, is eminently qualified to produce 
a Chart invaluable to the owners of horses, cattle, &c., and from an exam- 



304 APPENDIX. 

ination of this publication we are free to say, that it contains a vast amount 
of useful matter, and should be in the hands of all those for whom the work 
was mainly written. It can be had at Messrs. Stimpson & Reed's, 26 Mer- 
chants Row, Boston. 

The author would inform the public, that these medicines are not specifics 
or curealls ; yet, if proper attention is paid to diet, exercise, and stable 
management, they will perform wonders. 

The popular notion, that disease is under the control of the lancet, firing- 
iron, and poisonous drugs, and may be cured by them, has caused an im- 
mense loss to owners of domestic animals. It probably originated a great 
portion of disease now existing. 

No treatment is scientific, in the opinion of some, unless it includes the 
lancet, firing-iron, blisters, setons, boring horns, cramming down nauseous 
medicines, &c. The fact is, that in nine cases out of ten, they do more 
harm than good. One object of this work is to correct tliis erroneous 
notion. When the nature of our curative agents, more powerful than those 
of the mineralites, (at least to cure,) are understood, and our principles fiiUy 
carried out, then the practice of veterinary medicine will be a very different 
thing from what is now taught in the schools of England and France. They 
will then know the powers that really cure, and devise means of prevention. 
Animals, when roaming at liberty, are seldom sick, and generally live to a 
good old age ; yet, when they come under the direction of refined man, they 
often drag out a miserable existence, and die victims to the popular science 
of guessing. 

Report of the Worcester County Mechanics^ Association, m favor of the 
Autlmr''s Medicines. 
617. Dado's Horse and Cattle Medicines, by G. H. Dadd, M. D., 
of Boston. It is a matter of congratulation, that scientific men are turning 
their attention to the wants and necessities of the brute creation. Too long 
have our noble horses, and our useful cattle, been subjected to the brutal 
ti-eatment of ignorant empirics, whose highest ambition seems to be the pos- 
session of the title of " cow doctor," without a single qualification necessary 
for the proper exercise of a cow doctor's duties. In the Old World there 
are scliools of study where the veterinary practitioner goes through a 
thorough course of education, and is prepared to exercise the duties of his 
profession, understandingly, and with a proper regard to the feelings of his 
patients ; and he takes his station, next in rank, to the regular physician. 
From a detailed explanation of the course of practice, the design and the 
operation of the medicine exhibited by Dr. Dadd, the committee see no rea- 
son why its use should not be recommended to the public by them, as well 
as his treatise on the diseases of animals. — Diploma. 

Worcester, Dec. 25, 1849. 
Dr. Dadd. Dear Sir : — The committee, to whom was referred your 
horse and cattle medicines, felt that the subject was a novel one to them at 
the time, and, consequently, they did not feel prepared to say as much in 
favor of the remedies, &c., as upon more reflection they feel that the subject 
demands. 



APPENDIX. 305 

People here have lost confidence in the cattle doctors they have known, 
and, in the language of one of the committee, " many a noble animal is 
suffered to sicken and die, for want of proper medical treatment." Several 
cases in this immediate vicinity were cited, and in view of the great loss of 
property, as well as for the honor of New England, the hope was earnestly 
and repeatedly expressed, that success might crown your labors in this im- 
portant branch of science and skill. May you still go on and prosper ; the 
whole land is before you, and the people prepared, by dear-bought experi- 
ence, to favor your more rational course of practice. 

Yours, &c., H. F. JOHNSON, M. D. 



REMARKS ON CLYSTERS. 

As the more general use of clysters is recommended by the author, espe- 
cially in acute diseases, he has thought proper to introduce, in this part of 
the work, a few remarks on them, with examples of tlieir different forms. 
They serve not only to evacuate the rectum of its contents, but assist to 
evacuate those of the intestines, and serve also to convey nourishment into 
the system ; as in cases of lockjaw, and great prostration. They soflen the 
hardened excrement in the rectum, and cause it to be expelled ; besides, by 
their warm and relaxing powers, they act as fomentations. A stimulating 
clyster in congestion of the brain, or lungs, will relieve those parts by counter- 
irritation. A horse that is unable to swallow, may be sup^rted by 
nourishing clysters ; for the lacteals, which open into the inner c. v of the 
intestines, absorb, or take up, the nourishment and convey it intoiic s'thoracic 
duct, as already described. Some persons deny the utility of injections. 
We are satisfied on that point, and are able to convince any one, beyond a 
reasonable doubt, that fluids are absorbed in the rectum, notwithstanding the 
opinion of some men to the contrary. 

In administering clysters, it ought always to be observed that the fluids 
be neither too hot nor too cold, and about the temperature of the blood. 
The common sixteen-ounce metal syringe, with a wooden pipe, about six 
inches in length, and gradually tapering from base to point, is to be preferred ; 
it is, after being oiled, much easier introduced into the fundament, than one 
that is considerably smaller ; and having a blunt point, there is no danger of 
hurting the horse, or wounding the rectum. 

FORMS OF CLYSTERS. 
EMOLLIENT CLYSTER. 

Take of powdered slippery elm, one ounce. 

Boiling water, sufficient to form a thin mixture. 

The following articles may be substituted for elm : flaxseed, powdered 
39 



306 APPENDIX. 

licorice, marshmallows, lily roots, gum arable, olive oil, Iceland moss, either 
of which will answer the same purpose. 

LAXATIVE CLYSTER. 

Warm water, three or four quarts. 

Linseed oil, six ounces. 

Powdered lobelia, one ounce. 

If the excrement is hard, common soap-suds Avill soften it. If the lobelia 
is not at hand, substitute either of the following articles : assafoetida, gin- 
seng, pleurisy root. 

ANODYNE CLYSTER. 

Take of cyprepedium, or lady's slipper, two ounces. 

Camomile flowers, three ounces. 

Boiling water, three quarts. 

Let the mixture stand a short time, strain through a fine sieve, when it 
will be fit for use. 

STIMULATING CLYSTER. 

Take mucilage of slippery elm, or linseed tea, three quarts. 

Pure African cayenne, powdered, one teaspoonful. 

The pure cayenne gives to the organs an increased physiological action, 
without astringency or relaxation. A large portion of the capsicum found 
in the stores is adulterated with logwood, and is decidedly injurious. 

DIURETIC CLYSTER, 
r 

Take linseed tea, three quarts. 

Oil of juniper, ; two drachms. 

Or substitute for the latter cream of tartar, one ounce. 

This clyster may be used with decided advantage in all acute diseases of 
the urinary organs of cattle and horses. In red water of cattle, the above 
may be combined with tonics, as wild cherry, prickly ash, golden seal, &c. ; 
the properties of the latter may be extracted by infusion. 

ASTRINGENT CLYSTER. 

Take bayberry bark, powdered,. one ounce. 

Thin gruel, three quarts. 

If an alterative effect is required, add lobelia, one ounce. 

NOURISHING CLYSTER. 

Gruel made of arrowroot, two quarts. 

Powdered licorice, four di-achms, 

" ffolden seal, four drachms. 



APPENDIX. 307 



INJECTION FOR PIN WORMS. 



Boiling water, three quarts. 

Sulphur, four drachms. 

Powdered wonnseed, one ounce. 

ANOTHER. 

Lobelia and wood ashes, each, one ounce. 

Boiling water, two quarts. 

WASH FOR INFLAMED EYES. 

Camomile flowers, one ounce. 

Marshmallows, one ounce. 

Boiling water, one quart. 

Let the mixture stand one hour ; strain it, and bathe tlie eye occasionally. 



IMPORTANT TO OWNERS OF HORSES AND CATTLE. 

The undersigned respectfully informs his numerous friends and the pub- 
lic, that he continues to practise, successfully, the reformed veterinary art ; 
the principles of which practice consist in the rejection of bloodletting, 
which has hitherto been the great antiphlogistic of the allopatJiic school, and 
which has produced more destruction in the animal kingdom, than the pesti- 
lential sword. The medicines used in the physiological practice are safe and 
efficient, and generally establish the health of the animal, without that 
tedious convalescence which usually attends the administration of calomel, 
antimony, corrosive sublimate, arsenic, copper, the mineral acids, &c. 

Every description of medicine used for horses, cattle, and sheep, can be 
procured, with directions for their use, by applying to the subscriber, 

No. 1 & 2, Holmes Block, Haymarket Square, Boston. 

G. H. DADD, M. D. 

Dr. Dadd would suggest to his friends the advantages to be derived from 
his services, in the examination of horses for sale, or purchase, as many pur- 
chasers have suffered by dear-bought experience. 



^. 



;¥:'^'io»%^ 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 



002 844 707 3 



1 i'Vl-, '. 

P *.' ' '( ; ' if! 




"ri'iia 



